Quarterlytics / Energy / Solar / Soltec Power

Soltec Power

sol · ASX Energy
Claim this profile
Ticker sol
Exchange ASX
Sector Energy
Industry Solar
Employees 1-10
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Soltec Power
Loading PDF…
Annual Report

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedABN 49 000 002 728 | ASX Code: SOL2022Profile

Calendar

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and 
Company Limited (WHSP) was 
incorporated on 21 January 1903  
having previously traded as two  
separate companies, Pattinson and Co. 
and Washington H. Soul and Co.

Following a public offering of shares, WHSP was 
listed on the Sydney Stock Exchange (now the 
Australian Securities Exchange) on 21 January 1903.

Over 100 years as a listed  
public company
When Caleb Soul and his son Washington opened 
their first store at 177 Pitt Street, Sydney, in 1872 
neither of them could have envisaged that their 
single pharmacy would have evolved into a 
company as prominent and diversified as WHSP.

WHSP is now a significant investment house with a 
portfolio encompassing many industries including 
telecommunications, mining, building products, 
financial services, property and other equity 
investments.

Final Dividend

Record date 

21 November 2022

Payment date  

12 December 2022

Annual General Meeting  

AGM date 
Registration commences 
AGM commences  

9 December 2022 
11.00am 
 12.00 noon

For more information visit our website 
www.whsp.com.au 

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Contents

Key Highlights 

Chairman’s Review 

Portfolio Review  

Strategic Portfolio 

Large Caps Portfolio 

Private Equity Portfolio 

Emerging Companies Portfolio 

Structured Yield Portfolio 

Property Portfolio 

Net Working Capital 

Alternative Performance Measures 

2

3

10

12

14

15

16

17

18

19

21

Investment Portfolio Financial Information  23

Corporate Governance  

Risk Management 

Sustainability Report 

26

33

36

Directors’ Report 

Remuneration Report 

Auditor’s Independence Declaration 

Financial Report 

Consolidated Statement of  
Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Statement of  
Financial Position 

Consolidated Statement of  
Changes in Equity 

Consolidated Statement of  
Cash Flows 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

Directors’ Declaration 

Independent Auditor’s Report 

ASX Additional Information 

48

56

74

75

77

79

80

82

83

182

183

187

1
11

Key Highlights

Group Regular NPAT
Regular profit after tax attributable to members is 
the main measure of profitability used by WHSP. 
Regular profit after tax is a non-statutory profit 
measure and represents profit from continuing 
operations before non-regular items. A reconciliation 
to group statutory profit is included on page 21.

1 

154% 

Group Statutory NPAT

$ -12.9 m

5 

104% 

Group Statutory NPAT
Statutory profit attributable to members of 
WHSP is calculated in accordance with Australian 
Accounting Standards. The current year statutory 
loss incorporated a one-off non cash goodwill 
impairment of $984.6 million arising from the 
aquisition of Milton on 5 October 2021. See WHSP’s 
Financial Report Note 6 for further details.

Pre-tax Net Asset Value

$9.96 b

1
72% 

Pre-tax Net Asset Value
The portfolio value is assessed at market value for 
some investments and at cost or Directors’ valuation 
for others. See page 8 for details of the portfolio 
valuation.

Net Cash Flow From Investments

$347.9 m

1 
93% 

Net Cash Flow From Investments
Net Cash Flows From Investments are after Parent 
Entity corporate costs and exclude the effects 
of non-regular cash inflows and outflows to 
demonstrate the underlying cash flows generated 
by the investment portfolio. The WHSP Board 
determines dividends having regard to net cash 
flows from investments.

20 Year TSR

12.2% p.a 

Outperforming 
All Ordinaries 
Index by

 3.4%

20 Year Total Shareholder Return
Performance is compared to the All Ordinaries 
Accumulation Index, which also includes the 
reinvestment of dividends. WHSP is focused on 
delivering long term growth above the market.

2

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited
Annual Report 2022

Group Regular NPAT$ 170mGroup Regular NPAT$ 834.6 mChairman’s Review

Dear Shareholders,

I am pleased to present the 2022 Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited (the Company, WHSP) 
Annual Report on behalf of the Board of Directors of the Company.

Key Highlights

Performance for the period

July 2022

% Change

Statutory (Loss) After Tax attributable to members

Regular Profit After Tax1

($12.9) million

$834.6 million

(104.7%)

154.4%

Key Performance Indicators

July 2022

% Change

Net Asset Value (pre-tax)2

Net Cash Flow From Investments3

2022 ordinary dividends per share (fully franked)

Total dividend growth over 20 years
(ordinary dividend compound annual growth rate)

Total Shareholder Return over 20 years
(to 31 July 2022)

71.6%

93.0%

16.1%

$9,956 million

$347.9 million

72 cents

8.5%

12.2%

Operational Highlights
 1 Net Cash Flows From Investments per share of 96 cents up 28.0% (compared with FY21)
 1 Post-tax Net Asset Value per share up 28.5% for the period (outperformance of 34.9% against 

market)

 1 Pre-tax Net Asset Value per share up 13.8% over the financial year (outperformance of 20.2% 

against market)

 1 Milton successfully integrated creating a unique investment product with diversification across 
a range of asset classes and investments and access to liquidity to pursue new investments
 1 20-year Total Shareholder Return (TSR) of 12.2% per annum (3.4% higher than the market)

1  Regular Profit After Tax is a non-statutory profit measure and represents profit from continuing operations before Non-regular items.  

A reconciliation to statutory profit is included in Alternative Performance Measures on page 21.

2  Refer to page 8 for details of the portfolio Net Asset Value. % change is calculated based on 31 July 2021 Net Asset Value.
3  Refer to Alternative Performance Measures on page 21 for the definition of Net Cash Flows From Investments.

33

Chairman’s Review

20 Year Total  
Shareholder 
Return 

 12.2%

per annum

4

Overview
WHSP provides exposure to a diversified range of asset classes and an investment approach which is focused on 
investing in resilient businesses with good long term prospects and excellent management. WHSP is focused 
on creating capital growth along with steadily increasing dividends through disciplined, long term investing.

A significant highlight during the year was the merger with Milton Corporation Limited (Milton) on 5 October 
2021. WHSP welcomed Milton shareholders and staff through this merger of two successful investment 
companies who share similar long term value focused investment philosophies. This year’s report includes the 
Milton investment portfolio and results from that date. 

As of 31 July 2022, we have 58,977 shareholders, an increase of 100% on the previous year.

The Company has again increased its ordinary dividend and continued to generate strong cash flows from its 
investments. This consistently solid cash generation from our diversified investment portfolio continued to 
support another increase to the final dividend making WHSP the only company in the All-Ordinaries Index to 
have increased its ordinary dividends every year for over 20 years. 

Our ordinary dividends to shareholders are paid out of the Net Cash Flows From Investments, which increased 
by 93.0% on the prior corresponding period. Key drivers for the increased ordinary dividends were higher 
dividends from the Strategic and Private Equity portfolios and the acquisition of Milton. On a per share basis, 
Net Cash Flows From Investments increased by 28.0% over the prior corresponding period. This is a robust 
performance across WHSP’s investment portfolio that saw increased contributions from all portfolios except 
Emerging Companies.

In addition to the strong cashflows across the portfolio, WHSP received special dividend income from New 
Hope as a result of strong commodity prices. Consequently, the Board has resolved to pass on a fully franked 
special dividend to WHSP shareholders of 15 cents per share.

The value of the Company’s portfolio increased over the twelve months to 31 July 2022 despite the 
All-Ordinaries Index falling 6.4% throughout the period. Net Asset Value per share before tax outperformed 
the market by 20.2% through the period. On a post-tax basis, the outperformance was 34.9%.

One of WHSP’s key advantages is its flexible mandate to make long term investment decisions and adjust the 
portfolio by changing the composition and mix of investment classes over time. WHSP maintains a strong 
balance sheet with modest gearing and solid liquidity. WHSP also has available profit reserves and franking 
credit balances that provide confidence and support to its aim of paying a stable and growing dividend 
year-on-year.

Despite the strong growth in the Net Asset Value per share and cashflow generation per share, the Company’s 
share price retreated more than the market in FY22. Some of this reflects a starting share price which was 
influenced by trading around the completion of the Milton merger. The share price as at 31 July 2022 
represented a 6.9% discount to the pre-tax Net Asset Value, and a 2.2% premium to the post-tax Net Asset Value. 

WHSP remains focused on long term growth and has a strong track record of delivering outperformance over 
the long term with its Total Shareholder Returns exceeding the All-Ordinaries Accumulation Index over 3, 5, 
10, 15 and 20 year periods. Over the last 20 years, WHSP has outperformed the market by 3.4% per annum.

The following table shows the Total Shareholder Return for WHSP shares for various periods and compares 
them to the ASX All Ordinaries Accumulation Index, which also includes the reinvestment of dividends.

Total Shareholder Returns to 31 July 2022

Annualised TSRs

1 Year

3 Years

5 Years

10 Years

15 Years

20 Years

WHSP

All Ordinaries Accumulation Index

(19.6)%

(2.6)%

6.7%

4.9%

Relative Performance

(17.0)%

1.8%

10.5%

10.0%

8.4%

2.1%

9.6%

0.4%

9.9%

5.2%

12.2%

8.8%

4.7%

3.4%

WHSP continues to deliver solid long term total shareholder returns when compared to market returns.

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022 
20 Year Total Shareholder Return 
The following chart shows the total return over time of an initial 
investment made in WHSP shares on 31 July 2002 compared to the 
ASX All Ordinaries Accumulation Index. An investment in WHSP has 
grown by nearly 9 times over the last 20 years while an investment 
in the index has increased by less than half of this for the same 
period. This includes the reinvestment of dividends.

+892%

+438%

2002

2004

2006

2008

2010

2012

2014

2016

2018

2020

2022

Cumulative performance to 31 July 2022 (Including reinvestment of dividends). 

Source: Capital IQ

All Ordinaries Accumulation Index

40 Year Total Shareholder Return
This performance has been maintained for a long period of time. If a 
shareholder had invested $1,000 in 1982 and reinvested all dividends, 
the shareholding would have appreciated to over $256,000 as at 31 July 
2022. This equates to a compound annual growth rate of 14.9% year on 
year for 40 years. This growth does not include the value of the franking 
credits which have been passed on to shareholders by WHSP but 
includes the reinvestment of dividends.

$1,000 invested in 1982 worth $256,434
Compound annual return of 14.9% for 40 years

1982

1987

1992

1997

2002

2007

2012

2017

2022

Cumulative performance to 31 July 2022 (Including reinvestment of dividends). 

Source: Capital IQ

55

Chairman’s Review

Total  
ordinary 
dividends 
for the year 

 72¢

Dividends
Given the diversified mix of investments and long term focus on cash generation from investments, WHSP 
has an exceptional history of paying dividends to shareholders. WHSP has increased its ordinary dividend 
every year since 2000 and is the only company in the All-Ordinaries Index to have achieved this. The 
Directors determine interim and final dividends based on the Company’s Net Cash Flows From Investments. 
These cash flows include dividends and distributions from its investments, interest income and gains on 
trading assets. 

The Net Cash Flows From Investments for the reporting period was $347.9 million, up 93.0% compared to 
the 2021 financial year. This increase was mainly due to increased dividends received by the Large Caps 
portfolio (arising from the Milton merger) and the Strategic portfolio.

Net Cash Flows From Investments on a per share basis was up 28% to 96 cents per share.

20 year ordinary dividend history
Cents per share

20 year  
Compounded  
Annual Growth Rate  
of 8.5%

72

58

60

62

54

56

52

48

50

46

44

40

27

25

28.5

30

32

34

20

17

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

6

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Full Year dividend
The Directors have resolved to pay a fully franked ordinary final dividend of 43 cents per share in respect of 
the period ended 31 July 2022 (2021: 36 cents per share fully franked).

That brings total ordinary dividends declared for FY22 to 72 cents per share, an increase of 16.1% on the 
previous year.

In addition, the Directors have resolved to pass on a fully franked special dividend to WHSP shareholders of 
15 cents per share.

The record date for the ordinary final and special dividends will be 21 November 2022 with payment due on 
12 December 2022. The last day to purchase shares and be eligible for the special and final ordinary dividend 
is 17 November 2022.

In the 2022 financial year, WHSP will pay out 74.7% of its Net Cash Flows From Investments (2021: 82.3%) as 
ordinary dividends.

Consolidated financial performance and portfolio Net Asset Value
Net Profit After Tax (including non-regular items) attributable to members 

The statutory loss after tax attributable to shareholders was $12.9 million compared to a profit after tax of 
$273.2 million for the same period last year. The reduction in statutory profit after tax was largely due to a 
one-off, non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $984.6 million arising from the acquisition of Milton on 
5 October 2021. This was partly offset by an increase in Regular Profit After Tax to $834.6 million, compared  
to $328.1 million in the prior corresponding period.

The Milton acquisition created $984.6 million of goodwill, as the scrip-based purchase consideration 
was required under accounting standards to be calculated using the WHSP share price of $38.20 on the 
Scheme of Arrangement implementation date of 5 October 2021, reflecting trading conditions at the time. 
The residual value allocated to goodwill was a function of WHSP’s share price increasing throughout the 
transaction period rather than representing any future quantifiable economic benefits available from the 
acquisition of Milton. 

Consequently, it was determined that the goodwill calculated in accordance with accounting standards 
should be fully impaired.

A comparison with the previous corresponding period is as follows:

Statutory (Loss)/Profit After Tax attributable to shareholders

Regular Profit After Tax attributable to shareholders

2022
$m

(12.9) 

834.6 

2021
$m

273.2 

328.1 

Change
% 

(104.7%)

154.4%

77

Chairman’s Review

Regular Profit After Tax attributable to members
The Regular Profit After Tax attributable to shareholders for the period ended 31 July 2022 was $834.6 million 
compared to $328.1 million for the previous corresponding period, representing an increase of 154.4%. 

The increase in Regular Profit After Tax was mainly attributable to the following:

Strategic: increased contribution from New Hope from increased thermal 
coal prices and property profits in Brickworks

Large caps: largely higher dividend income arising from the Milton 
acquisition

Private equity: only 11 months contribution from Round Oak in FY22 prior 
to its sale on 1 July 2022

Emerging companies: lower trading income and mark to market of the 
portfolio

Other portfolios and corporate costs

Total

Net Asset Value (NAV) of WHSP

Increase/
(decrease)
$m

Change
% 

524.1

318.0%

82.8

421.2%

(12.2)

(16.6%)

(91.7)

(125.7%)

3.5

(120.9%)

506.5

154.4%

Portfolios
As at 31 July 2022

Strategic investments1 

Large caps1 

Private equity2 

Emerging companies1,2 

Structured yield2 

Property2 

Net working capital3 

Value of  
WHSP’s  
Holding

$m

4,837 

3,103 

654 

612 

250 

226 

274 

12 Month Movement

$m

% change

659 

2,455 

–

183 

5 

116 

735 

15.8% 

378.9% 

–

42.7% 

2.0% 

105.5% 

(159.4%)

NAV 
allocation

%

48.6%

31.2%

6.6%

6.1%

2.5%

2.3%

2.7%

Net Asset Value (pre-tax)4,5 

9,956 

4,153 

71.6% 

100.0%

1  At market value
2  At cost or Directors’ valuation
3  Refer to Note 26 for details regarding bank borrowings
4  Tax of approximately $882 million would be payable if all assets had been sold at pre-tax NAV as at 31 July 2022. The post-tax NAV per 

share was $25.14, an increase of 28.5% over 31 July 2021. On a per share basis, the increase in post-tax NAV exceeded the All-Ordinaries 
Index by 34.9%

5  Pre-tax NAV is calculated as the value of WHSP’s assets less all of its liabilities (other than the tax payable upon the sale of its assets). Assets 

are valued at cost, market value, or Directors’ valuation

8

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022The pre-tax NAV of WHSP is summarised in the preceding table. The pre-tax NAV as at 31 July 2022 was $9,956 
million, up 71.6% compared to 31 July 2021. On a per share basis, the increase in pre-tax NAV exceeded the 
All-Ordinaries Index by 20.2%, which decreased by 6.4% over the same period. 

Significant investments and divestments in the portfolio over the 2022 financial year were as follows:

 1 On 5 October 2021, the merger with Milton was completed, increasing the NAV of WHSP by 
$3,844 million, largely in the Large Caps Portfolio (Refer to Note 35b of the Financial Report)

 1 In December 2021, WHSP completed the sale of its investment in Australian Pharmaceutical Industries 
Limited (API) for $131.2 million, with a subsequent payment of $16.2 million received in March 2022.  
API was included in the Strategic Portfolio in the prior year

 1 In May 2022, WHSP purchased the 57% it did not own in Ampcontrol Limited (Ampcontrol) for 

$99.7 million. Ampcontrol is included in the Private Equity Portfolio (Refer to Note 35b of the Financial 
Report)

 1 In July 2022, WHSP completed the sale of its investment in Round Oak Minerals Pty Limited (Round Oak) 
in exchange for cash and a 30.2% stake in Aeris Resources Limited valued at $98 million (Refer to Note 
35c of the Financial Report). In the prior year Round Oak was included in the Private Equity Portfolio.  
The investment in Aeris is now included in the Strategic Portfolio

WHSP has been a net seller of equities during the year and increased its liquidity levels by approximately 
$735 million.

R D Millner
Chairman

99

Portfolio Review 

as at 31 July 2022

Introduction
Our investment product is unique in the Australian market and provides investors exposure to:

 1 A range of asset classes, including private equity, private credit and property
 1 Investment strategies that have delivered above market returns over the long term
 1 Steady and growing fully franked dividends
 1 A board and management team with a strong track record of execution and active stewardship of 

capital

Following the merger with Milton, we have divided the combined portfolio by asset class, rather than by 
individual investments, to better reflect the key drivers of portfolio returns.

WHSP investment philosophy
Our investment philosophy has six guiding principles. We do not seek to replicate any index:

Diversified

We invest in a diverse range of uncorrelated investments across listed equities, private 
equity and venture capital, property, structured credit and cash.

Unconstrained

Our flexible investment mandate allows us to invest in and support companies from 
an early stage and grow with them over the long term.

Long term

We use a disciplined and value focused approach to investing through market cycles 
to deliver returns over the long term.

Growing dividends to our shareholders

We are proud of our track record of paying a consistent and increasing dividend to our 
shareholders for over 20 years.

Capital protection

We aim to have a portfolio of assets that generate reliable cash flows through market 
cycles, providing downside protection in market corrections.

Trusted partner

We partner with attractive companies looking to access growth capital and undertake 
strategic merger and acquisition opportunities.

10

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited
Annual Report 2022

Current investment environment
Asset prices in the 2022 financial year were more volatile than in the recent past. Many equity markets 
reached highs early in calendar 2022, then retraced sharply in the second half as investors began 
incorporating higher discounts into equity prices to reflect a riskier future economic picture.

The All-Ordinaries Accumulation Index returned minus 2.6% for the twelve-month period to 31 July 2022. 

WHSP’s total portfolio return including dividends was 16.4%, outperforming the All-Ordinaries Accumulation 
index materially, with most portfolios making positive contributions.

Overarchingly, companies and individuals remain in a strong financial position and economies have generally 
emerged from COVID lockdowns in good shape. Government support to individuals has elevated the savings 
rate, giving many people sizeable financial buffers. Corporate balance sheets are not stressed, and the 
unemployment rate is at record lows across many developed economies.

Corporate earnings growth has been robust during 2022. The resources sector has experienced particularly 
strong growth due to commodity price increases and the banking sector has enjoyed continued credit 
growth and low levels of impairments.

Central Banks, however, have begun to raise interest rates sharply in response to higher inflation readings. 
Inflation is being experienced due to a surge in demand post COVID, wage growth, supply chain challenges 
and elevated commodity prices. Higher interest rates will reduce the level of future economic growth and 
impact all countries, companies and individuals. This has the potential to drive the larger economies into 
recession.

Higher interest rates end a multi-decade period of consistent rate reductions with higher rates not 
experienced by a generation of investors in financial or real assets. Higher rates increase the required rate of 
return for investments rendering many investments, that had been funded and supported by low interest 
rates, vulnerable.

Elevated geopolitical risk due to the conflict in the Ukraine and concerns related to Taiwan further complicate 
the investment picture.

This combination of factors has increased risk across all asset classes and is the primary cause of the weakness 
seen in markets in the second half of 2022. Whilst this has returned valuation multiples to long term averages, 
concerns remain about the level of future earnings growth and the appropriate valuation settings in a higher 
rate environment.

Higher rates are not all bad news due to improved returns for conservative investors who may prefer higher 
cash or term deposit holdings but have been pressed to take increased risks in a low-rate environment for 
income.

An inflationary period and higher rates argue for greater exposure to real assets which have the potential to 
provide income and growth to offset inflation. This has seen an allocation away from fixed income securities, 
high-growth companies with low or no current earnings and assets with “bond like” characteristics without 
inflation protection.

WHSP’s portfolio is well positioned to perform in this environment. We aim to invest in high quality, growing 
companies with strong cash generation and defensive business models. WHSP has strong financial flexibility 
and available cash to respond to market volatility and a diverse portfolio of uncorrelated assets that act to 
reduce the volatility of our earnings.

1111

Portfolio Review

Strategic Portfolio

Net Asset Value

% of portfolio

$4,837 million

48.6%

Net Cash Flows From Investments

$168.7 million

Portfolio composition

Strategic rationale

Interests in TPG, New Hope, Brickworks, Tuas, Apex, Pengana  
and Aeris Resources

Significant investments in uncorrelated listed companies with 
board representation

Background
We have a portfolio of long term cornerstone shareholdings in companies across diverse industries, with 
portfolio holdings having low share price correlations with each other.

The merger with Milton has diluted the proportion of the total portfolio allocated to Strategic investments, 
falling from 72.0% as at 31 July 2021 to 48.6% by 31 July 2022.

Our largest industry exposure in the Strategic Portfolio is in telecommunications through our investments in 
TPG Telecom Limited and Tuas Limited.

Portfolio changes during the period
During FY22 we sold the 19.3% stake in Australian Pharmaceutical Industries (API) to Wesfarmers and acquired 
a 30.3% shareholding in Aeris Resources Limited.

Performance
In FY22 the portfolio delivered a total return of 25.8%. This is a significant outperformance compared to the 
All Ordinaries Accumulation Index, which delivered a total return of minus 2.6% over this period. New Hope, 
TPG Telecom, Tuas, Apex and Pengana delivered significant gains, partly offset by Brickworks.

Summarised below is the underlying financial performance of each investment in the portfolio during the 
reporting period:

TPG Telecom Limited (TPG)
TPG Telecom announced its half year results in August 2022, generating a Net Profit After Tax of $167 million. 
This was $89 million higher than the prior corresponding period, due primarily to lower financing costs, and 
the recognition of previous capital losses now able to be utilised against the gain from completing the sale 
of tower assets on 29 July 2022. Operating cash flows for the period were $567 million, down 7.4% on the 
prior period, as $35 million of restructuring costs were incurred during the half year. An interim fully franked 
dividend of 9 cents per share is payable in October 2022 as compared to 8 cents in the previous period.

WHSP received total dividends of 16.5 cents per share over FY22 from TPG, up 9 cents on the prior year.

New Hope Corporation Limited (New Hope)
New Hope recorded a Net Profit After Tax of $983.0 million in FY22, compared with a profit of $79.4 million 
for the prior corresponding period. Thermal coal prices continued to rise over FY22, with the average AUD 
realised prices increasing by A$183.84/t to A$285.20/t, or 181.4%. New Hope exhibited strong cost control 
and limited production disruption from COVID-19 and adverse weather events. New Hope held $715.7 million 
in cash and cash equivalents as at 31 July 2022. An ordinary final fully franked dividend of 31 cents per share 
and a fully franked special dividend of 25 cents per share were declared, both payable on 8 November 2022.

WHSP received total ordinary dividends of 37 cents per share in FY22 from New Hope, up 33 cents on the 
prior year.

Net Asset  
Value 

 $ 4.8

billion

12

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Brickworks Limited (Brickworks)
Brickworks posted a Net Profit After Tax of $854 million for the year ending 31 July 2022 compared to 
$239 million in the prior corresponding period. The profit increase is largely due to revaluation and 
development profits in the property trust joint venture with the Goodman Group and a one-off accounting 
gain from a deemed disposal of its interest in WHSP following the WHSP – Milton merger. An ordinary final 
fully franked dividend of 41 cents per share was declared.

WHSP received total cash dividends of 62 cents per share in FY22 from Brickworks, up 2 cents on the prior year.

Tuas Limited (Tuas)
Tuas recorded a Net Loss After Tax of S$26.7 million in FY22, compared with a loss of S$28.2 million for 
the prior corresponding period. Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation in FY22 were 
S$15.5 million, compared to a loss of S$2.4 million for the prior corresponding period. Subscriber numbers 
increased by 195,000 over the year to 587,000 active subscribers, with a current average subscriber revenue 
(ARPU) of S$9.19 per month. Cash and term deposits stands at S$49.5 million as at 31 July 2022.

Aeris Resources Limited (Aeris)
WHSP acquired a 30.3% stake in Aeris following the sale of Round Oak Minerals Pty Limited to Aeris on 1 July 
2022. The combination of Aeris and Round Oak creates a focused mid-tier base and precious metals producer. 
Aeris now has four operating assets and the Stockman long-life development project. Aeris has no external 
borrowings and significant cash balances post the Round Oak acquisition.

Apex Healthcare Berhad (Apex)
Apex recorded a Net Profit After Tax of RM 39.3 million for the six months ending 30 June 2022, up 58.9% 
on the previous corresponding period. Demand for pharmaceuticals and consumer healthcare products 
remained elevated due to the continued presence of COVID-19.

WHSP received total dividends of $2.5 million in FY22 from Apex, up 25% on the prior year.

Pengana Capital Group Limited (Pengana)
Pengana reported a Net Profit After Tax of $18.7 million for FY22, a 114% increase on the previous year. Annual 
gross fee margins improved by 15 basis points to 2.26%, with average funds under management subject to 
performance fees down slightly to $3.9 billion. Total dividends per share increased by 54% to 20 cents per share.

Contribution to WHSP
The Strategic Portfolio contributed Net Cash Flows From Investments of $168.7 million, up 55.1% over the 
prior corresponding period. The increase is largely due to New Hope resuming dividend payments and TPG 
paying an interim and final dividend following the merger of the TPG and Vodafone businesses.

The total Strategic Portfolio contribution to Consolidated Net Regular Profit After Tax was $689.0 million, up 
$524.1 million or 318.0% on the previous financial year.

Outlook
There is a solid outlook for improved dividends from each of the significant investments:

 1 New Hope: continued elevated thermal coal prices and strong cost control.
 1 TPG: realisation of merger synergies one year ahead of schedule, resumption of international travel 

increasing global roaming charges and improvement in market share. 

 1 Brickworks: expect to experience continued strong demand for industrial land and development 

activities in New South Wales. Strong Building Product sales in Australia and North America are expected 
in the first half of the 2023 financial year. However, rising interest rates may negatively impact demand 
for Building Products and increase the risk of capitalisation rate expansion across the Property Portfolios.

Contribution 
 to WHSP 

 $ 169

million

1313

Portfolio Review

Large Caps Portfolio

Net Asset Value

% of portfolio

$3,103 million

31.2%

Net Cash Flows From Investments

$116.9 million

Portfolio composition

Strategic rationale

Companies within the ASX100 index

Actively managed Australian equities delivering strong dividends 
and providing portfolio liquidity

Background
The Large Caps Portfolio is actively managed and is designed to generate capital and income growth over the 
long term. It does not seek to replicate any index, and the broad asset mix across WHSP’s other portfolios has 
allowed the Large Caps Portfolio to become increasingly concentrated. The portfolio is defensive in nature 
and will tend to outperform in periods of market weakness due to a value investing bias and low allocations 
to technology and other high growth sectors. The portfolio seeks to generate consistent tax effective income 
and aims to invest in companies with growing earnings and dividends over time.

Portfolio changes during the period
There have been material changes to the Large Caps Portfolio over the period as we sought to position 
WHSP more conservatively due to macroeconomic concerns, and to raise liquidity for new investments in 
other portfolios. During FY22, WHSP sold a net $570 million of equities from the portfolio. This has materially 
improved the financial flexibility of the WHSP group, improved returns and achieved the goal of further 
concentrating the portfolio.

Performance
Over the 2022 financial year the portfolio delivered a total return of minus 0.6%. This compares with the 
ASX200 accumulation index return of minus 2.2%. Our exposures to banks and resource companies improved 
relative performance over the year as quality, dividend paying stocks outperformed in the rising rate 
environment with high multiple technology and healthcare companies underperforming.

This performance reflects the full year performance of the portfolio, noting that the Milton merger was 
completed in October 2021.

Contribution to WHSP
The Large Cap portfolio contributed Net Cash Flows From Investments of $116.9 million, up 316.0% over 
the previous financial year. The increase is largely due to the acquisition of Milton and generally increased 
dividends as companies emerge from COVID-19 induced uncertainty. FY23 will see a full year of cash 
contribution from the former Milton portfolio.

The total Large Caps Portfolio contribution to Consolidated Net Regular Profit After Tax was $102.4 million, up 
$82.8 million or 421.2% on the previous financial year.

Outlook
Whilst valuations in the equity market have returned to long term averages, we remain cautious due to the 
prospect of higher interest rates and the impact of slowing economic growth on corporate earnings. We will 
look to remain invested in companies that are well run, profitable and with strong market positions.

Net Asset  
Value 

 $ 3.1

billion

Contribution 
 to WHSP 

 $ 117

million

14

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Private Equity Portfolio

Net Asset Value

% of portfolio

$654 million

6.6%

Net Cash Flows From Investments

$40.1 million

Portfolio composition

Ampcontrol, Ironbark, Agricultural and water investments,  
Aquatic Achievers

Strategic rationale

Investments in unlisted companies to support their growth

Background
We look for established businesses, with distinctive capabilities and strong demand tailwinds that provide a 
platform for growth. 

Key investment themes for the Private Equity Portfolio are:
 1 Energy transition
 1 Financial services
 1 Health and aged care services
 1 Food security and agriculture 
 1 Education

Portfolio changes during the period
In May 2022, WHSP purchased the 57% it did not already own in Ampcontrol Limited for $99.7 million (Refer 
to Note 35b of the Financial Report).

In July 2022, WHSP completed the sale of its investment in Round Oak Minerals Pty Limited in exchange for 
cash and a 30.2% stake in Aeris Resources Limited, which is included in the Strategic Portfolio.

Performance
During 2022, the portfolio delivered a total return of 19.1%.

Of this total, Round Oak contributed $43 million (2021: $65 million). The lower profit contribution in FY22 
largely arose from the inclusion of only 11 months trading as Round Oak was sold to Aeris on 1 July 2022, and 
there being no contribution from the Barbara mine which ceased production in FY21. This was partially offset 
by increased contributions from Ampcontrol, Ironbark, Aquatic Achievers and the agricultural investments.

Contribution to WHSP
The Private Equity Portfolio contributed Net Cash Flows From Investments of $40.1m, up 213.3% over the 
prior corresponding period. The increase is largely due to increased dividends from Round Oak, Ampcontrol 
and the agricultural investments.

The total Private Equity Portfolio contribution to Consolidated Net Regular Profit After Tax was $61.4 million.

Outlook
We expect to allocate additional capital to expand this portfolio of private companies which in turn provide 
platforms for further growth.

Net Asset  
Value 

 $ 654

million

Contribution 
 to WHSP 

 $ 40

million

1515

Emerging Companies Portfolio

Net Asset Value

% of portfolio

$612 million

6.1%

Net Cash Flows From Investments

$27.6 million

Portfolio composition

Strategic rationale

Ex-ASX100 listed equities and unlisted growth companies

Exposure to fast growing companies often benefiting from 
structural changes and global trends

Background
The Emerging Companies Portfolio invests in early stage and high growth companies. The portfolio comprises 
pre-IPO, IPO, listed investments and opportunistic positions. Investments are currently allocated across 
materials, industrials, information technology, consumer discretionary and communication services sectors.

In response to changing market conditions, during the year WHSP successfully repositioned the Emerging 
Companies Portfolio away from pre-IPO and technology investments to materials and industrial companies.

Performance
In FY22, the portfolio delivered a total return of minus 3.4%. This is an outperformance of 7.5% against the 
ASX Small Ordinaries Accumulation Index over the period.

Contribution to WHSP
The Emerging Companies Portfolio contributed Net Cash Flows From Investments of $27.6m, down 17.6% 
over the prior corresponding period.

Outlook
We expect to allocate additional capital to expand this portfolio of early stage and high growth companies as 
valuations for appropriate assets become more reasonable.

Portfolio Review

Net Asset  
Value 

 $ 612

million

Contribution 
 to WHSP 

 $ 28

million

16

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited
Annual Report 2022

Structured Yield Portfolio

Net Asset Value

% of portfolio

$250 million

2.5%

Net Cash Flows From Investments

$19.7 million

Portfolio composition

Strategic rationale

Corporate loans or hybrid instruments 

To invest in financial instruments across an investee’s capital 
structure to optimise the portfolio’s risk adjusted returns

Net Asset  
Value 

 $ 250

million

Background
The portfolio comprises investments in corporate loans and convertible notes with the following 
characteristics:

 1 Ongoing cash yield
 1 Strong asset backing, security and seniority to equity investors
 1 Gain upside exposure through warrants or conversion rights

As at 31 July 2022 there were 11 investments across a range of industries, including technology, financial 
services and real estate.

Performance
The portfolio delivered a total return of 17.9% in FY22.

Contribution to WHSP
The Structured Yield Portfolio contributed Net Cash Flows From Investments of $19.7 million, up 18.7% over 
the prior corresponding period. The increase is largely due to an increase in the running yield in the loan 
book.

Outlook
We are leveraging our existing relationships and expertise into a growing lending market, especially in market 
segments vacated by the major banks. Credit spreads on corporate debt are widening and our flexible 
approach to financing growing companies is becoming more attractive as equity capital markets are more 
restrictive. 

Contribution 
 to WHSP 

 $ 20

million

1717

Portfolio Review

Property Portfolio

Net Asset Value

% of portfolio

$226 million

2.3%

Net Cash Flows From Investments

$1.6 million

Portfolio composition

Strategic rationale

Direct property and equity accounted joint ventures 

Actively managed Australian property to deliver superior returns 
when compared to passive ownership

Background
Direct property investments largely concentrated in the Sydney region and positioned towards infrastructure 
development and repositioning older assets. 

Our Property Portfolio is underweight direct property due to the significant property exposure in a number of 
our other investments including the Brickworks industrial property division.

Performance
Over the 2022 period, the portfolio delivered a total return of 47%.

Portfolio changes during the period
An industrial development asset was acquired in Kirrawee, NSW.

Contracts for sale have been entered into for properties in Castle Hill and the Sydney CBD. Settlement is 
expected in the first half of the 2023 financial year. These properties are classified as Assets Held for Sale as at 
31 July 2022.

The retirement lifestyle development, Sage by Moran at Cronulla, NSW is currently under construction. 
Forward sales are ahead of expectations.

Following the merger with Milton, the Consolidated Entity now has non-controlling interests in multiple 
residential development joint ventures, which continue to generate returns through the development and 
sale of land parcels.

Contribution to WHSP
The Property Portfolio contributed Net Cash Flows From Investments of $1.6 million, up 14.3% over the prior 
corresponding period.

Outlook
The supply of industrial property is tight and there is scope to increase rents. The market is pricing in further 
interest rate increases. The dynamic between possible rent increases and expected expansion in capitalisation 
rates remains uncertain.

Net Asset  
Value 

 $ 226

million

Contribution 
 to WHSP 

 $ 2

million

18

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Net Working Capital

Net Asset Value

% of portfolio

$274 million

2.7%

Net Cash Flows From Investments

($26.7) million

Portfolio composition

Strategic rationale

Cash, interest-bearing liabilities and other assets and liabilities

Provide portfolio liquidity

Net Asset  
Value 

 $ 274

million

As at 31 July 2022, WHSP’s Net Working Capital included net cash of $72 million, comprising cash of 
$486 million and gross interest-bearing debt of $414 million with a current average cost of debt at  
around 1.75%pa. 

Taking advantage of high equity valuations in the first half of FY22, WHSP was a significant seller of equities 
and other assets, resulting in a significant increase in cash and a net cash position as at 31 July 2022. Net 
Working Capital as at 31 July 2022 was $274 million (an increase of $735 million throughout the year).

1919

Contents

Alternative Performance Measures 

Investment Portfolio Financial Information 

Corporate Governance  

Risk Management 

Sustainability Report 

Directors’ Report 

Remuneration Report 

21

23

26

33

36

48

56

20
20

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited
Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited
Annual Report 2022
Annual Report 2022

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Alternative  
Performance Measures

The Consolidated Entity presents certain Alternative Performance Measures (APMs), including Regular and 
Non-Regular Profit After Tax, Net Cash Flows From Investments and Net Asset Value. These APMs are used by 
management to assess the performance of the business against its principal objective of maximising capital 
and income returns over the long term. They are not a substitute for the Australian Accounting Standard 
measures and should be considered supplementary to those measures.

Regular and Non-Regular Profit After Tax
Financial performance is measured by Regular Profit and Regular Profit After Tax attributable to members. 
These results are non-statutory profit measures and represent profit before Non-Regular items. The 
measurement basis in general excludes the effects of Non-Regular items of income and expense which 
by nature are outside the ordinary course of business or are part of ordinary activities but are unusual due 
to their size. The classification of income and expenses as Regular and Non-Regular is consistent within 
the Consolidated Entity. Regular Profit After Tax attributable to members is reconciled to the Australian 
Accounting Standards financial measure, Profit After Tax, on page 22.

Net Cash Flows From Investments
Net Cash Flows From Investments represent the underlying cash flows generated by WHSP’s investment 
portfolio after deducting corporate costs and adjusting for Non-Regular cash flows. The Board of the Parent 
Entity determines dividends having regard to Net Cash Flows From Investments. Net Cash Flows From 
Investments is reconciled to Profit After Tax on page 25.

Net Asset Value
WHSP is a long term investor. Net Asset Value (NAV) (pre-tax) is the value of all WHSP’s assets less all its 
liabilities excluding any tax payable upon the sale of its assets. Assets are valued at market value or Directors’ 
valuation as shown in the NAV statement. The NAV post-tax assumes WHSP will dispose of its assets and incur 
an income tax liability based on the adopted market values or Directors’ valuations.

Reconciliation between Regular Profit After Tax and Profit After Tax 
A reconciliation between Consolidated Regular Profit After Tax attributable to members and Consolidated 
Profit After Tax attributable to members is set out below. The Directors have presented this information as 
they consider the disclosure enhances the understanding of the financial results to shareholders and other 
users of the financial statements.

The allocation of revenue and expense items between Regular and Non-Regular Profit is consistent with the 
prior period. Transactions between business segments are on an arm’s length basis in a manner similar to 
transactions with third parties.

2121

Alternative Performance Measures

Regular Profit After Tax attributable to members

Strategic portfolio
Large caps portfolio
Private equity portfolio
Emerging companies portfolio
Structured yield portfolio
Property
Intersegment/unallocated1

31 July 2022
$’000

31 July 2021
$’000

688,975
102,422
61,365
(18,784)
11,063
32,829
(43,284)

164,834
19,650
73,576
72,960
11,797
3,101
(17,803)

Regular Profit After Tax attributable to members

 834,586 

328,115

Non-regular items after tax

Goodwill impairment arising from the Milton acquisition
Gain on loss of control of a subsidiary (New Hope)
Tax benefit on recycling New Hope reserves on deconsolidation
Gain on disposal of a subsidiary (Round Oak)
Transaction costs on disposal of a subsidiary
Gain on disposal of a mining site
Share of Non-regular items from equity accounted associates
(Loss)/gain on deemed disposal of equity accounted associates
Gain on sale of equity accounted associates' shares
Gain on derecognition of equity accounted associates
Deferred tax expense on deconsolidation of New Hope
Deferred tax expense recognised on equity accounted associates
Impairment (expense)/reversal on equity accounted associates
Impairment expense on Queensland coal mining assets
Impairment reversal on property, plant and equipment 
Impairment expense on exploration and evaluation assets
Impairment expense on other assets
Acquisition costs expensed 
Transaction costs for potential IPO of subsidiary
Debt waiver consent fees
Reversal/(provision) of expected credit loss allowance
Liquidation related costs
Restructuring costs 
Reversal of New Acland ramp down costs
Onerous contracts
Write off of loan and interest to external party
Redundancies
In-specie dividend income
Other items

(984,565)
490,620
17,188
21,372
(2,583)
2,529
(80,595)
(856)
4,663
22,091
(334,276)
(18,430)
(14,374)
 – 
 – 
(1,392)
(1,550)
(2,128)
(1,546)
 – 
1,221
(2,740)
(181)
 – 
 – 
 – 
(1,531)
40,604
(1,068)

 – 
 – 
–
 – 
 – 
 – 
(17,750)
5,161
 – 
2,550
 – 
(28,952)
25,322
(13,569)
1,484
(842)
(869)
 – 
 – 
(789)
(1,867)
(834)
 – 
3,840
(12,564)
(11,550)
(5,111)
 – 
1,421

Total Non-regular Loss After Tax attributable to members

(847,527)

(54,919)

Profit After Tax attributable to members
Add: profit attributable to non-controlling interests

Profit After Tax 

(12,941)
 569,385 

 556,444 

273,196
47,243

320,439

1 

Intersegment/unallocated represents Parent Entity corporate costs that are not allocated to individual segments.

22

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited
Annual Report 2022

Investment Portfolio  
Financial Information

Financial performance of the Investment Portfolio is measured by Regular Profit After Tax and Net Cash Flows 
From Investments.

Regular Profit After Tax is a measure of the financial performance. This measurement excludes the effects of 
non-regular items of income and expense which by nature are outside the ordinary course of business or are 
part of ordinary operations but are unusual due to their size.

The classification of income and expenses as regular or non-regular is consistent with the Consolidated  
Entity. This is a non-statutory measure and a reconciliation to the Profit After Tax is provided on page 22.  
The Directors have presented this information, which is used by the Chief Operating Decision Maker, as they 
consider the disclosure enhances the understanding of the results to members and users of the financial 
statements.

Source of shareholder dividends

The Board declares dividends having regard to Net Cash Flows From Investments. The following information 
has been provided to demonstrate the underlying value of the investments and regular profit and the cash 
flows generated by these investments.

The Statement of Financial Position and Statement of Comprehensive Income in the Investment Portfolio 
Financial Information represent the combined position of the key investment entities, WHSP and Milton 
Corporation. The numbers presented have been calculated as follows and include:

 1 The WHSP Parent Statement of Financial Position and Statement of Comprehensive Income;
 1 Inclusion of the assets and liabilities and operating results of Milton; and
 1 Elimination of the WHSP Parent’s investment in Milton and transactions between the two entities.

ACCOUNTING POLICY

The statement of financial position, profit after tax, and total comprehensive income in the Investment Portfolio 
Financial Information have been prepared on the same basis as the consolidated financial statements except for 
Investments in controlled entities (subsidiaries) and Investments in associates.

In the Investment Portfolio Financial Information, Investments in subsidiaries and Investments in associates are 
carried at the lower of cost or impaired cost. Dividends from these entities are recognised as income within profit. 
This approach reflects WHSP’s activities as an investor.

The consolidated financial statements recognise the individual assets, liabilities, income and expenses of controlled 
entities. Associates are equity accounted, with the initial investments being increased/(decreased) by profits/ 
(losses) recognised in the income statement, movements in other comprehensive income and decreased by 
dividends received. Dividends from both controlled entities and associates are not recognised in the consolidated 
financial income statement.

2323

Investment Portfolio Financial Information

Statement of Financial Position*

Current assets 
Cash and term deposits
Assets held for sale
Financial assets held for trading 
Other financial assets
Loans to third parties
Other current assets

Total current assets

Non-current assets 
Other financial assets – Listed
Long term equity investments – measured at market value
Long term equity investments – measured at fair value
Listed controlled and associated entities – measured at the lower of cost or impaired value 
Unlisted controlled and associated entities – measured at the lower of cost or impaired value
Other financial assets – measured at fair value
Loans to controlled entities and associates
Loans to third parties
Other non-current assets

Total non-current assets 

Total assets

Current liabilities
Interest bearing liabilities
Other current liabilities
Other financial liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Interest bearing liabilities
Other non-current liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Share capital
Reserves
Retained profits

Total equity

Statement of Comprehensive Income

Loss after tax

Add/(Less): Non-regular items after tax

Write down of investment in Milton
Gain on sale of partial shareholding in a controlled entity
Loss on sale of a controlled entity 
Write off of loan to external party 
Net impairment expense on controlled entities/associates 
Net impairment expense/(benefit) on investments
Deferred tax recognised on investment in associate
Performance fees paid/payable to controlled entity 
In-specie and special dividends income
Other

Regular profit after tax 

Other comprehensive income 
Net movement in the fair value of the listed investment portfolio

*  Certain numbers within these tables have been updated from the previous version presented in the Preliminary Final Report.

24

As at  
31 July 2022

As at  
31 July 2021

$'000

$'000

 485,578 
 6,163 
 572,986 
78,204
 1,250 
 24,998 

1,169,179

 77,070 
 4,653,553 
 150,674 
 364,130 
440,606
 10,686 
 132,032 
 213,420 
 196,374 

6,238,545

7,407,724

 195,770 
102,386
 7,672 

305,828

 218,247 
 194,426 

 412,673 

718,501

6,689,223

4,680,057
(215,528)
2,224,694

6,689,223

 134,627 
 – 
 397,582 
 9,068 
 – 
 19,702 

 560,979 

 8,563 
 2,244,881 
 134,860 
 183,923 
 453,688 
 40,958 
 196,326 
 157,790 
 53,597 

 3,474,586 

 4,035,565 

 289,810 
 42,714 
 – 

 332,524 

 216,282 
 509,110 

 725,392 

 1,057,916 

2,977,649

 47,176 
 (169,360)
 3,099,833 

 2,977,649 

2022
$'000

2021
$'000

(608,977) 

 320,226 

984,565
–
 59,015 
–
 30,466 
 1,073 
(18,661) 
 12,718 
(206,502) 
 3,051 

–
(91,390) 
–
 11,550 
 1,445 
(10,719) 
–
–
–
 3,580 

 256,748 

 234,692 

(1,106,546) 

(217,683)

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Net Asset Value

Market value of listed entities as at 31 July 2022 
The market values of listed investments are based on the last sale  
prices as quoted on the ASX or other securities exchanges on 31 July 2022  
and are therefore subject to price fluctuations.

Market value of financial assets held for trading 

 720,588

$'000

Long term equity investments 

TPG Telecom Limited 
Macquarie Group Limited 
Commonwealth Bank of Australia Limited 
BHP Group Limited 
CSL Limited 
Wesfarmers Limited 
National Australia Bank Limited 
Woolworths Limited 
BKI Investment Company Limited
Transurban Group Limited 
Johns Lyng Group Limited 
Other listed entities 

1,506,034 
361,855 
259,509 
203,891 
184,689 
166,669 
155,461 
140,297 
112,936
106,145 
87,003 
1,369,064 

Market value of long term equity investments

 4,653,553 

Listed controlled and  
associated entities

New Hope Corporation Limited 
Brickworks Limited
Tuas Limited
Apex Healthcare Berhad 
Aeris Resources Limited
Pengana Capital Group Limited
Clover Corporation Limited

Market value of listed controlled  
and associated entities

Total value of WHSP's listed investments 

Unlisted investments (Cost and Directors valuation)
Gross interest bearing liabilities
Cash and other assets

Consolidated net assets value pre-tax

Holding 

$'000

39.9%
43.3%
25.4%
29.8%
30.3%
37.0%
20.5%

 1,456,147 
 1,380,517 
 183,261 
 137,533 
 90,095 
 68,827 
36,748

3,353,128

8,727,269

885,649 
 (414,017)
757,152

9,956,053

Tax payable if WHSP's listed investments were disposed of:

WHSP is a long term equity investor.

If WHSP had disposed of all of its assets on 31 July 2022, a net capital gains tax 
liability of approximately $881.7 million would have arisen based on market 
values as at 31 July 2022.

Of this amount, only $176.0 million has been recognised in the Parent Entity's 
financial report at 31 July 2022. In the Parent Entity, investments in subsidiaries 
and associates are carried at the lower of cost or impaired cost, and the tax 
recognised reflects the theoretical tax payable if investments were sold at these 
values, rather than market values. 

Regular Profit after Tax and  
Net Cash Flows From Investments

For the year ended 31 July 2022

Interest income (from cash and loans)

Dividend and distribution income 

TPG Telecom Limited 
Macquarie Group Limited 
Commonwealth Bank of Australia Limited 
BHP Group Limited 
CSL Limited 
Wesfarmers Limited 
National Australia Bank Limited 
Woolworths Limited 
BKI Investment Company Limited
Transurban Group Limited 
Johns Lyng Group Limited 
Other listed entities 

New Hope Corporation Limited 
Brickworks Limited
Tuas Limited
Apex Healthcare Berhad 
Aeris Resources Limited
Pengana Capital Group Limited
Clover Corporation Limited

Other controlled entities and associates

Total dividend and distribution income

Other revenue
Realised and fair value losses on equities
Other expenses
Finance costs

Regular profit before tax
Income tax expense

Regular profit after tax

Add back the following:
Non-cash fair value loss on equities
Net movements in working capital and tax paid

Net Cash Flows From Investments

2022 
$'000

 14,850 

 38,943 
 11,818 
 7,150 
 11,517 
 907 
 3,154 
 6,833 
 1,948 
4,481
 2,999 
 312 
3,668

 77,977 
 40,700 
–
 2,325 
–
 7,967 
 340 

 102,976 

 326,015 

 2,986 
 (35,714)
 (33,812)
(6,051)

 268,274 
 (11,526)

 256,748 

119,031
(27,879)

 347,900 

The Board declares dividends having regard to Net Cash Flows From  
Investments. The following information demonstrates the underlying support 
Net Cash Flows From Investments currently provides to dividends declared: 

Dividends paid/payable 
– Interim of 29 cents per share paid 13 May 2022
– Final of 43 cents per share payable 12 December 2022

Ordinary dividends paid/payable

– Special of 15 cents per share payable 12 December 2022

Total dividends paid/payable 

Payout ratios 
Ordinary dividends as a percentage of Net Cash Flows  
From Investments 

 104,651 
155,216

259,867

54,145

314,012

74.70%

2525

 
Corporate Governance 

The Board of Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited (WHSP, the Company) 
is committed to ensuring the operation of its policies and practices embed corporate 
governance in its day-to-day activities. We recognise that an appropriate culture needs to 
be sustained for our continued success. 

WHSP’s corporate governance practices have been reviewed against the ASX Corporate Governance Council 
Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations – 4th Edition (ASX Principles). Other than as set out 
in the section below on director independence, WHSP’s practices were consistent with the ASX Principles 
during the year ended 31 July 2022. WHSP’s Corporate Governance Statement has been lodged with ASX and 
is available on our website at https://www.whsp.com.au/corporate-governance/. 

WHSP is an investment company with a diversified portfolio of investments across a range of industries 
and asset classes. Since listing in 1903, WHSP’s purpose has been to build a resilient long term return to 
our shareholders by creating capital growth along with steadily increasing dividends through disciplined 
investing in businesses and assets. The sustainability of the industries in which we invest; the quality of the 
management of our investments; and the impact of existing and potential investments on communities, the 
environment and people are key considerations when making investment and divestment decisions.

WHSP employs a small and diverse team of professionals who understand and are aligned to this purpose. 
Conduct and culture are set in a highly visible manner by the Board and senior executives, and there is direct 
monitoring of activities. Remuneration outcomes for staff reinforce ethical behaviour and are aligned to our 
purpose.

Our disciplined assessment of investments takes a long term view where there is alignment between building 
a resilient long term return for shareholders and meeting the broader needs of stakeholders, including the 
communities where our investee companies operate. Effective risk management, including the management 
of environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks, is embedded in the implementation of WHSP’s strategy. 
This balanced view, integration of strategy with disciplined risk management and fostering an ethical, trusted 
and respected culture has driven WHSP’s long period of profitability and increased dividends. Our corporate 
governance practices reflect this balance.

Board Oversight
The Board has an ongoing focus on sustainable growth with prudent management of associated risks.  
The Board’s role is to: 

 1 provide leadership and strategic guidance to WHSP;
 1 oversee the performance and conduct of WHSP; and
 1 represent and report to the shareholders of WHSP.

To fulfil its role, the Board’s responsibilities include approving and overseeing Management’s implementation 
of WHSP’s strategy and business plan, as well as approving the Group’s risk management framework and risk 
appetite statement. 

Our risk appetite statement, sets an overall tone for risk management and supports the achievement of 
our strategic objectives/outlines the risks or activities for which the Board has no appetite and establishes 
measures and targets for risks or activities which we may be willing to accept in pursuit of strategic objectives 
(Risk Appetite Statement).

Our risk management framework sets the foundations and organisational arrangements for designing, 
implementing, monitoring and improving risk management at WHSP along with associated roles and 
responsibilities (Risk Management Framework). 

 The Board also reviews the framework of systems, policies and processes by which the Company operates, 
makes decisions and holds people to account (Corporate Governance Framework).

26

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Corporate Governance Framework

WHSP’s Corporate Governance Framework: sets out the roles and responsibilities of the Board and management; and establishes 
policies, systems and processes for oversight and monitoring of Board and management performance, corporate reporting, disclosure, 
remuneration, risk management, and shareholder engagement.

WHSP Board and Board Committee Structure

The diagram below shows the operation of the Corporate Governance Framework. 

The role and responsibilities of the Board and its Committees are detailed in the Board and each of the Board Committee Charters on 
WHSP’s website at https://www.whsp.com.au/corporate-governance/.

Independent 
Assurance

 1 External auditors
 1 Legal and other 

professional advisors

Delegation

Accountability

Managing Director and Chief 
Executive Officer

Board

n
o
i
t
a
g
e
e
D

l

t
h
g
i
s
r
e
v
o
d
n
a
e
c
n
a
r
u
s
s
A

g
n
i
t
r
o
p
e
r
h
g
u
o
r
h
t

Board Committees

Remuneration 
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

Risk 
 Committee

Audit 
 Committee

Culture

The strong principles and values which underpin our approach to corporate governance are designed to promote transparency, fair 
dealing and the protection of stakeholder interests. WHSP is committed to embedding high standards of corporate governance, which it 
considers integral to building a sustainable and profitable business.

The Board “sets the tone from the top” in a clear and visible way. The desired behaviours, as set out in our Code of Conduct, are 
demonstrated by senior management and communicated to staff. The Board encourages a culture of open and frank Board discussions, 
where all views are respectfully considered.

The Board monitors culture by engaging with management and staff in various ways:

 1 key management are invited to attend Board and Committee meetings, and other members of management and staff regularly 

attend and present on matters as subject matter experts;

 1 further information is provided on request, in response to Board questions and particular areas of interest and oversight; and
 1 informal meetings between Board members, management and staff occur periodically during the year.

2727

 
 
 
 
Corporate Governance

Professional Conduct

WHSP has established a Code of Conduct which articulates our values and deals with matters of integrity and ethical standards. The Board 
recognises the need for the Directors and employees to adhere to the highest standards of behaviour and business ethics.

WHSP expects all Directors and employees to:

 1 maintain and further enhance the Company’s reputation. This includes:

 1 acting in accordance with ethical and professional standards;
 1 acting with honesty and integrity in dealings with shareholders, suppliers, competitors and other stakeholders; and
 1 protecting the reputation of the Company when dealing with actual or potential conflicts of interest between private and 

Company matters and avoiding conflicts where possible.

 1 as custodians of shareholder wealth, protect Company assets and confidential information. This includes:

 1 complying with the Company’s legal and regulatory obligations;
 1 following the Company’s policies;
 1 not accepting unauthorised benefits as a result of their position in the Company; and
 1 not engaging in insider trading.

 1 create a respectful workplace. This includes:

 1 treating everyone with fairness and respect;
 1 reporting discrimination, harassment or bullying; and
 1 acting in accordance with the highest standards of workplace behaviour. 

Material breaches of the Code of Conduct are reported to the Board’s risk committee (Board Risk Committee). The Code of Conduct is 
available on WHSP’s website at https://www.whsp.com.au/corporate-governance/.

Standards of behaviour expected of staff are also set out in key Board-approved policies that are intended to instill a culture of acting 
lawfully, ethically and responsibly.

WHSP has a Share Trading Policy setting out prohibited periods for Director and staff trading in securities of the Company, a Whistleblowing 
Policy to promote a culture of corporate compliance and highly ethical behaviour and an Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy to articulate 
our commitment to a culture of zero tolerance to bribery, corruption, and facilitation payments. These policies may be viewed on WHSP’s 
website at https://www.whsp.com.au/corporate-governance/.

Material breaches of WHSP’s corporate policies are reported to the Board Risk Committee for the Company.

Board and Management
The Board is ultimately responsible for the operations, management and performance of WHSP. In discharging this responsibility, the Board 
delegates to senior executives, whose role it is to manage WHSP in accordance with the directions and policies set by the Board. The Board 
monitors the activities of senior executives in the performance of their delegated duties.

It is the responsibility of the Board to determine policies and practices and take steps to satisfy itself that WHSP is compliant with statutory, 
legal, and other regulatory obligations.

To fulfil its role, the Board’s responsibilities include approving and monitoring management’s implementation of WHSP’s strategy, 
monitoring WHSP’s performance, overseeing WHSP’s financial position, approving WHSP’s risk management framework, including major 
policies relating to remuneration, conduct and diversity, approving WHSP’s Risk Appetite Statement and reviewing the management of 
material risks. The responsibilities of the Board are set out in the Board Charter on our website at www.whsp.com.au

The role of the Board is to provide leadership and strategic guidance, oversee the performance and conduct of WHSP and represent and 
report to our Shareholders. The Board appoints a Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer (MD & CEO) who is responsible for the 
overall operational management and performance of WHSP. Subject to certain powers the Board reserves for itself and financial limits on 
delegated authority, the MD & CEO is authorised to exercise all of the powers of the Board. The powers reserved for the Board are set out in 
the Board’s Charter.

The Board has delegated responsibility to management for the overall operational management and performance of WHSP in accordance 
with the strategy, plans and policies approved by the Board.

Management’s responsibilities include:

 1 day to day management of WHSP;
 1 monitoring the investment portfolio;
 1 making investment/divestment decisions within Board delegated limits;

28

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022 1 producing performance measurement reports;
 1 managing the compliance and risk management systems including environmental, social and governance risk management; and
 1 appointing, managing and developing staff.

The MD & CEO is responsible for ensuring that the responsibilities delegated by the Board are properly discharged.

Director Independence

WHSP is governed by a Board comprising a majority of independent, professional and highly experienced Directors.

The Board assesses the independence of Non-Executive Directors on appointment and annually.

The Board has reviewed the independence of its members against the guidance provided by the ASX Corporate Governance Council and 
considers the following Non-Executive Directors to be Independent Directors: 

 1 Mr Michael J Hawker – Lead Independent Director 
 1 Mrs Tiffany L Fuller 
 1 Mr Warwick M Negus 
 1 Mrs Josephine L Sukkar 
 1 Ms Joe Pollard 

Having regard to the ASX Principles, two of the Non-Executive Directors have interests and/or associations which may impact their 
independence. 

 1 Mr Robert Millner and Mr Thomas Millner have relevant interests in substantial shareholdings in WHSP as disclosed in the Directors’ 

Report and the Remuneration Report within WHSP’s 2022 Annual Report. 

 1 Mr Robert Millner is also a director of Brickworks Limited which is a major shareholder of WHSP. 

The Board does not believe that a Director: 

 1 holding shares in WHSP; 
 1 having an interest in a substantial holding in WHSP; or
 1 being associated with a substantial shareholder of WHSP;

is detrimental to other Shareholders. The Board considers that such holdings further align the interests of those Directors with the interests 
of the Company’s shareholders as a whole. 

While there are factors that may impact their capacity to bring independent judgement, the Board considers that they act independently 
in executing their duties as Directors. The Board acknowledges the importance of independent board decision making and in addition to 
appointing Mr Hawker as the Lead Independent Director, the Board has in place formal Board Guidelines for Dealing with Conflicts of Interest. 

Recommendation 2.5 specifies that the Chair of the board of a listed entity should be independent. WHSP is governed by a Board 
comprising a majority of independent, professional and highly experienced Directors. Chairman Robert Millner is a Non-Executive Director, 
however his long tenure and the substantial extended Millner family shareholding in WHSP might reasonably be seen to impact his 
capacity to bring independent judgement.

Accordingly, the Board has appointed a Lead Independent Director, Mr Michael Hawker. Mr Hawker is a professional company director 
with over 30 years of experience in financial markets and investment. The responsibilities of the Lead Independent Director include 
acting as Chairman when the Chairman may be conflicted, assisting to review the performance of the Chairman and providing a separate 
channel of communication for internal and external stakeholders and shareholders, particularly where those communications may involve 
the Chairman or an associate of the Chairman.

The Board has also appointed independent directors to Chair all Board Committees. Mr Hawker is the Chair of the Nomination Committee 
and the Risk Committee. All members of the Audit Committee, including the Chair Mrs Tiffany Fuller, are independent Directors and the 
Remuneration Committee is chaired by independent director, Mr Warwick Negus. 

The Board believes it is appropriate in the particular circumstances of WHSP for Mr Robert Millner to remain Chairman of WHSP, 
notwithstanding he is not regarded as independent having regard to the following:

 1 Mr Millner’s experience as a Director and Chairman and skills as an experienced investor are considered key assets of the business; and
 1 a substantial, long term family shareholding in the business creates significant alignment with Shareholders’ interests. Mr Millner is the 

4th generation of family members involved in the governance of the business.

2929

Corporate Governance

Management of Conflicts

All Directors are committed to bringing their independent views and judgement to the Board and, in accordance with the Corporations Act 
2001, inform the Board if they have any interest that could conflict with those of WHSP. The Board has approved Guidelines for Dealing with 
Conflicts of Interest to appropriately manage all perceived, actual and potential conflicts of interest. Directors are required to disclose actual, 
potential or perceived conflicts, and to appropriately manage a conflict the Director:

 1 will not receive board papers on the subject of interest, but may, at the discretion of the other Directors, be advised that certain 

board papers have been excluded;

 1 cannot be present when the matter is considered unless otherwise permitted by law or the other Directors resolve that the Director 

in question can be present;

 1 cannot vote on the matter unless the other Directors resolve that the Director in question can vote;
 1 cannot have access to minutes of the Board or any Board Committee meeting in relation to the subject of interest; and
 1 may be required by the Board to take such other steps as are necessary and reasonable to resolve any conflict of interest within an 

appropriate period.

Board Committees
The Board has established and delegated its authority for specific responsibilities to four standing Committees:

 1 Nomination Committee
 1 Audit Committee

 1 Risk Committee
 1 Remuneration Committee

The authority of each Committee is set out in its Charter. The Board on occasion may constitute other Committees or request Directors  
to undertake additional duties, such as due diligence committees in relation to strategic decisions and capital and funding matters. 

The diagram below illustrates the core functions of the four standing Committees. 

Risk Committee

Audit Committee

 1  

Identification of significant financial and 
non-financial risks

 1   Annual review of the Risk Management 

Framework

 1   Monitoring the operation of the Risk 

Management Framework 

 1   Oversee WHSP’s insurance program
 1   Oversee cyber security risk management

 1   External audit
 1   Auditor Independence
 1   Financial reporting
 1   Financial reporting risk management, 

including compliance

Remuneration Committee

Nomination Committee

 1   Recommendations to the Board with regard 
to the Remuneration for Non-Executive 
Directors and senior executives
 1   Review WHSP’s Remuneration Policy
 1   Compliance with statutory obligations 

regarding remuneration related disclosures

 1   Review of Board succession
 1   Review the program for inducting new 

Directors

 1   Develop a process for the evaluation of the 
performance of the Board and Directors

30

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Diversity and Inclusion
WHSP values and respects the skills that people with diverse backgrounds, experiences and perspectives bring to achieving our purpose 
to grow the capital value and yield of our investment portfolio. We believe a diverse workforce incorporates a number of different factors, 
including gender, ethnicity, age and educational experience. We are committed to providing a work environment in which everyone is 
treated fairly, and with respect. 

In promoting diversity we are committed to rewarding performance and providing opportunities that allow individuals to reach their full 
potential irrespective of background or difference. When appointing new staff or promoting people within the organisation the most 
suitably qualified candidates are selected. Recruitment, selection and succession planning have regard to diversity criteria and objectives 
for achieving diversity, including gender balance.

WHSP’s Diversity Policy formalises its commitment to providing equal access to opportunities irrespective of background or difference.  
The policy may be viewed on the Company’s website at https://www.whsp.com.au/corporate-governance/.

The Diversity Policy governs the conduct of all Directors and employees of the Company. 

Governance

The Board reviews the diversity of the Board and senior management as part of its review of succession planning.

The Board sets measurable objectives for achieving gender balance in the composition of the board, senior executives and the workforce 
generally. The objectives set by the Committee include objectives relating to gender balance on the Board, recruitment, and workplace 
practices to support a culture that attracts a diverse workforce.

Gender Diversity 

The FY22 Sustainability Report in this Annual Report sets out the gender balance of the Board, senior management and the workforce as 
at 31 July 2022.

Auditor Engagement and Independence
The external auditor attends Audit Committee meetings and reports on the results of their half year review and full year audit. During the 
year, the external auditor also had private sessions with the Audit Committee without members of management present. It is the policy of 
the external auditor to rotate audit engagement partners on listed companies in accordance with the requirements of the Corporations Act 
2001, which is generally after five years.

The external auditor provides an annual declaration of their independence to the Company. Information about fees paid to the external 
auditor is included in the Directors’ Report and in the notes to the financial statements in the 2022 Annual Report.

Proposals to engage the external auditor for non-audit assignments are notified in writing to the Audit Committee Chairman prior to 
engagement and reported to the Audit Committee at the subsequent Audit Committee meeting.

The lead engagement partner for the Company’s external auditor attended the AGM in 2021 and was available to answer Shareholders’ 
questions about the conduct of the audit and the preparation and content of the audit report. 

Commitment to shareholders and an informed market
WHSP respects the rights of its shareholders and provides access to appropriate information about the Company in a timely manner.

Market updates

The Board recognises the need to provide all investors with equal and timely access to material information regarding WHSP and for 
announcements to be factual, clear, balanced and complete.

WHSP has established a Continuous Disclosure Policy to ensure compliance with ASX and Corporations Act continuous disclosure 
requirements. The policy requires timely disclosure through the ASX announcement platform of information concerning WHSP that a 
reasonable person would expect to have a material effect on the price or value of WHSP’s securities or which would materially influence 
the decision making of investors. The following internal procedures are in place to ensure that relevant information is communicated 
promptly:

 1 new and substantive investor or analyst presentation materials are released to ASX before they are given;
 1 shareholders are given the opportunity to participate in market update presentations; and
 1 the Board receives copies of all material market announcements promptly after they have been made.

The Chairman and Managing Director are responsible for determining disclosure obligations and the Company Secretary is the nominated 
ASX continuous disclosure contact for the Company. The Continuous Disclosure Policy is available on the Company’s website.

3131

Corporate Governance

Website

WHSP’s website, www.whsp.com.au, provides information about the Company and its governance. 

The Corporate Governance section provides links to:

 1 details of Directors and Senior executives; 
 1 WHSP’s constitution, its charters and policies; and
 1 other corporate governance materials including current and past Corporate Governance Statements and the Company’s Modern 

Slavery Statement.

The website also contains copies of current and past annual reports, financial reports, key financial dates, share registry details, material 
presentations and ASX announcements. 

Shareholder meetings

WHSP facilitates two-way communication with investors. WHSP actively promotes Shareholder attendance and participation at the AGM and 
other meetings of Shareholders. The notice of meeting sent to all shareholders sets out clear instructions for participating at the meeting.

The 2022 AGM will be held at the Wesley Conference Centre, 220 Pitt St, Sydney, NSW 2000 at 12 noon on Friday 9 December 2022.

The external auditor attends the AGM to answer Shareholders’ questions regarding the conduct of the audit and the content of the 
auditor’s report.

Shareholders who are unable to attend the AGM are encouraged to vote on the resolutions of the meeting by proxy. All resolutions at the 
2021 AGM were decided on a poll.

Shareholders are given the option to receive communications from, and send communications to, the Company and its share registry 
electronically.

Further information
For further information concerning the corporate governance practices of the Company, refer to WHSP’s Corporate Governance Statement 
which is available in the Corporate Governance section of the Company’s website at www.whsp.com.au

32

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Risk Management

The long term success of WHSP’s business requires taking risks that are understood and 
managed. Our disciplined approach to investing includes the assessment and monitoring 
of financial and non-financial risks. 

Our values, as set out in our Code of Conduct , guide our conduct and are reflected in our investment 
philosophy. This alignment between our values and investment philosophy supports good risk 
management practices and behaviours. Our Code of Conduct can be found at https://www.whsp.com.au/
corporate-governance/.

As an investment company, the operations and related risks of each company we invest in are managed 
by or under the direction of the directors of each portfolio company. We monitor the performance of each 
portfolio company and of our investment portfolio as a whole. The WHSP investment team also engages 
with the management of portfolio companies and use our influence as an investor to promote effective risk 
management on material issues.

Risk Governance
The Board champions risk management through its leadership, decision making and challenge. The Board 
endorses WHSP’s strategy annually taking into consideration the Board-approved risk appetite so that 
business and strategic decisions align with the risk appetite. Risk management, including the balance of risk 
and reward for new and existing undertakings, is central to the Board’s decision making.

WHSP has a Board Risk Committee to assist the Board in setting WHSP’s risk appetite and monitoring the 
operation of the Risk Management Framework. All Board members are members of the Board Risk Committee 
and the Chairman of the Risk Committee is an Independent Director. The ongoing review of risk by the 
Committee includes an annual risk review that is undertaken following WHSP’s annual strategy review. The 
annual risk review includes an assessment of whether adjustments to the risk appetite need to be made as 
WHSP’s strategy evolves.

Aspects of risk management are overseen by the Board Audit Committee and the Board Remuneration 
Committee. The Board Audit Committee assists with oversight of risks relating to financial reporting and, in 
making its remuneration decisions, the Remuneration Committee takes into account the effectiveness of 
risk management. Good risk management behaviour is rewarded and poor risk behaviour has proportionate 
consequences.

All Board Committees are chaired by an Independent Director. The number of meetings held by each Board 
Committee is disclosed in the Annual Report each year and the Board Committee charters are available on 
our website at www.whsp.com.au/policies

Management is responsible for identifying and managing risk and is accountable to the Board for designing 
and implementing the Risk Management Framework as well as integrating it in WHSP’s day to day activities. 
Management also champions risk management and has a Management Risk Committee to assist with formal 
monitoring of material risks and identifying emerging risks. Management is also accountable for escalating 
these risks to the Board. 

Our people and our operations
We recruit talented professionals who demonstrate commitment to our purpose, our values and delivering 
a high level of performance for our shareholders. WHSP employs 47 full time staff who are based in Sydney, 
Australia. Our Code of Conduct articulates the values that guide our conduct. 

3333

Risk Management

Our values

Integrity

Excellence

Commitment 

Initiative 

Accountability

WHSP is committed to respecting the rights of our employees through our internal employment policies and practices. The promotion of 
fair work, equity, diversity and inclusion are key components of our corporate culture, and we aim to ensure all our employees work in a 
safe and professional work environment, as set out in our policies including, our Diversity Policy, Human Rights Policy and internal workplace 
health and safety policies and procedures. 

WHSP’s direct environmental and social impacts predominantly relate to our investing activities. Our Sustainability Report contains detail 
on how we manage risks such as climate change and modern slavery in our direct operations. 

Our Risk Management Framework 
WHSP manages risk through its integrated risk management framework (Framework). The Framework sets the foundations and 
arrangements for designing, implementing, monitoring and improving risk management processes and practices across WHSP.

Policies are used to articulate the standards expected of staff and to influence actions. Breaches of policy are reported to the Management 
Risk Committee and material breaches are escalated to the Board.

Remuneration decisions of the non-executive Board members consider returns to shareholders as well as ethical behaviours, operating 
within the law and meeting community expectations on environmental, social and governance (ESG) standards. While remuneration is set 
using financial measures the Board is able to exercise its right to make changes to remuneration should outcomes fall short of expectations 
in these areas.

WHSP monitors and reports on both financial and non-financial risk in its direct operations and investment portfolio. Key risk areas include:

 1 Investment Risk: Failure to invest in a diversified portfolio in accordance with the Sustainable Investment Policy results in an inability 

to achieve enhanced investment outcomes over the long term including payment of fully franked dividends to shareholders; 
 1 Regulatory and Compliance Risk: Inability to effectively respond to and comply with legislation and/or regulation, or any action/
inaction on the part of WHSP or its investments resulting in unacceptable monetary, financial statement or reputational exposure;
 1 Sustainability and Environment Risk: Failure to acknowledge and respond adequately to ESG expectations adversely impacting the 

performance of the investment portfolio and resulting in regulatory breaches and reputational damage; and

 1 Brand and Reputation: Failure to create a culture which supports and reinforces behaviours that reflect the core values and 

principles set out in the WHSP Sustainable Investment Policy resulting in damage to brand and reputation.

34

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Investment portfolio monitoring includes scenario analysis and tolerances for 
Investment risk and Sustainability and Environment risk. The most conservative 
risk appetite is in the management of critical areas such as reputation, regulatory 
compliance, workplace health and safety and protection of the environment. 
This means the Board has a narrower tolerance for these risks. In relation to 
risks associated with business growth the Board accepts a higher risk appetite, 
consistent with WHSP’s strategic objective.

Each year the Board Risk Committee reviews the Framework following 
the Board’s consideration of strategy to satisfy itself that the Framework is 
appropriate to manage the key risks arising from the implementation of the 
proposed strategy, the Framework is sound and the Company is operating 
within its risk appetite.

We have a broad investment mandate and our investment activity is guided by 
our core investment principles, as set out in our Sustainability Policy:

 1 make sensible decisions; 
 1 think outside the box;
 1 have the courage to act;
 1 think long term and have patience for the right opportunity; and
 1 be different.

Following the merger with Milton during the year, our approach to managing 
investment risk has remained the same. However, our strategy is evolving to 
invest a greater proportion of the portfolio in unlisted asset classes, such as 
private equity and structured credit, to further diversify our portfolio. As the 
composition of the portfolio changes, we will continue to assess and manage 
any new or emerging risks. 

WHSP’s Sustainability Report and Modern Slavery Statement set out details of 
initiatives taken to improve WHSP’s risk management framework.

Our Investments 
Investment Risk is a material risk for the Company. The Board-approved Risk 
Appetite Statement and delegated limits guide the investment approval process 
and investment portfolio monitoring, measuring and reporting.

Our approach to assessing investment risk is structured to focus on areas 
considered to be material to the asset, the industry and related markets as well 
as to our portfolio as a whole. Through the combined expertise of our in-house 
investment team and external advisers, we have a deep understanding of the 
markets, the industries and the companies that we invest in, including ESG 
factors, demand and supply dynamics, competitive environment and regulation.

We regularly consult with experts and conduct rigorous due diligence prior 
to making an investment. Due diligence considers a range of scenarios in 
assessing return on investments, as well as taking into account the quality of the 
management, the industry trends and macroeconomic factors.

WHSP’s investments are made in accordance with its Sustainable Investment 
Policy, Climate Change Policy, Human Rights Policy and Anti-Bribery and Corruption 
Policies. These policies may be viewed on the Company’s website at  
https://www.whsp.com.au/corporate-governance/ and https://www.whsp.
com.au/sustainable-investing/#esg Details of WHSP’s approach to financial risk 
management is contained in Note 29 – Financial Risk Management in WHSP’s 
FY22 Financial Report. 

APPROACH TO
Investment Risk 
Management

Our approach to managing investment risk is 
guided by the following principles:

Disciplined assessment of  
investment risk
Investment managers bring an in-depth 
understanding of the sector in which capital is 
being deployed. They evaluate opportunities 
based on facts and information. WHSP assesses 
downside risks, but also looks to mitigate 
these risks. There is active monitoring of our 
investments. 

Broad investment mandate
While WHSP has historically been an equity 
investor in a diverse range of industry sectors, 
our unconstrained mandate means that we can 
invest in any asset class. We look for value in 
sectors and/or asset classes which may not be 
on the radar of other investors. 

Long term view
We believe that sound ESG practices are 
embedded in successful long term investing. 
We can afford to take a long term view as 
we do not need to deploy capital within a 
specified timeframe. 

Thinking, behaving, and  
investing responsibly
We leverage WHSP’s reputation as an investor 
of choice, trusted partner and flexible source 
of capital to differentiate ourselves from other 
investors. We look for opportunities where 
these characteristics add value.

Senior management remuneration is aligned 
to generating cash flow to provide consistent 
dividends for shareholders and to conserving 
capital.

3535

Sustainability Report

Successful long term investing is sustainable investing. We are proud of our history of 
patient and disciplined investing – trust and reputation are at the heart of our brand. 
Since listing in 1903, we have invested in a diverse portfolio of assets across a range of 
industries. Ultimately, we are investing in people and communities.

We are committed to thriving communities. In the last few years there has been an unprecedented level 
of significant change in global economies. The COVID-19 pandemic, tension between the US and China, 
ongoing wars in Ukraine and Syria, among other countries, rising inflation and heavily disrupted supply 
chains have created enormous changes and challenges to Australian and global communities. The ongoing 
decarbonisation of the economy has resulted in significant changes to energy generation, transmission and 
storage infrastructure. Security of energy supply has been reduced by growing global demand for energy and 
current constraints on global energy supply. Communities are being impacted by these changes and will be 
impacted further. 

We engage with our investee portfolio companies to respond to, adapt to and manage the impact of these 
changes in a manner that balances many competing interests. This is integral to our role as investors. 

We believe sustainable investing is a cornerstone of long term success. Sustainable investing takes into 
account current and emerging risks, including ESG risks and opportunities, in assessing the long term viability 
of the companies and industries in which we invest. We invest in companies with high quality management 
teams and operations where we see potential for long term shareholder wealth creation and cash generation.

WHSP is an investment company with a long term focus on performance. Its key performance measures 
are growth in the cash flow from its investments and growth in the value of its portfolio. We have been 
accountable to our shareholders for achieving both consistent dividends and growth in the net asset value of 
our investment portfolio. The Company’s strong alignment with its shareholders has been achieved through 
the long term stewardship of the founding Pattinson family and the alignment of staff remuneration incentive 
hurdles with shareholder outcomes.

WHSP has a flexible investment mandate that permits investment into a range of asset classes. Through our 
history we have actively assisted portfolio companies in accessing growth capital and undertaking strategic 
transition with a focus on mergers and acquisitions in the past decade. This assistance has often occurred in 
industries where there is dislocation in capital markets and where we see strong growth opportunities from 
thematic tailwinds or opportunities to transition the business. WHSP’s unconstrained mandate underpins our 
ability to distinguish ourselves from other investors. 

Our strategy has been tested at times when markets do not favour value investing in the short term, but 
WHSP believes that disciplined long term investing will persist through market cycles. Our strategy drives 
our financial risk management strategy – conservative cash flow forecasting and limited debt to acquire 
investments. Debt is typically held and managed by each portfolio company’s management team.

As an investment company the operations and related risks of each company we invest in is managed by 
or under the direction of the directors of each portfolio company. We monitor the performance of each 
portfolio company and of our investment portfolio as a whole. We also engage with management of portfolio 
companies and use our influence as an investor to promote effective risk management, including reviews of 
ESG risks and opportunities. Our level of influence is often correlated to our level of ownership.

The WHSP Consolidated Group includes portfolio companies that we control for accounting purposes and 
therefore consolidate as subsidiaries. We have provided more insight in this Sustainability Report on certain 
subsidiaries and our direct operations, including outlining the steps that we have taken to move towards 
reducing carbon emissions generated by our Direct Operations.

36

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Along with our focus on providing consistent dividends and growth in the net asset value of our portfolio, our aim is to provide our 
shareholders with clear and concise ESG reporting. We will continue to take steps to further enhance our ESG and climate-related 
disclosure and provide accurate data to our shareholders in line with the Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosure (TCFD) 
reporting guidelines and the developing IFRS Sustainability Disclosure Standards. We will endeavour to do this in a manner that does not 
unnecessarily duplicate the cost and efforts of our portfolio companies. 

Purpose of pursuit of sustainability at WHSP

Environment

Social 

Governance

We acknowledge we have 
an important role to play in 
decarbonising the economy and the 
energy transition. We seek to capture 
opportunities and manage risks.

We support staff and communities.  
Our focus on people will create a 
sustainable outcome for all.

Our Code of Conduct is the 
benchmark we use to assess our 
actions and the management of our 
portfolio companies. Our focus on 
how companies are governed delivers 
sustainable investment returns. 

ESG Strategy Areas of Focus

Climate change risk analysis  
and related disclosure

Community  
investment

Energy transition investment 
opportunities

Safety, human rights and  
modern slavery

Carbon and natural  
capital markets

Diversity and  
inclusion

Ethical  
behaviour

Risk  
management

Stakeholder  
engagement

Secure and affordable access to energy and resources

Reporting and disclosure

Training, skill development and integration across the business

3737

Sustainability Report

ESG reporting and disclosure across our investment portfolio
We have a flexible and unconstrained mandate that underpins our ability to distinguish us from other investors. We currently have 
investments in over 300 companies. As an investment company, the operations and related risks of each company we invest in is managed 
by or under the direction of the directors of each portfolio company. We monitor the performance of each portfolio company, engage 
with management of portfolio companies and use our influence as an investor to promote effective risk management, including review of 
ESG risks and opportunities. Our level of influence is often correlated to our level of ownership.

Explaining WHSP’s  
Consolidated Group  
ESG data and disclosure 

The WHSP Consolidated Group includes companies that are controlled by WHSP as described in Note 35 of 
the consolidated financial statements. WHSP’s Direct Operations manage the Group’s investment portfolio. 

Such investments in subsidiaries are not recognised as individual investments in the consolidated financial statements. Rather, the 
assets and liabilities of each subsidiary are recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. Likewise, dividends from 
subsidiaries are not recognised in the profit or loss; instead the results from each subsidiary are included in the relevant line items 
in the profit or loss.

Although we take a long-term view when investing, we are active investors. As we make acquisitions and divest our shareholding 
in a company or acquire other assets the composition of our portfolio changes and at times the companies included in the WHSP 
Consolidated Group changes. The companies included in a company’s consolidated group can impact ESG reports prepared by 
external advisers that use global industry classification sector (GICS) codes. As part of our active engagement, we make first-hand 
assessments of a company’s ESG performance based on data that we are able to verify. 

The following material changes to our investment portfolio and the companies in the WHSP Consolidated Group during the year 
impact not only the composition of our portfolio but our consolidated financial reporting and National Greenhouse and Energy 
Reporting Act reporting: 

 1 Milton Corporation – Following the implementation of a scheme of arrangement on 5 October 2021, Milton became a 

wholly owned subsidiary of WHSP. 

 1 New Hope – WHSP’s shareholding in New Hope has not changed during the year and WHSP continues to receive dividend 
income from its investment in New Hope. However, the directors of WHSP concluded that New Hope is no longer controlled 
from 29 July 2022. From that date, New Hope’s assets and liabilities were derecognised and New Hope recognised as an 
investment in associate. This will result in a significant change in the presentation of the consolidated financial statements in 
FY23 despite WHSP’s underlying investment in New Hope and its cash flows from New Hope being unchanged. 

 1 Round Oak – Round Oak was a wholly owned subsidiary until 1 July 2022 when it was sold to ASX listed company Aeris 

(ASX:AIS) in exchange for a 30% shareholding in Aeris. From that date, the operations of Round Oak were derecognised and 
the investment in Aeris recognised as an investment in associate in the consolidated financial statements. 

 1 Ampcontrol – The Group completed the acquisition of the remaining 57.1% (which it previously did not own) of the issued 
and outstanding equity of Ampcontrol on 31 May 2022. From that date, Ampcontrol was consolidated as a subsidiary and its 
assets, liabilities and results of operations recognised in the consolidated financial statements. 

38

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Good Governance 
The Corporate Governance section of this Annual Report on pages 26–32 summarises our Corporate Governance. More details on our 
Corporate Governance practices are in our Corporate Governance Statement.

Corporate Governance factors are critical in our pre-investment due diligence. Our portfolio companies are selected on the basis of quality 
management teams and their ability to be sustainable in the long term in the industry or sector in which they operate. We invest in 
companies that are committed to doing the right thing – we assess this commitment for all our investments. Our Sustainable Investment 
Policy sets out the factors that we review as part of our pre-investment due diligence.

Our portfolio companies are actively managed in close collaboration with their management teams. Company management is responsible 
for identifying and managing ESG risk within their own business and is accountable to investors for their risk management framework, risk 
management and reporting. WHSP investment directors engage with the portfolio companies and champion risk management as well as 
compliance with key WHSP policy standards.

The Risk Management section of the Annual Report provides a summary of our risk management practices. 

ESG in investment 
monitoring and 
management – 
WHSP Agriculture 
Holding Trust

Australian agricultural investments are attractive investments. They are uncorrelated with traditional 
investments in equities and bonds, a hedge against inflation and make a positive contribution to natural 
and social capital.

Sustainable agricultural practices, input efficiency, safe and ethical work practices, food safety, food quality and good governance 
are among the critical factors to agricultural investment returns. These ESG factors are considered during the due diligence stage 
for all agricultural investments. 

We manage and improve ESG performance over the life of our agricultural assets. The managers of our agriculture portfolio are 
developing a proprietary Agriculture ESG framework to formally manage and report on ESG performance of our agricultural 
investments.

The Agriculture ESG Framework is a scoring system that measures our progress against challenging ESG targets we want to 
achieve. These targets include water use efficiency, greenhouse gas emissions, nitrogen fertiliser use, food quality and workplace 
health and safety. Our farmland assets are managed using continuous improvement in farm practices and technologies that have 
resulted in improvements in overall ESG performance, yield and investment performance to date.

The Agriculture ESG Framework is aligned with the Australian Horticulture Sustainability Framework (Hort Innovation, June 2021), 
Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB) standards and the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) framework. 

3939

Sustainability Report

Environment, Climate and the Energy Transition
We are committed to managing our greenhouse gas emissions, assessing the resilience of our investment portfolio to climate-related risks 
and to developing further our approach to managing the impact of climate change. We are committed to assisting the communities in 
which we operate, including those that are impacted by climate change and the decarbonisation of the global economy. 

We monitor climate change impacts (risks and opportunities) of our investment portfolio and engage with investee companies to support 
the many competing needs of society.

We seek to identify investment opportunities to progress the energy transition through businesses that have a competitive advantage in a 
decarbonising economy. 

The Energy Transition 
There has been significant underinvestment in energy infrastructure over the last decade and we believe investment in energy could yield 
future growth. 

We acknowledge the goal to remove carbon as a source of energy. This transition will require innovation and increased R&D to provide 
alternative sources of power generation as well as significant investment in development of infrastructure for power generation, 
transmission and storage. 

Ampcontrol 

Ampcontrol is Australia’s largest privately owned electrical engineering company that provides innovative 
products, solutions and service to the resources, infrastructure and energy sectors. Ampcontrol works in 
partnership with its customers to provide complex electrical infrastructure solutions focused on efficiency, 
performance and reliability. 

Founded in Newcastle (NSW) in 1968, Ampcontrol has grown to over 900 employees, 6 member companies and 30 operations 
worldwide. Built on a foundation of innovation, agility and ingenuity, Ampcontrol designs and develops integrated electrical 
solutions and technology that make a meaningful improvement to people’s lives and communities across the globe. For example, 
Ampcontrol has developed ‘Gilghi’, an off-grid water treatment unit that has been recognised for its social impact in remote and 
regional communities. Gilghi is a smart combination of solar, battery storage technology, advanced treatment filtering systems, 
and remote monitoring, allowing the unit to be fully maintained by the local community.

Ampcontrol is accelerating its strategy to be at the forefront of developing and supplying advanced technology as well as 
innovative products and services that enable a competitive advantage in a net-zero carbon environment. This was evidenced 
recently when Ampcontrol and its technology partner Tritium were announced as a winner in the Global “Charge on Innovation 
Challenge” launched by BHP, Rio Tinto and Vale to accelerate the commercialisation of effective solutions for charging large electric 
haul trucks. For more information on Ampcontrol, please visit the company’s website: ampcontrolgroup.com

Ampcontrol is a wholly owned subsidiary of WHSP; we first invested in Ampcontrol in 2005 and acquired the remaining shares on 
31 May 2022.

40

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022We see a number of important issues to be navigated as part of the energy transition:

 1 Security of energy supply. Energy demand is growing and energy supply is currently constrained, both by underinvestment and by 

Russian energy that is now offline or expected to be offline.

 1 Climate. Global greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions continued to rise in 2021 after a decrease in 2020 due to COVID19-related 

lockdowns. Significant investment will be required to reduce GHG emissions to the levels needed by 2050 to limit temperature 
increases to 1.5 degrees above pre-industrial levels.

 1 Affordability of energy supply. There is a societal crisis emerging as increasing cost of living, inflation, lower economic growth and 

potential recessions put pressure on individuals and economies; globally affordable energy is critical. 

We support companies within our investment portfolio that consider scenarios for the World Energy Outlook published by the 
International Energy Agency (IEA) as it relates to their industry sectors. We engage with our portfolio companies on the allocation of costs 
associated with power generation and transmission infrastructure, community impacts of climate change and the importance of including 
the social aspects of implementing transition strategies as it relates to their operations.

Governance over ESG and climate-related risks and opportunities
The Board is committed to ensuring the operation of its policies and practices embed corporate governance standards, including a focus 
on ESG, in WHSP’s day to day activities to build a more sustainable future. It recognises that an appropriate culture needs to be maintained 
for our continued success. 

The Board’s role is to:

 1 provide leadership and strategic guidance to WHSP
 1 oversee the performance and conduct of WHSP; and
 1 represent and report to the shareholders of WHSP.

The Board oversee management’s efforts to understand and respond to climate related risk and opportunities. As part of its annual strategy 
review this year, the Board endorsed a separate ESG strategy setting out key deliverables to further develop and document the company’s 
approach to climate and the energy transition, to enhance performance on our people, communities and social factors and to promote best 
practices in governance at portfolio companies. Key areas of focus include ESG investment analysis and ESG reporting and disclosure.

The Board champions risk management through its leadership, decision making and challenge. The Board Risk Committee assists the 
Board in its review and monitoring of risk management, including climate related risks and opportunities. The Committee receives 
qualitative and quantitative reporting on Sustainability and Environment risk within the portfolio as part of its quarterly risk reporting. 
Examples of qualitative reporting include modern slavery updates and ESG action plans. While quantitative reporting includes single 
sector concentration risk for energy producers and energy consumers as a percentage of pre-tax net asset value.

Management is responsible for identifying and managing risk and is accountable to the Board for designing and implementing the risk 
management framework as well as integrating it in WHSP’s day to day activities. Management also champion risk management and have 
a risk committee to assist with formal monitoring of material risks and identifying emerging risks. Management oversees compliance with 
key policies. At each Management Risk Committee (MRC) meeting the MRC reviews compliance with key policies and material breaches 
of policy. Material breaches of policy, including WHSP’s Climate Change Policy and Sustainable Investment Policy, are included in the 
Quarterly Risk Report to the Board Risk Committee.

Strategy and impacts on WHSP’s business of ESG, climate and energy transition 
As active investors we use our ability to influence investee company strategy by engaging with company management. Our level of 
influence is largely determined by our level of ownership.

The long term nature of our strategy is aligned with sustainable investing – we assess and monitor the significant sustainability-related 
risks and opportunities that we reasonably expect could affect our business model, strategy, cash flows and access to capital. And we 
acknowledge that when one of our portfolio companies face significant sustainability-related risks and opportunities, we could be 
exposed to related consequences where it is a wholly owned subsidiary.

We believe investment risk is our key risk. In addition to sound financial management, a primary mitigant of this risk is to invest in 
portfolio companies with strong management teams who are aligned with our culture and growth strategy. In addition to assessing and 
monitoring the cash flows of the company and strategies for growing the value of the business, we assess and monitor the ESG risks and 
opportunities of the business. 

Industry screening is not applied because we believe it is important to identify businesses across all industries that do the right thing for 
investors, the communities in which they operate and the environment. Investments with ESG risks are more heavily screened during due 
diligence with a focus on quality of management and their compliance and risk management culture and practices.

We are active investors and exercise our influence to the extent that we are able to. For larger investments this might include a Board 
position and for smaller investments we engage with management and vote our holding. We encourage management teams to embed 
ESG considerations in their operations and we monitor material ESG risks of our significant investments and the portfolio as a whole. 

4141

Sustainability Report

Risk Management – Identifying, measuring and managing ESG and climate-related  
risks in our Direct Operations – 151 Clarence Street, Sydney
During the year we took steps to further understand and mitigate the impact of our day-to-day actions on our carbon footprint. We 
sought to understand how we compared with similar businesses and if there was scope to do more. 

In FY21 our Scope 1 and Scope 2 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions were 38 tonnes CO2e compared to 36 tonnes CO2e in FY20. The 
increase from FY20 was due to limited car travel during COVID related isolation periods. 

Ninety five percent of the FY21 emissions related to electricity usage. We had an external party benchmark our electricity usage to similar 
businesses in the Sydney CBD to assess our level of energy efficiency. Our estimated National Australian Built Environment Rating System 
(NABERS) energy rating was 5.5 out of 6. After ensuring 100% of our energy usage was fed into the grid from Accredited GreenPower 
generators, our estimated NABERS energy rating increased to 6. The remaining 5% of our Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions were related to 
company-owned car travel. 

We have started our carbon neutral journey by purchasing 50 tonnes of Australian Carbon Credit Units (ACCUs) in the Warrego Carbon 
Project that is establishing permanent native forests in Queensland. 

WHSP leases its premises. Our building manager, Investa, is a member of the International WELL Building Institute. The WELL Building 
Standard is a roadmap for creating and certifying spaces that advance human health and wellbeing that is backed by the latest scientific 
research. Our office building at 151 Clarence Street received a WELL Building Institute Platinum Certification in 2022. A Platinum 
Certification requires achievement of 21 out of 33 measurable, performance-based criteria across six core focus areas:

 1 Indoor Air Quality and Thermal Conditions – to minimise risks associated with airborne contaminants and support individual thermal 

comfort preferences.

 1 Water Quality Management – enhance filtration and reduce water contaminants to encourage safer hydration.
 1 Light Measurements – optimise lighting environments for visual acuity and to minimise disruptions to natural circadian rhythms, 

helping to improve sleep, productivity and focus.

 1 Acoustic Performance – limit background noise and distractions to support employee productivity and engagement.
 1 Environmental Monitoring – determine how a building is performing in real time by analyzing sensor or onsite testing data.
 1 Occupant Experience – collect feedback on how people experience a space.

The Investa building at 151 Clarence Street, Sydney, is 6-star energy rated and 76% of the electricity usage (excluding tenant usage) was 
fed into the grid from Accredited GreenPower generators. This year the building achieved a 4-star water rating compared to a 4.5-star 
rating in 2021 because water usage increased as companies returned to work post COVID-19 lockdowns.

As a small office of 47 people, staff are encouraged to reduce waste and to separate waste products to assist with our building manager’s 
efforts to recycle and reuse paper, bottles and cardboard, where possible. 

Risk Management – Identifying, assessing and managing ESG and climate-related  
risks in our investments
Our approach to assessing ESG and climate-related risks and opportunities is embedded in the implementation of WHSP’s investment 
strategy and guided by three core beliefs:

 1 Attention to ESG and climate performance can improve the quality and consistency of long term value creation.
 1 As an active owner, we are well positioned to provide counsel and independent challenge to our investees in relation to their 

approaches for managing ESG and climate-related risks, and taking advantage of ESG and climate-related opportunities, therefore 
enhancing returns.

 1 Our actions and decisions can affect practices in the entities in which we invest. We have both a duty and an interest in managing this 

influence to maximise long term value for our investee companies and our investors.

By evaluating the ESG risk profile of our existing and prospective investments, we are able to take a balanced view on how these affect our 
investment decisions. As such, we do not exclude investments that are exposed to ESG risk and may take advantage of opportunities that 
arise in response to ESG risks.

As an investor we believe that in addition to continuing to take further steps to minimising our footprint (energy efficient premises and 
reduced travel and resource usage generally), investing in the energy transition is aligned with our investment philosophy to engage in 
sustainable long term investing.

In addition to managing our own footprint, we will continue to engage with investment portfolio companies on carbon reduction and 
investing in the energy transition.

42

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions of consolidated investments
We report Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG emissions under the National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting (NGER) Act. The companies in 
the WHSP Consolidated Group that are required to report put in place procedures to assist with compiling the data required for NGER 
reporting. 

We acknowledge that when one of WHSP’s Consolidated Group companies face significant sustainability-related risks and opportunities, 
we could be exposed to related consequences, even though the company’s operations are under the control of a separate board and 
management team. The changes to the WHSP Consolidated Group in the box on Page 38 will be reflected in our FY23 NGER Report. 

The table below shows 100% of the Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions data for WHSP and businesses in WHSP’s investment portfolio where 
WHSP is required to report under the NGER Act for FY22. 

Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG emissions data for  
WHSP Direct Operations and WHSP Consolidated 
Investments (FY20-FY21, Aquatic Achievers, New Hope 
and Round Oak)

Total energy consumption data for  
WHSP Direct Operations and WHSP Consolidated 
Investments (FY20-FY21, Aquatic Achievers, New Hope 
and Round Oak)

GHG emissions 
(tCO2e)

WHSP Direct 
Operations

Trend FY20 
to FY21

Down 

Aquatic Achievers

Up

New Hope

Round Oak

Down

Up

FY21

FY20

Energy Consumption 
(GJ)

Trend FY20 
to FY21

FY21

FY20

36

1,331

66,132

47,650

38

1,000

WHSP Direct 
Operations

Down

Aquatic Achievers

Up

186

12,290

218

8,527

101,993

New Hope 

Down

870,340

1,118,480

41,118

Round Oak 

Up

995,708

876,746

Climate Risk Assessment of Investment Portfolio
In FY21 we engaged an expert climate change and energy management adviser to conduct a climate risk assessment of a substantial 
proportion of the companies in our investment portfolio. They reviewed publicly available information from annual reports, sustainability 
reports and websites and rated the following categories for each company:

 1 Physical risk exposure
 1 Transition risk exposure
 1 Climate related transitional opportunities available
 1 Emissions disclosure practices
 1 Maturity of approach to climate change 

The Taskforce for Climate-related Financial Disclosure (TCFD) framework was 
used to guide the assessment to determine whether, based on a company’s 
disclosure, their risk exposure for the first two categories was low, moderate or 
high and whether they performed well, moderately or poorly within the last 
three categories. This traffic light assessment of portfolio company disclosure 
provided insight into the type and level of publicly available information 
available. Where there was a low level of disclosure or a high risk exposure, this 
identified further areas for engagement with portfolio companies. 

Climate Risk Disclosure

Good

  Moderate

Poor

28%

5%

67%

The assessment has also assisted with our efforts to access accurate data on climate risks and GHG emissions in our investment portfolio in 
a manner that does not unnecessarily duplicate the cost and efforts of our portfolio companies.

Future and next steps in environment, energy and climate
Our aim is to provide our investors with clear and concise ESG reporting in line with the TCFD reporting guidelines and the developing 
IFRS Sustainability Disclosure Standards. We will continue to evolve our environment, climate and energy disclosure in line with this goal. 

We will take a tiered approach to reducing operational GHG emissions with a focus on Scope 1 and Scope 2 at this stage, while we 
continue to better understand our Scope 3 emissions. 

We will continue to invest in opportunities to facilitate decarbonisation and the energy transition, in a manner that considers security and 
affordability of energy and resources.

4343

 
 
Sustainability Report

Our People and Communities
Our business relies on the strength of our people to drive its success. It is the dedication and discipline of our employees that enables us 
to generate sustainable returns for our shareholders. We are focused on recruiting the right person for each role and then on developing, 
retaining and rewarding our people throughout their careers.

Our Code of Conduct articulates our values and the behaviour that we expect of our people. Standards of behaviour are also set out in key, 
Board-approved policies that are intended to instil a culture of acting lawfully, ethically and responsibly. 

Our Whistleblower Policy sets out the mechanism for reporting wrongdoing that may be occurring at the Company in a safe and secure 
manner, having regard to and in accordance with legal and regulatory obligations. 

Our Code of Conduct and Whistleblower Policy are available on our website at www.whsp.com.au

Diversity and Inclusion
WHSP is committed to diversity across multiple factors, including gender, ethnic and cultural diversity. As disciplined investors we know 
that diverse perspectives and challenging opinions are integral to good investment outcomes.

We are committed to a diverse workforce where everyone is treated fairly and with respect. Recruitment, selection and succession 
planning have regard to diversity criteria and objectives for achieving diversity, including gender balance.

Following the merger with Milton in October 2021, the number of employees increased from 28 to 35. Since this time, we have continued 
to resource to meet our future needs and we had 47 employees in total as at 31 July 2022. 

Demographic data for WHSP Direct Operations employees 

Job Category

Male

Female

Overall Totals

Executive Management (Key Management Personnel)

Non-Executive Directors

Senior Management

Managers

Professionals

Other Employees (including part-time and casual)

Total

2

4

8

3

2

6

25

–

3

2

2

9

6

22

2

7

10

5

11

12

47

Modern slavery, business ethics, supplier onboarding
We recognise that as an investment company, our responsibility in respecting human rights spans the following three domains: 

Our role as an employer: WHSP is committed to respecting the human rights of our employees through our internal employment 
policies and practices, such as our Diversity Policy and the oversight of the Board and Board Remuneration Committee. The promotion  
of fair work, equity, diversity and inclusivity are key components of our corporate culture, and we aim to ensure all our employees work  
in a safe and professional work environment. 

Our role as a buyer: WHSP expects its suppliers to respect human rights in their own operations and related supply chains.  
We encourage our suppliers to undertake human rights due diligence and adopt similar principles with their own key suppliers. 

Our role as an investor: WHSP integrates the consideration of Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) factors, including human 
rights, in our investment decision making and ongoing portfolio management processes. As active owners, this includes engagement 
with our investee companies where we seek to incorporate respect for human rights and demonstrate a commitment to fundamental 
principles of human rights through our various engagement avenues.

WHSP has a supplier governance framework in place that integrates material ESG factors and we take steps to embed it in outsourcing 
arrangements and procurement practices. Our most recent Modern Slavery Statement describes our approach to assessing our key 
operational and supply chain modern slavery risks as well as our actions to improve the management of potential risks.

44

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022WHSP and the community
Through our community partnerships WHSP invests in building the capacity of our partners and more generally contributing to our 
communities and other stakeholders.

Partnership with the  
Royal Flying Doctor Service

WHSP has had a long association with the Royal Flying Doctor Service (RFDS). Lewy Pattinson,  
one of our founders, donated the first plane to the RFDS. 

During the year, WHSP and the RFDS established a formal corporate partnership to facilitate initiatives that will support the 
future growth strategy of the RFDS. In FY20 and FY21 WHSP purchased seven Flightcell SatCom systems for a total of $318,000 to 
provide better voice, data and aircraft tracking capabilities. This has enabled pilots to link all communications through the one unit 
anywhere in the country, at any altitude, even when outside coverage of conventional communications tracking. The Flightcell 
SatCom systems have improved response times resulting in a greater number of evacuations of injured people in remote areas. 
We will continue to partner with the RFDS to build the capacity of the RFDS to enable their aeromedical crews to evacuate injured 
people from emergency situations in regional, rural and remote areas of Australia.

4545

Sustainability Report

Milton Foundation
The Milton Foundation was established in 1988 to support charitable organisations, particularly those that provide direct assistance 
to disadvantaged groups in our community. Through WHSP’s merger with Milton Corporation, WHSP has been provided with the 
opportunity to partner with the Milton Foundation to assist with its continuing legacy. Since its establishment the Foundation has 
provided over $2.6 million of assistance. During FY22 Milton trustees allocated $130,000 across 13 charities.

Australian Mitochondrial 
Disease Foundation
Mito Foundation supports people 
affected by mitochondrial disease (mito) 
which funds essential research into the 
prevention, diagnosis, treatment and cures 
of mitochondrial disorders, and increases 
awareness and education of the disease. Mito 
is a debilitating genetic disorder that robs the 
body’s cells of energy, causing multiple organ 
dysfunction or failure and potentially death.

BaptistCare NSW & ACT
BaptistCare Chisholm is a crisis 
accommodation housing and support 
program for women and children who 
are fleeing domestic violence and family 
violence. The centres provide a caring 
space where a range of services are 
delivered, including food support, meals, 
safe welcoming spaces, client referral 
and advocacy, relationship counselling, 
microfinance loans and the opportunity to 
connect with others in the local community.

Gurum Yunupingu
The Gurrumul Foundation is a small charity 
established to engage and support young 
Indigenous Australians, particularly in remote 
communities, through long term programs 
and activities that build on their strengths 
and give them hope for the future. Their 
vision is to create greater opportunities for 
remote Indigenous young people to realise 
their full potential.

Mater Foundation 
Mater Foundation delivers healthcare, 
education and research. Helping 
disadvantaged young people improve their 
chances of attaining employment. 

Operation Flinders
Operation Flinders is an outback intervention 
program for at-risk youth aged 13-18. 
Their main programs see participants trek 
approximately 100km and undertake a range 
of outdoor activities designed to increase 
their personal skills of self-esteem, leadership, 
and teamwork.

Oz Harvest
OzHarvest addresses the issue of waste of 
surplus good food and need for food relief 
for the vulnerable in our community. They 
deliver food to 1,800 charities feeding the 
hungry across Australia.

Oz Child
OzChild is a leading child welfare 
organisation committed to improving the 
lives of vulnerable and at risk children, young 
people and families in their community. 
OzChild’s vision is for all children and young 
people to be safe, respected, nurtured and 
reach their full potential. 

Prison Fellowship
Prison Fellowship delivers various services 
to prisoners and their families including 
individual visits and group programs within 
prisons, post release support and assistance 
for families of inmates.

Royal Far West
Royal Far West (RFW) believes country 
children and families should have the same 
access to health and well-being services as 
city children, and that geography should not 
pre-determine life trajectory. RFW provides 
accessible developmental health services 
and therapies for children living in rural and 
remote areas of Australia. 

Sacred Heart Mission
Sacred Heart Mission has been supporting 
people suffering homelessness and extreme 
disadvantage for almost 40 years in St Kilda, 
in inner Melbourne.

The Buttery
The Buttery is a charity which assists 
teenagers and adults who have mental 
health, gambling and/or substance 
misuse disorders. Its long term residential 
treatment program operates as a Therapeutic 
Community where the community of 
residents promotes personal change through 
self-help and mutual support.

Youth Opportunities
Youth Opportunities provides over 2,500 
disengaged and disadvantaged young 
people each year across South Australia 
with the skills to overcome adversity, build 
optimism and prepare for the future. 

Youth Insearch
Youth Insearch runs one of the most 
successful youth intervention programs in 
the country. The program currently assists 
around 500 individual youth per year across 
NSW, VIC & QLD. Youth Insearch supports 
young people 12-25 experiencing trauma, 
suicide risk and poor mental health.

46

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Key Sustainability Metrics and Indicators
This report demonstrates our commitment to provide disclosure under the the Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosure (TCFD) 
reporting guidelines and the developing IFRS Sustainability Disclosure Standards that will build on the existing Sustainability Accounting 
Standards Board (SASB) standards. The table below includes metrics from the SASB industry standard that is most closely aligned with our 
business: Asset Management and Custody Activities. Unless otherwise noted, all data and descriptions apply to the direct operations of 
WHSP. We do not currently disclose all metrics included in this SASB industry standard but we will continue to evaluate them in the future. 

Topic

Accounting Metric

Diversity and Inclusion

Business Ethics

Incorporation of ESG  
Factors in Investment 
Management

Percentage of gender 
and racial/ethnic group 
representation for  
(1) executive management,  
(2) non-executive management, 
(3) professionals and  
(4) all other employees

Description of whistleblower 
policies and procedures

Description of approach to 
incorporation of ESG factors 
in investment processes and 
strategies

Category

Quantitative

Discussion and Analysis

Discussion and Analysis

Energy

Greenhouse Gas (GHG) 
Emissions

Direct energy consumption, 
intermediate energy 
consumption, renewable 
energy consumption 

Quantitative

Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions

Quantitative

WHSP Response

WHSP Direct Operations – see 
table on Page 44. You can also 
find link to this data in publicly 
available FY21 Sustainability 
Report for our investment in 
New Hope. 

Disclosed in WHSP’s Code of 
Conduct, Whistleblower Policy 

Disclosed in the Sustainable 
Investment Policy which 
outlines WHSP’s commitment 
to incorporating ESG.

See Agriculture Portfolio 
example on Page 39.

WHSP Direct Operations 
and WHSP Consolidated 
Investments – see table on 
Page 43.

WHSP Direct Operations 
and WHSP Consolidated 
Investments – see table on 
Page 43.

4747

Directors’ Report

The Directors of Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited (WHSP, Parent Entity) present their 
report and the financial report of the Consolidated Entity, for the financial year ended 31 July 2022.

Directors
The following persons are Directors of WHSP at the date of this report:

Chairman

Managing Director

Lead Independent Director

 1 Mr R D Millner 
 1 Mr T J Barlow 
 1 Mrs T L Fuller
 1 Mr M J Hawker AM 
 1 Mr T C D Millner 
 1 Mr W M Negus
 1 Mrs J L Sukkar AM 
 1 Ms J E Pollard

Mr RG Westphal retired as a Director of WHSP on 10 December 2021 at the 2021 AGM. 

Other than Ms Pollard, the Directors listed above each held office as a Director of WHSP throughout the 
financial year ended 31 July 2022. Ms Pollard joined the Board effective from 1 March 2022.

Principal Activities
WHSP is an investment company with a diversified portfolio of investments across a range of industries and 
asset classes. Through the merger with Milton Corporation during the year, WHSP achieved greater portfolio 
diversification and a significant increase in the gross asset value of its investment portfolio. 

The Consolidated Entity (the Group) includes Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited and its 
subsidiaries. Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Parent Entity has control. In addition to subsidiaries 
that are part of the Parent Entity’s direct operations, the Consolidated Entity includes companies in WHSP’s 
investment portfolio that are wholly owned subsidiaries or that WHSP controls for accounting purposes. The 
Consolidated Entity financial statements recognise the individual assets, liabilities, income and expenses of 
controlled entities. Refer to Note 34 – Parent Entity Information and Note 35 Controlled Entities and Joint 
Ventures for additional information.

There were no significant changes in the nature of the Consolidated Entity’s principal investing activities 
during the year.

48

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Dividends
Dividends paid or declared by the Parent Entity since the end of the previous financial year were:

Cents  
Per Share
cents

Total 
Amount
$’000

Franking
%

Date of  
Payment

Declared and paid during the year

Final ordinary dividend 2021
Interim ordinary dividend 2022

Dealt with in the financial report as dividends

Resolved to pay after the end of the year

Final ordinary dividend 2022
Special dividend 2022

36
29

65

43
15

129,912
104,651

234,563

100%
100%

14 December 2021
13 May 2022

155,216
54,145

100%
100%

12 December 2022
12 December 2022

Review of Operations
The statutory loss after tax attributable to shareholders was $12.9 million compared to a statutory profit after tax of $273.2 million for the 
same period last year. The reduction in statutory profit after tax was largely due to a one‐off, non‐cash goodwill impairment charge of 
$984.6 million arising from the acquisition of Milton on 5 October 2021. This was partly offset by an increase in Regular Profit After Tax to 
$834.6 million, compared to $328.1 million in the prior corresponding period.

The Milton acquisition (further described in Note 6 of the consolidated financial statements) created $984.6 million of goodwill, as the 
scrip‐based purchase consideration was required under accounting standards to be calculated using the WHSP share price of $38.20 on 
the Scheme of Arrangement implementation date of 5 October 2021, reflecting trading conditions at the time. The residual value allocated 
to goodwill was a function of WHSP’s share price increasing throughout the transaction period rather than representing any future 
quantifiable economic benefits available from the acquisition of Milton.

Consequently, it was determined that the goodwill calculated in accordance with accounting standards should be fully impaired.

A comparison with the prior year is as follows:

Revenue from continuing operations
Profit (loss)/profit after tax attributable to members

Interim Dividend (paid in May)

Special Dividend (payable 12 December 2022)
Final Dividend (payable 12 December 2022)

2022
$000

2,784,562
(12,941)

29 cents

15 cents
43 cents

2021
$000

1,148,408
273,196

26 cents

–
36 cents

Change 
%

+142.5%
–104.7%

+11.5%

+100.0%
+19.4%

Total Dividends

87 cents

62 cents

+40.3%

For further information regarding the operations of the Group refer to the Chairman’s Review and the Portfolio Review on pages 3 to 19 of 
this annual report.

4949

Directors’ Report

State of Affairs
On 5 October 2021, WHSP completed its acquisition of the remaining 97% (which it did not previously own) of the issued and outstanding 
equity of Milton Corporation Limited for consideration of $4,630 million as further described in Note 35b of the consolidated financial 
statements.

As at the reporting date, the Parent Entity’s ownership interest in New Hope is 39.85% (FY2021 39.85%). The directors of the Parent Entity 
concluded that the Consolidated Entity lost control of New Hope on 29 July 2022 as further described in Note 35a of the consolidated 
financial statements. 

In the opinion of the Directors there were no other significant changes in the state of affairs of the Consolidated Entity that occurred 
during the financial year under review not otherwise disclosed in this report or the consolidated financial statements. See Events 
Subsequent to the Reporting Date for a description of significant changes in the state of the affairs of the Consolidated Entity following 
the end of the financial year under review.

Financial Position, Financial Instruments and Going Concern
The Directors believe the Group is in a strong and stable position to grow its current operations.

Details of financial risk management objectives and policies are set out in Note 29 of the consolidated financial statements.

The Directors, having made appropriate enquiries, consider that the Group has adequate resources to continue in its operational 
businesses for the foreseeable future and have therefore continued to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

Events Subsequent to the Reporting Date
The Directors are not aware of any other event or circumstance since the end of the financial year not otherwise dealt with in this report 
or the consolidated financial statements that has or may significantly affect the operations of the Consolidated Entity, the results of those 
operations, or the state of affairs of the Consolidated Entity in subsequent years. Refer to Note 33 of the consolidated financial statements.

Likely Developments, Business Strategy and Prospects
Other than as discussed in the Review of Group Entities, information about likely developments, business strategy and prospects and the 
expected results in subsequent financial years have not been disclosed because the Directors believe, on reasonable grounds, that to 
include such information would be likely to result in unreasonable prejudice to the Consolidated Entity.

Environmental Compliance
WHSP is an investment company and is not subject to any particular or significant environmental regulations, other than as disclosed 
below. Subsidiaries within the Consolidated Entity are subject to various state and federal regulations in Australia. 

The Directors are not aware of any material non-compliance with environmental regulations pertaining to the operations or activities 
during the period covered by this report unless otherwise disclosed. 

During the year, New Hope received two Penalty Infringement Notices, one relating to a production oil leak ($13,785) and the other 
relating to the late submission of an Annual Return ($3,336). New Hope was not prosecuted for any breach of environmental laws during 
the financial year.

WHSP is registered and publicly reports the annual performance of the Group’s operations under the requirements of the National 
Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Act 2007 during the year. This Act requires the Company to report the Group’s annual greenhouse gas 
emissions and energy use. The Group has implemented systems and processes for the collection and calculation of the data required and 
submitted its most recent report to the Greenhouse and Energy Data Officer.

50

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Directors
Information regarding the Directors of the Parent Entity.

Robert Dobson Millner FAICD
Chairman  
Non-Executive Director since 1984 
Member of the Nomination, Remuneration and Risk Committees 

Mr Millner has extensive experience in the investment industry. 

Other current listed company directorships:

 1 Apex Healthcare Berhad – Appointed 2000
 1 Brickworks Limited – Appointed 1997 Chairman since 1999 
 1 BKI Investment Company Limited – Appointed Chairman 2003 
 1 Milton Corporation Limited – Appointed 1998 Chairman since 2002 
 1 New Hope Corporation Limited – Appointed 1995 Chairman since 1998 
 1 TPG Telecom Limited – Appointed July 2020 
 1 Tuas Limited – listed on 30 June 2020. Appointed 14 May 2020 
 1 Aeris Resources Limited. Appointed 1 July 2022

Former listed company directorships in the past three years:

 1 Australian Pharmaceutical Industries Limited – Appointed 2000. Resigned 9 July 2020
 1 TPG Corporation Limited – Appointed 2000. Resigned July 2020
 1 Milton Corporation Limited (delisted from ASX on 5 October 2021, now dormant) – Appointed 1998

Todd James Barlow B.Bus, LLB(Hons)(UTS) 
Managing Director since 2015 
Member of the Risk Committee

Mr Barlow was appointed Chief Executive Officer of WHSP in April 2015 having previously been the Managing Director of Pitt Capital 
Partners Limited for five years.

Mr Barlow has extensive experience in mergers and acquisitions, equity capital markets and investing and has been responsible for a 
number of WHSP’s investments since joining the WHSP Group in 2004. His career has spanned positions in law and investment banking in 
Sydney and Hong Kong.

Mr Barlow has a Bachelor of Business and Bachelor of Laws (Honours) from the University of Technology, Sydney. Other current listed 
company directorships:

 1 New Hope Corporation Limited – Appointed 2015

Former listed company directorships in the past three years:

 1 Palla Pharma Limited – Appointed 2015. Resigned 4 February 2021

Tiffany Lee Fuller B.Com(UniMelb), CA, GAICD 
Non-Executive Director since 2017 
Chair of the Audit Committee and Member of the Nomination, Remuneration and Risk Committees

Mrs Fuller is an experienced public company director with a background in chartered accounting, private equity and investment banking. 
Her experience includes financial advisory, investment management, mergers and acquisitions and management consulting.

Mrs Fuller holds a Bachelor of Commerce Degree from the University of Melbourne and is a member of Chartered Accountants Australia 
and New Zealand and a graduate of the Australian Institute of Company Directors.

Other current listed company directorships:

 1 Computershare Limited – Appointed 2014

Former listed company directorships in the past three years:

 1 Smart Parking Limited – Appointed 2011. Resigned December 2020

5151

Directors’ Report

Michael John Hawker AM B.Sc(Sydney), FAICD, SFFin
Lead Independent Director 
Non-Executive Director since 2012 
Chairman of the Nomination and Risk Committees, member of the Audit and Remuneration Committees

Mr Hawker is a professional company director with over 35 years experience in financial services and investment. He was Chief Executive 
Officer and Managing Director of Insurance Australia Group from 2001 to 2008. From 1995 to 2001, Mr Hawker held a range of positions 
at Westpac, including Group Executive of Business and Consumer Banking and General Manager of Financial Markets. Prior to this, he 
held a number of positions at Citibank, including Deputy Managing Director for Australia and subsequently Executive Director, Head of 
Derivatives, Europe. 

Mr Hawker is a Non Executive Director of BUPA (Global UK based board), Deputy Chairman of BUPA (Australian boards), and a Non 
Executive Director of Allianz Australia.

Mr Hawker has been Chairman of the Insurance Council of Australia, Chairman of the Australian Financial Markets Association, a member 
of the Australian Governments Financial Sector Advisory Committee, and a member of the Business Council of Australia. 

Other current listed company directorships: 

 1 Westpac Banking Corporation – Appointed 2020

Former listed company directorships in the past three years:

 1 Macquarie Group Limited – Appointed 2010. Resigned 30 September 2020
 1 Aviva PLC – Appointed 2010. Resigned 2019

Thomas Charles Dobson Millner B.Des(Industrial), GDipAppFin(Finsia), FFin, GAICD
Non-Executive Director since 2011 
Member of the Nomination, Remuneration and Risk Committees

Mr Millner is a Director and Portfolio Manager of Contact Asset Management Pty Limited which is the manager of BKI Investment 
Company Limited (BKI:ASX). 

Mr Millner has over 20 years experience within the financial services and funds management industry. He has extensive experience in 
managing equity portfolios and over 10 years as a Director of Australian publicly listed companies.

Mr Millner has a Bachelor of Industrial Design degree and a Graduate Diploma in Applied Finance. He is a Fellow of the Financial Services 
Institute of Australasia and Graduate of the Australian Institute of Company Directors.

Other current listed company directorships:

 1 New Hope Corporation Limited – Appointed 2015

Warwick Martin Negus B.Bus(UTS), M.Com(UNSW), SFFin
Non-Executive Director since 2014  
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, member of the Audit, Nomination and Risk Committees

Mr Negus has over 30 year’s experience in banking and finance sector roles including senior management and board level roles. His most 
recent executive positions include CEO of Colonial First State Global Asset Management, CEO of 452 Capital Pty Limited and Managing 
Director, Goldman Sachs in London, Singapore and Sydney.

He is the Chairman of Dexus Funds Management Limited (appointed February 2021), Chairman of Pengana Capital Group Limited 
(appointed January 2017), and a director of Bank of Queensland (appointed 2016).

Former Listed company directorships in the past three years:

 1 URB Investments Limited – Chairman Appointed 2016. Resigned 20 December 2019
 1 Virgin Australia Holdings Limited – Appointed 2017. Company delisted November 2020

52

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Josephine Louise Sukkar AM BSc(UNSW), GradDipEd 
Non-Executive Director since July 2020  
Member of the Nomination, Remuneration and Risk Committees

Josephine is a professional company director who works across a range of industries, including property, construction, finance, sport, the 
arts, medical research, and social services. 

Josephine is Principal of Buildcorp, and serves on a number of private, public, government and not-for-profit boards, including 
Growthpoint Properties Australia, the Australian Museum, Property Council of Australia, Green Building Council of Australia, Centenary 
Institute of Medical Research, and the Buildcorp Foundation. 

She is president of Australian Women’s Rugby and through Buildcorp has been a major sponsor of rugby in Australia for over 30 years. 

In 2021, Josephine was appointed Chair of the Australian Sports Commission.

Josephine is a Fellow of the University of Sydney, and in 2017 she was recognised for her services to the community, the arts, and sports in 
the Queen’s Birthday Honours list.

Other current listed company directorships:

 1 Growthpoint Properties Australia Limited – Appointed 2017

Joe Elizabeth Pollard MAICD 
Non-Executive Director since 1 March 2022  
Member of the Nomination, Remuneration and Risk Committees

Ms Pollard has held various non-executive director roles since 2012.

Ms Pollard has over 30 years’ experience in sales, marketing, media and digital technology in both senior management and director roles. 
In her executive career, she was Group Executive of Media and Marketing at Telstra and Chief Executive of Ninemsn and Publicis Mojo. 
Ms Pollard also held executive leadership roles at Mindshare in Australia, Hong Kong and London, Nine Entertainment and Nike Inc in the 
USA and Japan. She is a non-executive director at Greencross Limited and RACAT Group and a Member of Chief Executive Women and the 
Australian Institute of Company Directors.

Other current listed company directorships:

 1 Endeavour Group – appointed June 2021
 1 oOh! Media – appointed August 2021

Company Secretary

Ida Lawrance BCom(Hon)(Queens’s), LLM(UNSW), FGIA, GAICD
Company Secretary since September 2020 

Ms Lawrance is a legal and governance professional with over 20 years’ experience. Her experience includes 14 years within the 
financial services industry as a Company Secretary and Division Director of an ASX-listed global financial services company. Prior to this 
Ms Lawrance practised as a lawyer in both the private and public sectors. She is a Fellow of the Governance Institute of Australia and a 
Graduate of the Australian Institute of Company Directors.

5353

Directors’ Report

Directors’ Meetings
The number of Board meetings and meetings of committees of Directors and the number of meetings attended by each of the Directors 
of WHSP during the financial year were:

Board

Audit 
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Risk  
Committee

e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

r
e
b
m
e
M

N,Re,Ri
Ri
A,N,Re,Ri
A,N,Re,Ri
N,Re,Ri
A,N,Re,Ri
N,Re,Ri
A,N,Re,Ri
Ri

Mr R D Millner
Mr T J Barlow
Mrs T L Fuller
Mr M J Hawker
Mr T C D Millner
Mr W M Negus
Mrs J L Sukkar
Mr R G Westphal*
Ms J E Pollard*

o
t
e
b
g

l

i

i
l

E

d
n
e
t
t
a

r
e
b
m
u
N

d
e
d
n
e
t
t
a

o
t
e
b
g

l

i

i
l

E

d
n
e
t
t
a

r
e
b
m
u
N

d
e
d
n
e
t
t
a

o
t
e
b
g

l

i

i
l

E

d
n
e
t
t
a

r
e
b
m
u
N

d
e
d
n
e
t
t
a

o
t
e
b
g

l

i

i
l

E

d
n
e
t
t
a

r
e
b
m
u
N

d
e
d
n
e
t
t
a

o
t
e
b
g

l

i

i
l

E

d
n
e
t
t
a

r
e
b
m
u
N

d
e
d
n
e
t
t
a

17
17
17
17
17
17
17
9
6

17
17
17
17
17
16
16
9
6

–
–
10
10
–
10
–
4
–

–
–
10
10
–
9
–
4
–

1
–
1
1
1
1
1
1
–

1
–
1
1
1
1
1
1
–

1
–
1
1
1
1
1
1
–

1
–
1
1
1
1
1
1
–

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
2
1

4
4
4
4
4
3
3
2
1

A  Member of the Audit Committee of Directors during the year. 
N  Member of the Nomination Committee of Directors during the year. 
Re  Member of the Remuneration Committee of Directors during the year. 
Ri  Member of the Risk Committee of Directors during the year.

* Mr R G Westphal resigned as a director on 10 December 2021
* Ms J E Pollard was appointed as a director on 1 March 2022

Two Board Sub-Committee meetings were held on the following dates, attended by directors listed below:
 1 23/09/2021  Mr R D Millner, Mr T J Barlow and Mr R G Westphal
 1 24/03/2022  Mr R D Millner, Mr T J Barlow and Mrs T L Fuller

54

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Interests
Ordinary Shares

The relevant interest of each Director in the share capital of WHSP, as notified to the Australian Securities Exchange in accordance with 
section 205G of the Corporations Act 2001, at the date of this report is as follows: 

Mr R D Millner

Mr T J Barlow

Mrs T L Fuller

Mr M J Hawker

Mr T C D Millner

Mr W M Negus

Ms J Pollard 

Mrs J L Sukkar

* 21,957,053 shares in which Mr R D Millner and Mr T C D Millner have an interest relate to holdings by the same entities.

Rights to Deferred Shares

Mr T J Barlow

Refer to the following Remuneration Report for further information.

Interests in Contracts

Investment Management Agreement

Ordinary Shares

*22,830,768

210,066

1,800

35,300

*21,975,464

43,000

–

1,573

Rights to  
Deferred Shares

241,079

In November 2018 WHSP entered into an Investment Management Agreement with Contact Asset Management (Contact). Under this 
contract Contact was responsible for managing WHSP’s Large Caps Portfolio and providing reports on the performance of that portfolio to 
WHSP. The Directors, excluding Mr T C D Millner, reviewed the terms of the contract and concluded that it was more favourable to WHSP 
than an arm’s length agreement for similar services.

Following the merger with Milton, WHSP took over the management of WHSP’s Large Caps Investment portfolio on 1 February 2022.

Fixed monthly fees totalling $247,500 were paid to Contact for the year ended 31 July 2022 (FY2021: $330,000). No performance fees are 
payable to Contact under the contract.

Mr R D Millner is a director of both WHSP and Contact.

Mr T C D Millner is a director of both WHSP and Contact and is a 45% shareholder of Contact. WHSP was a 20% shareholder of Contact until 
15 October 2021.

For further information regarding the above contracts refer to Note 38 of the consolidated financial statements. 

5555

Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report

Remuneration Report

Letter from the Remuneration Committee Chair

Dear Shareholders,

On behalf of the Board I am pleased to present to you WHSP’s Remuneration Report of the financial year ended 31 July 2022.

2022 has been an active and successful year for WHSP culminating in the successful merger and integration of Milton. WHSP was able to 
report growing profits and dividends largely as a result of the positive investment performance of our underlying portfolio.

As with previous years, management are incentivised to deliver financial outcomes that are consistent with the objectives of our 
shareholders in both the short and longer term. Our FY21 Remuneration Report received strong support from shareholders at last year’s 
AGM. Consistent with feedback received during the year, there were no significant changes to the remuneration structure. Following the 
Milton merger, the Board extended an invitation to all permanent employees to participate in the LTI rights plan for FY22 to reinforce the 
importance of long term performance and to provide staff with the opportunity to become shareholders in the Company. We believe our 
remuneration structure provides strong alignment with shareholders and this has continued to grow over time.

FY22 reward outcomes: STI

In FY21, threshold levels for STI were not met despite the Company’s ability to increase its dividend. As a result, no STI was awarded to KMP. 
In FY22, growth in both regular cash and NAV per share have exceeded outperformance levels and the STI pool reflects this. In assessing 
STI this year, the Board of WHSP has considered the extent to which Key Management Personnel (KMP) have demonstrated expected 
behaviours set out in our Code of Conduct as well as against their short term performance objectives set at the start of the year.

FY22 reward outcomes: LTI

LTI awards granted in FY19 were subject to measurement against financial targets at the end of FY22. 50% of the award is measured 
against a target annualised TSR hurdle and the other 50% is measured against a Net Assets Per Share Growth performance hurdle. Awards 
measured against the TSR hurdle partially vested while the annualised NAPSG hurdle fully vested. The blended outcome was 89.6% 
vesting. The remaining rights will lapse.

KMP changes in FY22

As defined by AASB 124 Related Party Disclosures, WHSP’s KMP are those leaders with the authority and responsibility for planning, 
directing and controlling the activities of the consolidated WHSP group, directly or indirectly. This includes non-executive and executive 
directors as well as executive leaders.

In FY22, following the merger with Milton WHSP reviewed the number of Executive KMP. Changes to WHSP’s organisational structure and 
consequently to roles and accountabilities, resulted in a review of the number of KMP. The role of CEO and CFO have major input into 
decisions of the WHSP Group regarding strategy, structure and strategy implementation. All other senior management roles are focused 
on strategy implementation and execution in their investment unit or function. As such, in FY22 the CEO and CFO are Executive KMP.

Looking ahead

The Board continues to review levels of fixed remuneration for KMP and senior management annually against relevant industry 
benchmarks and levels of seniority. 

On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank our shareholders for their support and invite you to read the full Remuneration Report.

Yours sincerely,

W M Negus
Non-Executive Director 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

56

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022FY22 Remuneration Highlights

FY22 Reward Outcomes reflect the Company’s performance

Operational Performance

STI Pool

Regular Cash Net of Regular Expenses per share

Stretch Performance was achieved 

 28.0% higher than  

previous year

 > 9 % increase

Adjusted NAV (post tax) per share 

 34.0 % outperformance 

against market

Stretch Performance was exceeded 

 > 7 % higher than  

index

Operational Performance

LTI Vesting

3 year TSR 

 6.7 % per 

annum

3 year Net Asset Per Share Growth 

 13.3 % per 

annum

Target Performance was exceeded (greater than 
100% of the index). Stretch goals were not met

 79 %

vested

Stretch goals were exceeded 
(≥ 10% p.a growth)

 100 %

vested

Staff alignment with 
shareholder outcomes 
strengthened

WHSP’s LTI plan has been extended 
to all levels of management to 
further align staff efforts with 
improved shareholder outcomes 
and to encourage increased staff 
shareholdings

Following the  
merger with Milton 
fixed remuneration  
has been reviewed

Fixed remuneration is benchmarked 
against market data for comparable 
roles in companies with similar 
operations and market capitalisation

Non-Executive  
Director Remuneration

There were no changes to  
Non-Executive Director fees

57

Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report

KMP included in this report

Name

Role

Term

Non-Executive Directors
Robert Millner
Tiffany Fuller
Michael Hawker AM
Warwick Negus
Thomas Millner
Josephine Sukkar AM
Joe Pollard
Robert Westphal

Executive Director and KMP
Todd Barlow

Other Executive KMP
David Grbin

Non-Executive Chairman
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director

Full year
Full year
Full year
Full year
Full year
Full year
Appointed 1 March 2022
Retired 10 December 2021

Managing Director and CEO

Full year

Chief Financial Officer

Full year 

Remuneration framework
WHSP is an investment company with a diversified portfolio of assets across a range of industries. WHSP manages all of these assets 
as investments irrespective of its level of ownership. It does not manage the operations of its investee companies and there are no 
operational reporting lines from the management of investee companies to WHSP management.

The KMP of WHSP’s wholly owned or controlled investee companies are not KMP of the WHSP Group as the KMP of WHSP’s investee 
companies do not have authority or responsibility for the planning, directing or controlling the investing activities of WHSP. 

The Company’s remuneration policy is designed with a number of things in mind:

1.  Align management incentives with the outcomes desired by our shareholders;

2.  Attract and retain our key executives over the long term;

3.  Establish goals that can be easily and independently measured; and

4.  Reinforce a standard of ethical behaviour, compliance with laws and risk culture that are in line with community expectations.

Remuneration Governance
The Remuneration Committee of the Board of WHSP consists of Non-Executive Directors. The Committee’s role is to oversee WHSP’s 
remuneration policies and practices, and make recommendations to the full Board on remuneration matters, including the terms of 
employment for the Managing Director, senior executives and Non-Executive Directors.

The Remuneration Committee ensures that remuneration levels for Directors and senior executives are competitively set to attract and retain 
qualified and experienced personnel.

The Remuneration Committee is authorised by the Board to obtain independent professional advice on the appropriateness of remuneration 
packages if deemed necessary. No advice relating to the remuneration of KMP was received during the year. The responsibilities of the 
Committee are outlined in its Charter, which is available on WHSP’s website. 

58

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Board

Reviews the performance of individual directors and the executive 
team, and approves the CEO’s remuneration.

Management

Provides briefs or 
recommendations 
to RemCo on the 
remuneration strategy 
and framework.

Remuneration  
Committee (RemCo)
Makes recommendations to the 
Board on people management and 
remuneration strategies and policies. 
Ensures KMP remuneration outcomes 
are appropriate and aligned to 
company performance and 
shareholder expectations.

Independent  
external advisors

Independent advice to the RemCo on 
remuneration and market practice.

Risk Committee

Advises the RemCo 
of material risk 
management issues or 
compliance breaches.

Executive Remuneration

Remuneration levels are reviewed annually by the Remuneration Committee to reflect individual performance, the overall performance of 
WHSP and prevailing employment market conditions.

The Executive Key management Personnel (KMP) are remunerated by way of fixed remuneration, short term incentives (STIs) and long 
term incentives (LTIs). Annual STIs are set in order to drive performance without encouraging undue risk taking. LTIs are assessed over a 
three and/or four year period if nil vesting occurs after three years and are designed to promote long term stability in shareholder returns.

The Remuneration Committee attempts to benchmark remuneration against the 50th percentile for ASX listed companies with similar 
operations and a similar market capitalisation. To the extent that an executive’s remuneration is materially below the benchmark data, the 
Remuneration Committee will consider increases based on increasing levels of performance, responsibilities and experience.

The Remuneration Committee is responsible for assessing performance against key performance indicators (KPIs) and determining 
the extent to which the STI and LTI is to be paid. The STI and LTI have been designed to be payable when value has been created for 
shareholders. To assist in this assessment, the Committee receives detailed reports on performance from management which are based on 
independently verifiable data.

In the event of serious misconduct or a material misstatement in the Company’s financial statements, the Board may cancel LTI based 
remuneration and recover LTI remuneration paid in previous financial years.

5959

Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report

Performance Development and Review
Our Performance Development and Review Framework outlines how leaders and team members at WHSP:

 1 expand our skills and knowledge to drive better outcomes and the continuous growth of our people
 1 set performance expectations 
 1 give and receive feedback
 1 receive support to grow and develop
 1 plan for career development
 1 review and assess performance in a way which upholds our culture
 1 identify key talent
 1 identify employees who require additional support or performance management 
 1 succession plan 

The Performance Development and Review Framework assists to plan, establish, monitor, review, evaluate  
and reward individual performance at WHSP

Team members will discuss, set and agree goals with their leaders. These will become the team member’s performance expectation for the 
year ahead to measure progress against goals, Key Performance Indicator (KPI) and Key Result Area (KRA) for the past year.

At WHSP, employee performance is assessed against several performance standards which fall under 2 overarching areas:

1.  Performance and Output; and

2.  Behaviours.

KMP Short term performance
The STI pool is determined using key metrics that are aligned to desired shareholder outcomes. However, the allocation of the STI pool 
takes into account both financial and non financial performance measures. The following table sets out the specific performance against 
individual KPIs for WHSP’s KMP.

KMP

CEO

CFO

Performance measures

Performance against key performance objectives

The CEO has a balanced scorecard of KPIs relating to:

 1 Investment Management
 1 Company Management and advice to the Board
 1 Interaction with the Investment Community
 1 Risk Management

The CFO has a balanced scorecard of KPIs relating to:
 1 Statutory reporting and market information
 1 Management Reporting
 1 Support to Board and Executive Investment Management
 1 Management of the Company’s finance function

The Remuneration Committee assessed individual achievement 
against each of the KPIs and awarded 100.8% of the CEO’s 
pro-rata entitlement of the STI Pool reflecting the significant 
achievements of FY22

The Remuneration Committee assessed individual achievement 
against each of the KPIs and awarded 102.8% of the CFO’s 
pro-rata entitlement of the STI Pool reflecting the significant 
achievements of FY22

Elements of Executive Key Management Personnel Remuneration

Fixed Remuneration

Fixed remuneration for senior executives is set annually (or on promotion if applicable) by the Remuneration Committee. It is bench- 
marked against market data for comparable roles in companies with similar characteristics and market capitalisation. Fixed remuneration 
comprises a cash salary, superannuation and other non-cash benefits where taken.

60

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Short term incentives

Structure of short term incentives 

The STI plan is designed to motivate and reward senior executives to generate increasing net cash flow (to facilitate increasing dividends) 
and to grow the value of the investment portfolio (measured by net asset value) for the benefit of shareholders.

Feature

Description

KMP  
Allocation

STI pool

Determination 
of STI pool

Variable based on each individual KMP’s target performance. KMP STI are paid out of the total STI pool.

50% of Managing Director’s fixed remuneration for FY22
40% of Chief Financial Officer’s fixed remuneration for FY22

The size of the pool is determined by the performance metrics below. In the event that the targets are exceeded (performance 
metrics exceed 100%) the pool will be increased as set out below.

The pool determination metrics align with WHSP’s strategic goals to maximise shareholders’ returns.

Objective

Weighting

Threshold (80%)

Target (100%)

Outperformance

Regular cash to the parent 
company net of regular 
expenses

50%

> 0% and  
< 4% higher than 
previous year

4% to < 5% 
higher than 
previous year

5% to < 6% = 110%

6% to < 7% = 120%

7% to < 8% = 130%

8% to < 9% = 140%

9% and higher = 150%

As dividends are paid out of parent company cash, increasing net cash inflows enable the payment of increasing dividends.

Adjusted net asset value (post 
tax) per share

(adjusted by adding back 
dividends paid by the parent 
company)

50%

> 0% and  
< 2% higher 
than ASX200 
Accumulation 
Index

2% to < 3% 
higher than 
ASX200 
Accumulation 
Index

3% to <4% = 110%

4% to < 5% = 120%

5% to < 6% = 130%

6% to < 7% = 140%

7% and higher = 150%

Increases in net asset value per share drive increases in the WHSP share price.

Entitlement to 
the STI pool

Once the STI Pool is established by the financial measures described above, the Remuneration Committee determines each 
participating Executive’s entitlement to an STI based on individual performance. 

Individual Executive STIs are determined having regard to achievements throughout the year against a number of Key 
Performance Indicators (KPIs). The KPIs encompass a range of financial and non-financial objectives relevant to each 
Executive’s role.

The total of all STIs determined by the Remuneration Committee cannot exceed the STI pool.

Delivery of STI

100% of the STI awarded is paid in cash following release of the year end results.

Board 
Discretion

The Board retains discretion to increase or decrease, including to nil, the STI pool. In exercising this discretion the Board shall 
take into account, amongst other factors it considers relevant, Company performance from the perspective of Shareholders 
over the relevant year.

6161

Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report

KMP Long term performance

Long term incentive plan 

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited Rights Plan (WHSPRP)

The LTI plan was approved by shareholders at the 2017 WHSP AGM. It was designed to reward senior executives for above market 
performance.

Staff participate, at the Board’s discretion, in the LTI plan comprising annual grants of performance rights. 

Structure of LTIs for the Executive KMP

Feature

Description

KMP  
Allocation

Number of 
Performance 
Rights

Reassessed each year based on each individual KMP’s target performance.
75% of Managing Director’s fixed remuneration for FY22
40% of Chief Financial Officer’s fixed remuneration for FY22

Number of Rights  =  Stretch LTI Value ÷ Right Value

Where: 

Stretch LTI Value  =  Fixed Remuneration x Target LTI % ÷ Target Vesting %
Target vesting 
Right Value 
Share Price 

=  50%
=  Share Price – (Annual Dividend x Measurement Period in Years)
= 

 The volume weighted average share price over the 14 days prior to the fifteenth day following the 
announcement of the previous financial year results of the Company.

As 100% of Rights to be granted will only vest when stretch performance goals are achieved, it is expected that a lesser 
percentage will actually vest unless exceptional performance is achieved.

TSR rights

50% of rights issued are subject a TSR performance condition – tranche 1

NAPSG rights

50% of rights issued are subject a NAPSG performance condition – tranche 2

TSR  
performance 
hurdle

The TSR incentive is designed to focus executives on delivering sustainable long term Shareholder returns.

The vesting of TSR Performance Rights will be determined by comparing the Company’s TSR over the Measurement Period with 
the movement in the All Ordinaries Accumulation Index over the Measurement Period. 

If the Company’s TSR is negative then nil vesting will apply to this Tranche. 

Otherwise the following vesting scale will be applied, subject to an overriding discretion held by the Board: 

Performance Level

Below Threshold

Target & Threshold

Company’s TSR Compared to the  
All Ordinaries Accumulation Index

<100% of Index

100% of Index

Between Target and Stretch

>100% & < 100% of Index Plus 3% 
CAGR

Stretch

≥100% of Index Plus 3% CAGR

Vesting %  
of Tranche

0%

50%

Pro-rata

100%

TSR is the sum of Share price appreciation and dividends (assumed to be reinvested in Shares) during the Measurement Period 
expressed as a growth percentage. 

62

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022 
NAPSG 
performance 
hurdle

This incentive is designed to focus executives on growing the value of the Company’s assets which increases Shareholder wealth.

The vesting of Tranche 2 NAPSG Performance Rights will be determined by reference to the following scale:

Performance Level

Below Threshold

Threshold

Between Threshold and Target

Target

Between Target and Stretch

Stretch

CAGR in Net Assets Per Share during  
the Measurement Period

Vesting %  
of Tranche

<3%

3%

>3% & <5%

5%

>5% & <10%

≥10%

0%

25%

Pro-rata

50%

Pro-rata

100%

CAGR is compound annual growth rate. 

Net Assets Per Share at the end of the Measurement Period will be calculated by adding all dividends paid during the 
Measurement Period to the closing Net Assets of the Company at the end of the Measurement Period and then dividing by the 
number of issued shares at the end of the Measurement Period.

Nil

No amounts are payable by the participants upon the granting or the exercising of the Rights.

Upon the satisfaction of the Vesting Conditions, the value of Rights that vest will be evaluated and will be paid in Shares, cash or 
a combination of cash and Shares based on the then Share price.

The Measurement Period will be the three financial years from 1 August of the relevant year of the tranche. Retesting will only 
apply if nil vesting occurs for the tranche at the end of the initial Measurement Period. The Extended Measurement Period, if 
applicable, will only occur once the following year.

On termination of employment a portion of Performance Rights granted in the financial year in which the termination occurs 
will be forfeited. The proportion is that which the remainder of the financial year following the termination represents of the full 
financial year. This provision recognises that grants of Performance Rights are part of the remuneration for the year of grant and 
that if part of the year is not served then some of the Performance Rights will not have been earned.

The Board of the Company has the discretion to set the terms and conditions on which it will grant Rights under the WHSPRP, 
including the Vesting Conditions and modification of the terms and conditions as appropriate to ensuring the plan operates as 
intended. All Performance Rights granted are subject to Vesting Conditions which are intended to be challenging and linked to 
growth in shareholder value.

The terms and conditions of the WHSPRP include those aspects legally required as well as a method for calculating the appropriate 
number to vest in the circumstances of a change of control, a major return of capital to shareholders and the treatment of Rights 
in the circumstances of various forms of termination.

Performance Rights will lapse if the prescribed Vesting Conditions are not satisfied within the prescribed Measurement Period, 
subject to retesting.

Payable by 
participants

Vesting of 
Performance 
Rights

Measurement 
Periods

Cessation of 
Employment

Terms and 
Conditions

Lapse and 
Forfeiture of 
Performance 
Rights

Board 
Discretion and 
Clawback

The Board retains discretion to increase or decrease, including to nil, the vesting percentage in relation to each Tranche of 
Performance Rights. In exercising this discretion the Board shall take into account, amongst other factors it considers relevant, 
Company performance from the perspective of Shareholders over the relevant Measurement Period.

The Board also has discretion to clawback any incentive remuneration (including unvested or vested Rights and Restricted Shares) 
in the event of any error in accounting resulting in a miscalculation of incentives or acts of serious negligence or bad faith on the 
part of an LTI participant.

Total Remuneration Packages

The total value of each remuneration package is approved by the Remuneration Committee and reflects each executive KMP’s role, 
responsibilities and market data. Based on this data the remuneration package of each Executive KMP for the year ended 31 July 2022 
was in line with ASX listed companies with similar operations and market capitalisation, including the ratio between fixed and variable 
remuneration.

6363

Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report

Non-Executive Director Remuneration
Board policy is to remunerate Non-Executive Directors at comparable market rates. WHSP’s Non-Executive Directors are remunerated for 
their services from the maximum aggregate amount approved by shareholders. WHSP shareholders approved the current limit ($2 million 
per annum) at WHSP’s 2016 AGM. Remuneration levels are reviewed annually by the Remuneration Committee and are not subject to 
performance based incentives.

Non-Executive Directors receive fixed remuneration based on their position on the Board and the Committees on which they sit or 
chair, at comparable market rates. Remuneration levels are reviewed annually by the Remuneration Committee and are not subject to 
performance based incentives.

The Remuneration Committee review market data annually to assist in setting Non-Executive Director remuneration. Following its 
review at its September 2022 meeting, the Remuneration Committee did not change NED fees. The following are the current Board and 
Committee fees.

Annual Non-Executive Director Fees

Chair Fee

Board Member 

Audit Chair

Audit Member

Rem Chair

Rem Member

Risk Chair

$375,000

$175,000

$40,000

$17,500

$30,000

$14,000

$30,000

During the year ended 31 July 2022 remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors paid by the Parent Company and unlisted controlled 
entities amounted to $2,071,435.

With effect from 31 July 2004 the retiring allowance for Non-Executive Directors was frozen at three times the average annual fees for 
the three years prior to that date. Non-Executive Directors appointed after 31 July 2004 do not qualify for a retiring allowance. Mr Robert 
Millner is the only Director entitled to a retiring allowance.

Remuneration expenses for KMP (statutory remuneration)
(i)  Remuneration of the KMP of the Consolidated Entity:

See the table shown on pages 66–67.

(ii)  Relative proportions of remuneration that are fixed and that are linked to performance

Parent Company – Target

T J Barlow
D R Grbin

Parent Company – Actual

T J Barlow
D R Grbin

Fixed Remuneration

At Risk – STI

At Risk – LTI

2022

2021

2022

2021

2022

2021

45%
56%

44%
54%

45%
56%

49%
63%

22%
22%

32%
31%

22%
22%

Nil
Nil

33%
22%

24%
15%

33%
22%

51%
37%

As the LTIs are provided exclusively by way of rights, the percentages disclosed reflect the value of rights expensed during the year.

(iii) STIs granted and forfeited for the year ended 31 July 2022

2022

Parent Company

T J Barlow
D R Grbin

64

Target STI 
$

Awarded
%

Forfeited
%

750,000
280,000

151%
154%

0%
0%

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Contractual arrangements for current Executive KMP

T J Barlow

D R Grbin

Term of agreement  
and notice period1

Base remuneration  
including Superannuation2

Termination  
Payments3

No fixed term
6 months notice period

No fixed term
3 months notice period

$1,507,382

$703,382

nil

nil

1.  This notice applies equally to either party. The employer may make a payment in lieu of notice.
2.  Base remuneration including Superannuation as at 31 July 2022.
3.  Base salary payable if the company terminates employees with notice, and without cause (e.g. for reasons other than unsatisfactory performance).

Share-based compensation
Rights to deferred shares are granted under the WHSP Long Term Incentive Plan. Rights are granted for nil consideration. Rights are granted 
in accordance with the plan at the sole discretion of the WHSP Board. Performance and service conditions applicable to each issue of Rights 
are determined by the Board at the time of grant. Rights granted under the plan carry no dividend or voting rights. Vesting of current rights 
on issue is subject to the satisfaction of performance conditions only, and upon vesting the rights convert to ordinary shares in WHSP.

The assessed fair values of the WHSPRP (current plan) Rights are expensed in the year in which the rights are granted. The assessed fair 
values of Rights granted in December 2016 are expensed over the period from the commencement of the measurement period to vesting 
date. The amounts expensed are included in the remuneration of the relevant executive under the statutory approach. The fair value of 
the rights issued during the year was independently determined by valuation specialists Lonergan Edwards & Associates Limited based on 
the market price of WHSP’s shares at the grant date, with an adjustment made to take into account the vesting period, expected dividends 
during that period that will not be received by the participants and the probability that the market performance conditions will be met.

Rights outstanding at balance date affecting the remuneration of KMP in the current or future periods:

WHSP

Grant Date

TSR Rights
December 2019

NAPSG Rights
December 2019

TSR Rights
February 2021

NAPSG Rights
February 2021

TSR Rights
April 2022

NAPSG Rights
April 2022

If relevant hurdle met over 3 years

If no vesting over 3 years re-tested over 4 years

Grant Date Value
$

Vesting Date

100% September 2022

100% September 2023

100% September 2022

100% September 2023

100% September 2023

100% September 2024

100% September 2023

100% September 2024

100% September 2024

100% September 2025

100% September 2024

100% September 2025

13.52

12.16

21.70

13.10

7.90

18.94

Upon vesting the above rights are automatically exercised for a $nil exercise price.

6565

Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report

Remuneration expenses for KMP (statutory remuneration) 
The tables below provide summaries of the remuneration received by current year KMP during the 2021 and 2022 financial years  
in accordance with accounting standards.

Two employees were key management personnel for the period ended 31 July 2021 but not for the period ended 31 July 2022.  
The remuneration of these employees has therefore been removed from 2021 comparatives in the following remuneration tables.

Non-Executive Directors – 2022
R D Millner 
T L Fuller 
M J Hawker 
T C D Millner 
W M Negus 
R G Westphal 
J L Sukkar
J.E. Pollard 

Executive Directors – 2022
T J Barlow

Other KMP – 2022
D R Grbin

WHSP and unlisted controlled entity1

WHSP and unlisted controlled entity1

Listed controlled entity3

New Hope Corporation Limited

Short term  
Benefits

Post-Employment 
Benefits

Long term  
Benefits

Long term  

Benefits

Share-based 

Payments

Short term  

Benefits

Post-Employment 

Benefits

Consolidated  

Entity

STI

$

Non-  
monetary2

$

Super- 
annuation

$

Long Service  
Leave2

$

Termination  

Benefits

$

LTI Rights4

$

Salary & 

Fees5

$

Super- 

annuation5

$

Total5

$

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

26,305
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

28,712
–
21,326
17,195
–
8,350
17,195
6,695

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Salary  
& Fees

$

413,763
220,569
212,359
171,230
221,570
83,502
171,230
66,288

1,526,903

1,133,900

1,776

28,712

65,862

838,620

3,595,773

130,000

13,054

143,054

3,738,827

Total

$

468,780

220,569

233,685

188,425

221,570

91,852

188,425

72,983

1,686,289

441,793

194,381

204,300

176,800

206,870

206,800

166,948

1,597,892

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

220,000

22,092

242,092

130,000

13,054

143,054

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

220,000

20,992

240,992

130,000

12,404

142,404

Total

$

710,872

220,569

233,685

331,479

221,570

91,852

188,425

72,983

2,071,435

1,382,990

682,785

194,381

204,300

319,204

206,870

206,800

166,948

1,981,288

841,979

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

42,278

70,359

26,415
–
–
–
–
–
–

23,712

–

208,725

1,382,990

151,897

65,862

1,047,345

6,665,052

480,000

48,200

528,200

7,193,252

26,444
–
17,725
15,339
–
17,942
14,011

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

107,025

26,444

23,953

1,508,294

2,994,339

130,000

12,404

142,404

3,136,803

32,539

21,694

–

309,397

841,979

165,978

139,599

23,953

1,817,691

5,434,269

480,000

45,800

525,800

5,960,069

676,570

431,705

Total

3,763,984

1,565,605

Non-Executive Directors – 2021
R D Millner
T L Fuller
M J Hawker
T C D Millner
W M Negus
R G Westphal
J L Sukkar

Executive Directors – 2021
T J Barlow

Other KMP – 2021
D R Grbin

Total

388,934
194,381
186,575
161,461
206,870
188,858
152,937

1,328,683

478,349

3,287,048

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–

–

1.  Unlisted controlled entity, Pitt Capital Partners Limited is a wholly owned subsidiary of WHSP.
2.  Non-monetary remuneration includes fringe benefits provided and movements in annual leave and long service leave provisions. When annual leave or long service leave 

provided for in prior years is utilised, or paid out on resignation, a negative non-monetary amount will result.

66

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022 
 
 
 
 
WHSP and unlisted controlled entity1

WHSP and unlisted controlled entity1

Listed controlled entity3
New Hope Corporation Limited

Short term  

Benefits

Post-Employment 

Benefits

Long term  

Benefits

Long term  
Benefits

Share-based 
Payments

Short term  
Benefits

Post-Employment 
Benefits

Consolidated  
Entity

1,526,903

1,133,900

1,776

28,712

65,862

676,570

431,705

23,712

Total

3,763,984

1,565,605

151,897

65,862

Non-Executive Directors – 2022

R D Millner 

T L Fuller 

M J Hawker 

T C D Millner 

W M Negus 

R G Westphal 

J L Sukkar

J.E. Pollard 

Executive Directors – 2022

T J Barlow

Other KMP – 2022

D R Grbin

Non-Executive Directors – 2021

R D Millner

T L Fuller

M J Hawker

T C D Millner

W M Negus

R G Westphal

J L Sukkar

Executive Directors – 2021

T J Barlow

Other KMP – 2021

D R Grbin

Total

Salary  

& Fees

$

413,763

220,569

212,359

171,230

221,570

83,502

171,230

66,288

388,934

194,381

186,575

161,461

206,870

188,858

152,937

1,328,683

478,349

3,287,048

STI

$

Non-  

monetary2

$

26,305

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

42,278

70,359

26,415

28,712

21,326

17,195

–

–

8,350

17,195

6,695

26,444

17,725

15,339

–

–

17,942

14,011

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

107,025

26,444

23,953

32,539

21,694

165,978

139,599

23,953

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Super- 

annuation

$

Long Service  

Leave2

$

Termination  
Benefits

$

LTI Rights4

$

Salary & 
Fees5

$

Super- 
annuation5

$

220,000
–
–
130,000
–
–
–
–

22,092
–
–
13,054
–
–
–
–

Total

$

468,780
220,569
233,685
188,425
221,570
91,852
188,425
72,983

1,686,289

Total5

$

242,092
–
–
143,054
–
–
–
–

Total

$

710,872
220,569
233,685
331,479
221,570
91,852
188,425
72,983

2,071,435

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

838,620

3,595,773

130,000

13,054

143,054

3,738,827

208,725

1,382,990

–

–

–

1,382,990

1,047,345

6,665,052

480,000

48,200

528,200

7,193,252

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

441,793
194,381
204,300
176,800
206,870
206,800
166,948

1,597,892

220,000
–
–
130,000
–
–
–

20,992
–
–
12,404
–
–
–

240,992
–
–
142,404
–
–
–

682,785
194,381
204,300
319,204
206,870
206,800
166,948

1,981,288

1,508,294

2,994,339

130,000

12,404

142,404

3,136,803

309,397

841,979

–

–

–

841,979

1,817,691

5,434,269

480,000

45,800

525,800

5,960,069

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–

–

3.  New Hope Corporation Limited was a controlled entity for the whole of FY21, and for FY22 until 29 July 2022.
4.  The LTI remuneration is determined by expensing the fair value of the rights as set out in Share-based Compensation on page 65 of this report.
5.  Director fees are paid by New Hope from the total annual aggregate amount approved by its shareholders.

6767

 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report

Remuneration received by KMP of WHSP (non-statutory information) 
The tables below provide summaries of the remuneration received by current year KMP of WHSP during the 2021 and 2022 financial years. 
This information differs from the statutory remuneration tables which present remuneration in accordance with accounting standards.

WHSP and unlisted  
controlled entity1

Total Fixed 
Remuneration

$

STI Paid

$

WHSP and  

unlisted controlled entity1

Listed controlled entity2

New Hope Corporation Limited

Consolidated 

LTI Vested

$

Termination 

Payments

Total 

Remuneration

Total Fixed 

Remuneration3

$

$

$

Other 

$

Remuneration

Remuneration

Remuneration

468,780
220,569
233,685
188,425
221,570
91,852
188,425
72,983

1,555,615

700,282

3,942,186

441,793
194,381
204,300
176,800
206,870
206,800
166,948

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

1,982,661

365,805

2,348,466

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,355,127

904,500

3,025,659

5,285,286

142,404

142,404

5,427,690

500,043

340,000

3,453,062

1,244,500

154,394

3,180,053

7,877,615

525,800

525,800

8,403,415

Non-Executive Directors – 2022
R D Millner
T L Fuller
M J Hawker
T C D Millner
W M Negus
R G Westphal
J L Sukkar
J Pollard

Executive Directors – 2022
T J Barlow

Other KMP – 2022
D R Grbin 

Total

Non-Executive Directors – 2021
R D Millner
T L Fuller
M J Hawker
T C D Millner
W M Negus
R G Westphal
J L Sukkar

Executive Directors – 2021
T J Barlow

Other KMP – 2021
D R Grbin

Total

1.  Unlisted controlled entity, Pitt Capital Partners Limited is a wholly owned subsidiary of WHSP.
2.  New Hope Corporation Limited was a controlled entity for the whole of FY21, and for FY22 until 29 July 2022.
3.  Director fees are paid by New Hope from the total annual aggregate amount approved by its shareholders.

68

3,538,276

143,054

143,054

3,681,330

6,290,652

528,200

528,200

6,818,852

468,780

220,569

233,685

188,425

221,570

91,852

188,425

72,983

1,066,087

441,793

194,381

204,300

176,800

206,870

206,800

166,948

994,437

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

242,092

143,054

240,992

142,404

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total 

$

242,092

143,054

240,992

142,404

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Entity

Total 

$

710,872

220,569

233,685

331,479

221,570

91,852

188,425

72,983

1,066,087

682,785

194,381

204,300

319,204

206,870

206,800

166,948

994,437

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022 
 
 
 
 
Non-Executive Directors – 2022

R D Millner

T L Fuller

M J Hawker

T C D Millner

W M Negus

R G Westphal

J L Sukkar

J Pollard

Executive Directors – 2022

T J Barlow

Other KMP – 2022

D R Grbin 

Total

Non-Executive Directors – 2021

R D Millner

T L Fuller

M J Hawker

T C D Millner

W M Negus

R G Westphal

J L Sukkar

Executive Directors – 2021

T J Barlow

Other KMP – 2021

D R Grbin

Total

WHSP and unlisted  

controlled entity1

Total Fixed 

Remuneration

$

STI Paid

$

WHSP and  
unlisted controlled entity1

Listed controlled entity2
New Hope Corporation Limited

Consolidated 
Entity

LTI Vested

$

Termination 
Payments

Total 
Remuneration

Total Fixed 
Remuneration3

Other 
Remuneration

Total 
Remuneration

Total 
Remuneration

$

$

$

$

$

$

468,780

220,569

233,685

188,425

221,570

91,852

188,425

72,983

1,555,615

700,282

3,942,186

441,793

194,381

204,300

176,800

206,870

206,800

166,948

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

1,982,661

365,805

2,348,466

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

1,355,127

904,500

3,025,659

500,043

340,000

3,453,062

1,244,500

154,394

3,180,053

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–

–

468,780
220,569
233,685
188,425
221,570
91,852
188,425
72,983

242,092
–
–
143,054
–
–
–
–

3,538,276

143,054

1,066,087

–

6,290,652

528,200

441,793
194,381
204,300
176,800
206,870
206,800
166,948

240,992
–
–
142,404
–
–
–

5,285,286

142,404

994,437

–

7,877,615

525,800

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–

–

242,092
–
–
143,054
–
–
–
–

710,872
220,569
233,685
331,479
221,570
91,852
188,425
72,983

143,054

3,681,330

–

1,066,087

528,200

6,818,852

240,992
–
–
142,404
–
–
–

682,785
194,381
204,300
319,204
206,870
206,800
166,948

142,404

5,427,690

–

994,437

525,800

8,403,415

Total Fixed Remuneration

Salary, directors’ fees, superannuation and non-monetary benefits paid or provided to KMP during the year.

STI Paid

LTI Vested

 STI paid during the year. These payments were in respect of performance in the previous year.

 The value of shares received upon vesting of performance rights during the year in respect of performance in previous years. 

6969

 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report

Rights to deferred shares granted, vested and forfeited during the year relating to KMP:

WHSP

Rights to deferred shares

Balance  
at start  
of year

Granted 
during  
the year

Vested

Forfeited

Balance  
at end of 
year

Maximum 
value in  
future  
periods1

T J Barlow

D R Grbin

Grant  
Date

Dec 2016
Dec 2018
Dec 2019
Feb 2021
Apr 2022
Dec 2018
Dec 2019
Feb 2021
Apr 2022

Number

Number

Number

%2

Number

%2

Number

$

4,879
75,144
91,902
86,696
Nil
15,029
20,423
17,784
Nil

–
–
–
–
62,481
–
–
–
15,551

4,879
58,027
–
–
–
11,606
–
–
–

100%
77%
–
–
–
77%
–
–
–

–
17,117
–
–
–
3,423
–
–
–

–
23%
–
–
–
23%
–
–
–

Nil
Nil
91,902
86,696
62,481
Nil
20,423
17,784
15,551

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

1.  The maximum value of the deferred rights in future periods has been determined as the fair value of the rights that is yet to be expensed.
2.  Percentage of the original number of rights granted.

The minimum value of the Dec 2016 rights yet to vest is nil, as the rights will be forfeited if the vesting conditions are not met. 

The following sets out the key terms of the LTI plan in place for the year ended 31 July 2017. The last tranche of rights under this plan 
vested in September 2021.

Feature

Description

TSR rights

50% of rights issued are subject a TSR performance condition

EPS rights

50% of rights issued are subject an EPS performance condition

TSR  
performance 
hurdle

TSR is initially assessed over a 3 year period and compared to the ASX All Ordinaries Accumulation Index (Index). Vesting will  
occur based on the company’s positioning relative to the Index. If less than 100% of the rights vest, performance is reassessed  
over a 4 year period.

This incentive is designed to focus executives on delivering sustainable long term shareholder returns.

TSR performance per annum

Rights to vest

TSR% < Index

TSR% = Index

Nil

50%

Index < TSR% < (Index + 3% per annum)

Progressive pro-rata from 50% to 100%

TSR% = (Index + 3% per annum) or higher

100%

EPS 
performance 
hurdle

EPS movement is initially assessed over a 3 year period and compared to the target set out below. Vesting will occur based on the 
company’s achievement of that target. If less than 100% of the rights vest, performance is reassessed over a 4 year period.

This incentive was designed to align the interests of executives with shareholders.

Regular EPS

Regular EPS is the regular profit after tax of the consolidated WHSP Group, divided by the weighted average 
number of WHSP shares on issue across the measurement period.

Regular profit after tax is a non-statutory profit measure and represents profit from continuing operations 
before non-regular items. A reconciliation to statutory profit is included in the Alternative Performance 
Measures information.

Regular EPS CAGR over measurement period

Rights to vest

Regular EPS CAGR < 5%

Regular EPS CAGR = 5%

Nil

50%

5% < Regular EPS CAGR < 10%

Progressive pro-rata from 50% to 100%

Regular EPS CAGR = 10% or higher

100%

70

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Payable by 
participants

Nil

No amounts are payable by the participants upon the granting or the exercising of the rights.

Other statutory information
Shareholdings of KMP

The following tables show the number of:

 1 shares in WHSP; and
 1 shares in New Hope;

that were held during the financial year by key management personnel, including their personally related parties.

Shares in WHSP

Directors of WHSP
R D Millner
T J Barlow
T L Fuller
M J Hawker
T C D Millner
W M Negus
R G Westphal
J L Sukkar 

Balance at  
start of year

Purchased/ 
(sold)

Received  
on the vesting  
of LTI rights

Other changes 
during the Year

Balance at  
end of year

20,055,093
146,446
1,800
35,300
19,347,977
33,000
23,739
1,573

25,000
–
–
–
25,000
10,000
–
–

–
62,906
–
–

–
–
–

2,430,675**
714***
–
–

2,282,487**

–
–
–

–

22,510,768*
210,066
1,800
35,300
21,655,464*
43,000
23,7391
1,573

16,934

Other key management personnel
D R Grbin

5,328

–

11,606

21,637,053 shares in which Mr R D Millner and Mr T C D Millner have an interest relate to holdings by the same entities.

* 
**  Shares received following implementation of the Milton Scheme of Arrangement on 5 October 2021.
***  Shares purchased in lieu of payment of WHSP’s December 2021 dividend.

1.  R G Westphal was no longer a KMP at year end. He held these shares on 10 December 2021 when he ceased to be a director.

Shares in New Hope Corporation Limited

Balance at  
start of year

Purchased/ 
(sold)

Received on the 
vesting  
of LTI rights

Other changes 
during the Year

Balance at  
end of year

Directors of WHSP

R D Millner
T J Barlow
T C D Millner
R G Westphal

4,177,774
19,900
4,004,368
40,000

1,045,000
–
870,000
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

5,222,774
19,900
4,874,368
40,0001

1.  R G Westphal was no longer a KMP at year end. He held these shares on 10 December 2021 when he ceased to be a director.

None of the shares above are held nominally by the Directors or any of the other KMP.

7171

Directors’ Report 

Loans to KMP

No loans have been made to the Directors or other KMP.

Other transactions with KMP

The KMP and their related entities received dividends during the year in respect of their shareholdings in Group companies consistent with 
other shareholders.

Reliance on external remuneration consultants

No remuneration advice was received during the year.

Voting on the 2021 Remuneration Report

The Parent Company’s Remuneration Report for the 2021 financial year was adopted at its 2021 Annual General Meeting on a poll.

This is the end of the Remuneration Report

This Remuneration Report has been prepared in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 and Australian Accounting Standards, and has 
been audited by EY.

Shares Under Option
The Parent Entity did not issue any options over unissued shares during the financial year or in the period to the date of this report. There 
are no such options on issue at the date of this report.

Indemnification of Officers and Auditors

Indemnification

The Parent Entity’s constitution provides for an indemnity of Directors, Secretaries and Executive Officers (as defined in the Corporations 
Act 2001) where liability is incurred in the performance of their duties in those roles, other than conduct involving a wilful breach of 
duty in relation to WHSP. The Constitution further provides for an indemnity in respect of any costs and expenses incurred in defending 
proceedings in which judgement is given in their favour, they are acquitted, or the Court grants them relief under the Corporations Act 2001.

Insurance

In accordance with the provisions of the Corporations Act 2001, the Parent Entity has a Directors’ and Officers’ Liability policy covering 
Directors and Officers of the Parent Entity and some of its controlled entities. The insurance policy prohibits disclosure of the nature of the 
liability insured against and the amount of the premium.

Auditors

No indemnities have been given or insurance premiums paid during or since the end of the financial year in respect of any person who is 
or has been an auditor of the Parent Entity or its controlled entities.

72

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Proceedings on Behalf of the Company
No person has applied to the Court for leave to bring proceedings on behalf of the Parent Entity or to intervene in any proceedings to 
which the Parent Entity is a party, for the purpose of taking responsibility on behalf of the Parent Entity for all or part of those proceedings. 
The Parent Company was not a party to any such proceedings during the year.

Non-Audit Services
During the year, EY performed certain other services in addition to their statutory audit duties. 

The Board has considered the non-audit services provided during the year by EY and is satisfied that the provision of those non-audit 
services by each auditor is compatible with, and did not compromise, the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 
for the following reasons:

1.  All non-audit services were subject to the corporate governance procedures adopted by the Parent Entity and have been reviewed by 

the Audit Committee to ensure they do not impact the integrity and objectivity of the auditor; and

2.  The non-audit services provided do not undermine the general principles relating to auditor independence as set out in Professional 
Statement APES 110: Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including Independence Standards), as they did not involve: reviewing 
or auditing the auditor’s own work; acting in a management or decision making capacity for the Parent Entity; acting as an advocate 
for the Parent Entity; or jointly sharing risks and rewards.

For further information, refer to Note 40 of the consolidated financial statements.

Auditor’s Independence Declaration
The lead auditor’s independence declaration for the year ended 31 July 2022 has been received and is included on page 74.

Rounding of Amounts
WHSP is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191, and in accordance with that 
legislative instrument, amounts in the Directors’ Report and Financial Report have been rounded to the nearest thousand dollars, unless 
otherwise stated.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Board of Directors:

R D Millner 
Director – Chairman 

T J Barlow
Managing Director

Dated this 24th day of October 2022.

7373

Auditor’s Independence  
Declaration

Auditor’s Independence Declaration 
to the Directors of Washington H. Soul Pattinson  
and Company Limited

As lead auditor for the audit of the financial report of Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company 
Limited for the financial year ended 31 July 2022, I declare to the best of my knowledge and belief, 
there have been:

a) 

b) 

c) 

no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 
in relation to the audit; 

no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit; 
and

no non-audit services provided that contravene any applicable code of professional 
conduct in relation to the audit.

This declaration is in respect of Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited and the entities 
it controlled during the financial year.

Ernst & Young

Ryan Fisk
Partner

Sydney 
24 October 2022

74

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Financial Report

for the year ended 31 July 2022

About this report
This financial report is for the Consolidated Entity consisting of Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company 
Limited and its subsidiaries for the year ended 31 July 2022. Throughout the report, the Consolidated Entity  
is also referred to as the ‘Group’.

Please refer to the contents page for how the notes are structured and ordered. In addition to the relevant 
financial information, the notes include a description of the accounting policies applied, and where applicable 
key judgements and estimates used by management in applying these policies.

Consolidated Entity perspective
This consolidated financial report combines the operating results, financial positions and cash flows of 
Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited (the Parent Entity) and each entity that it controls 
(subsidiaries), into a single set of financial statements.

A controlling stake in a subsidiary with less than 100% ownership creates a non-controlling interest. 
The term ‘non-controlling interest’ is used to describe the portion not owned by the Parent Entity. The 
non-controlling interest’s share of the consolidated profit and net assets is disclosed separately in the 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of financial position and 
the consolidated statement of changes in equity.

Equity investments in which the Parent Entity or a subsidiary has significant influence but does not have 
control are termed ‘associate entities’. Unlike subsidiaries, the individual financial reports of associates 
are not consolidated. Associates are equity accounted with the Group’s share of an associate’s result 
recorded in profit. The investment in associates is disclosed as a line item (equity accounted associates) 
in the consolidated statement of financial position and is adjusted for the Group’s share of the associate’s 
result and decreased by any dividends received. This method treats dividends from associates as if they 
are a return of capital rather than being recognised in profit or loss.

Parent Entity perspective
Financial information for Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited, the ‘Company’ or ‘Parent 
Entity’ or ‘WHSP’ has also been provided. 

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited is a for profit company limited by shares, incorporated 
and domiciled in Australia. The shares are publicly traded on the Australian Securities Exchange under the code 
SOL:ASX. Its registered office and principal place of business is Level 14, 151 Clarence Street, Sydney, NSW 2000.

A description of the nature of the Consolidated Entity’s operations and its principal activities is included in the 
Directors’ report, which is not part of this financial report, and Note 3 Segment Information.

This financial report was authorised for issue in accordance with a resolution of the Board of Directors on  
24 October 2022.

7575

Financial Report

Contents

Financial Statements

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

01  Basis of preparation 

02  Payment of Dividends to Shareholders 

03  Segment Information  

04  Revenue 

05  Other income 

06  Expenses 

07 

Income tax expense 

08  Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities 

09  Trade and other receivables 

10 

Inventories 

11  Biological assets 

12  Assets classified as held for sale 

13  Financial assets held for trading 

14  Other financial assets/liabilities 

15  Equity accounted associates 

16  Long term equity investments 

17 

Investment properties 

18  Property, plant and equipment 

19  Exploration and evaluation assets 

20  Lease assets and liabilities 

Directors’ Declaration 

Independent Auditor’s Report 

ASX Additional Information 

76
76

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

21 

Intangible assets 

22  Trade and other payables 

23  Contract liabilities 

24  Provisions 

25  Cash and short term deposits  

26 

Interest bearing liabilities 

27  Share capital 

28  Reserves 

29  Financial risk management 

30  Fair value estimation 

31  Contingent liabilities 

32  Commitments 

33  Events after the reporting period 

34  Parent Entity information 

35  Controlled entities and joint ventures 

36  New or amended accounting standards  

and interpretations 

37  Share based payments 

38  Related party transactions 

39  Other accounting policies 

40  Remuneration of auditors 

77

79

83

85

86

89

93

94

101

103

105

107

108

109

110

111

114

119

120

122

128

129

182

183

187

80

82

132

138

139

140

142

144

147

148

150

155

159

159

159

160

161

174

175

177

179

181

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
 for the year ended 31 July 2022

Revenue from continuing operations
Other income

Expenses
Cost of sales
Selling and distribution expenses
Administration expenses 
Acquisition costs expensed
Impairment expense
Write off of goodwill
Other expenses
Finance costs
Share of results from equity accounted associates

Profit before income tax expense from continuing operations

Income tax expense

Profit after income tax expense for the year from continuing operations

Profit after income tax expense from discontinued operations3

Profit after income tax expense for the year

Profit/(loss) for the year is attributable to:
Owners of Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited
Non-controlling interests

Other comprehensive income/(loss)
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Changes in the fair value of equity investments at fair value through 
other comprehensive income
Disposal of long term equity investments, net of tax
Net movement after tax in capital gains reserve

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Net movement after tax in hedge reserve
Net movement after tax in foreign currency translation reserve
Net movement after tax in equity reserve

Total other comprehensive loss for the year, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year 

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year is attributable to:
Owners of Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited
Non-controlling interests

Total comprehensive income for the year 

Notes

4
5

6
6
6
6
15

7

35c

2022
$’000

2,784,562
560,355

(1,029,235)
(115,327)
(90,420)
(3,041)
(18,887)
(984,565)
(10,132)
(37,381)
201,144

1,257,073

(764,630)

492,443

64,001

556,444

(12,941)
569,385

556,444

(276,596)
123,913
116,376

(66,989)
(799)
4,146

(99,949)

456,495

(49,140)
505,635

456,495

2021
$’000

1,148,408
143,207

(675,781)
(198,207)
(56,024)
 – 
(22,197)
 – 
(24,288)
(34,896)
67,212

347,434

(91,964)

255,470

 64,969 

320,439

273,196
47,243

320,439

(198,328)
(15,713)
16,075

(31,383)
(2,170)
(4,295)

(235,814)

84,625

54,701
29,924

84,625

The above Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

7777

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (continued)
 for the year ended 31 July 2022

Profit/(loss) attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent:
 Continuing operations
 Discontinued operations3

Profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent for basic earnings:
Interest on convertible notes, after tax2

Profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent adjusted for the effect of dilution

Weighted average number of ordinary shares 
Less weighted average number of treasury shares1

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for basic EPS
Effects of dilution from convertible notes2

Weighted average number of ordinary shares adjusted for the effect of dilution

Earnings per share from continuing operations 

Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share2

Earnings per share from discontinued operations3
Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share2

Earnings per share from continuing operations attributable to  
the Owners of Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited 
Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share2

2022
$’000

(76,942)
64,001

(12,941)
– 

(12,941)

2022
$’000

339,252
(41,013)

298,239
– 

298,239

2022
Cents

(25.80)
(25.80)

21.46
21.46

(4.34)
(4.34)

2021
$’000

208,227
64,969

273,196
 1,140 

274,336

Restated1
2021
$’000

239,395
(40,838)

198,557
2,502

201,059

2021
Cents

104.87
103.57

 32.72 
 32.31 

 137.59 
 135.88 

1 

Includes adjustments for treasury shares and for the reciprocal interest with Brickworks Limited (2022: 40,799,573 shares); (2021: 40,838,332 shares).  
Prior year comparatives have been restated.

 2  2022 diluted EPS excludes the impact of the convertible noteholders converting their ordinary equity of the parent as their inclusion would be anti-dilutive.  

It assumes any long term incentive rights that vest in future reporting periods are expected to be satisfied by purchasing shares on the market.

 3  Discontinued operations relate to the sale of Round Oak (Refer to Note 35c).

The above Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

78

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
 as at 31 July 2022

Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables 
Inventories
Biological assets
Assets classified as held for sale
Financial assets held for trading
Other financial assets

Total current assets

Non-current assets
Trade and other receivables
Equity accounted associates 
Long term equity investments 
Other financial assets
Investment properties 
Property, plant and equipment
Exploration and evaluation assets
Right-of-use assets
Deferred tax assets
Intangible assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Contract liabilities
Interest bearing liabilities
Lease liabilities
Other financial liabilities
Current tax liabilities 
Provisions

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Interest bearing liabilities
Lease liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Provisions

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Share capital
Reserves
Retained profits

Parent Entity interest
Non-controlling interests

Total equity

Notes

25
9
10
11
12
13
14

9
15
16
14
17
18
19
20
8
21

22
23
26
20
14

24

22
26
20
8
24

27
28

2022
$’000

506,327
83,061
58,229
9,310
108,343
572,987
78,204

2021
$’000

610,324
163,987
126,966
4,658
13,655
397,582
 18,814 

1,416,461

1,335,986

230,388
2,643,174
4,803,500
87,757
85,576
254,263
 – 
 37,305 
182,714
147,195

8,471,872

 9,888,333 

69,636
26,729
197,641
9,024
7,304
71,578
20,408

 402,320 

12
307,575
33,665
679,494
6,368

 1,027,114 

 1,429,434 

 8,458,899 

4,680,159
(184,767)
3,952,995

 8,448,387 
10,512

 8,458,899 

233,514
899,236
2,362,838
49,521
87,158
2,117,066
124,181
125,324
30,324
133,339

6,162,501

7,498,487

112,382
1,031
294,727
18,596
335
56,345
63,703

547,119

143
747,905
112,816
619,567
317,356

1,797,787

2,344,906

5,153,581

47,177
(155,144)
4,201,400

4,093,433
1,060,148

5,153,581

The above Consolidated Statement of Financial Position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

7979

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
 for the year ended 31 July 2022

Year ended 31 July 2022

Total equity at the beginning of the year  
1 August 2021

Share 
capital
$’000

Retained 
profits
$’000

Reserves
$’000

Total  
Parent 
Entity 
interest
$’000

Non- 
controlling 
interest
$’000

Total  
equity
$’000

47,177

4,201,400

(155,144)

 4,093,433 

1,060,148

5,153,581

Net (loss)/ profit for the year after tax

 –

(12,941)

 – 

(12,941)

569,385

556,444

Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year

Net movement after tax in asset revaluation reserve

Net movement after tax in hedge reserve

Net movement after tax in foreign currency  
translation reserve

Net movement after tax in equity reserve

Net movement after tax in capital gains reserve

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year

Transactions with owners

Dividends provided for or paid1

Newly issued ordinary shares2

Loss of control of a subsidiary

Equity transfer from members on issue of share  
capital in a subsidiary

Net movement in share based payments reserve

Employee share based payment3

Transactions with non-controlling interests

Return of capital

Reclassification of a fair value investment to an associate 

Total equity at the end of the year 
31 July 2022

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

(153,274)

(153,274)

591

(152,683)

(2,578)

(2,578)

(64,411)

(66,989)

(712)

4,146

(712)

4,146

116,219

116,219

(87)

 – 

157

(799)

4,146

116,376

(12,941)

(36,199)

(49,140)

505,635

456,495

 – 

(204,901)

 – 

 – 

 – 

4,642,781

 – 

 – 

 – 

(9,799)

 – 

 – 

–

(1,643)

6,576

 – 

 – 

 – 

(28,920)

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(204,901)

(186,589)

(391,490)

4,642,781

 – 

 4,642,781 

 – 

(1,370,884)

(1,370,884)

 – 

 4,933 

(9,799)

 – 

 – 

(28,920)

1,701

511

 – 

24

(34)

–

1,701

5,444

(9,799)

24

(34)

(28,920)

4,680,159

3,952,995

(184,767)

8,448,387

10,512

8,458,899

1  After the elimination of $26.5 million (43.3% of the Parent Entity dividend paid to Brickworks Limited (Brickworks)) and the elimination of $3.15 million dividends paid to Milton 

Corporation Limited (Milton).

2  New issued ordinary shares to purchase Ampcontrol Limited and the balance of Milton shares under a Scheme of Arrangement. Refer to Note 35b for further details.
3   Shares acquired under the Milton Staff Share Plan. Refer to Note 27.

The above Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

80

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Year ended 31 July 2021

Total equity at the beginning of the year 
1 August 2020

Share 
capital
$’000

Retained 
profits
$’000

Reserves
$’000

Total  
Parent 
Entity 
interest
$’000

Non- 
controlling 
interest
$’000

Total  
equity
$’000

43,232

4,133,308

63,253

4,239,793

872,194

5,111,987

Net profit for the year after tax

 – 

273,196

 – 

273,196

47,243

320,439

Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year

Net movement after tax in asset revaluation reserve

Net movement after tax in hedge reserve

Net movement after tax in foreign currency  
translation reserve

Net movement after tax in equity reserve

Net movement after tax in capital gains reserve

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

–

(4,287)

(210,014)

(214,301)

260

(214,041)

 – 

 – 

(939)

114

(13,819)

(13,819)

(17,564)

(31,383)

(2,155)

(3,356)

15,961

(2,155)

(4,295)

16,075

(15)

 – 

–

(2,170)

(4,295)

16,075

268,084

(213,383)

54,701

29,924

84,625

Transactions with owners

Dividends provided for or paid1

 – 

(121,028)

Equity portion of convertible bond issued

3,945

Net movement in share based payments reserve

Tax on partial disposal of a subsidiary  
to non-controlling interest

Transactions with non-controlling interests

Return of capital

Equity transfer from members on issue of share  
capital in a subsidiary

Reclassification of a fair value investment to an associate 

Total equity at the end of the year 
31 July 2021

 – 

405

(37,084)

(37,709)

(2,421)

 – 

(2,155)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

(1,043)

 – 

(3,971)

 – 

 – 

–

(121,028)

(19,303)

(140,331)

 3,945 

(638)

(37,084)

(41,680)

(2,421)

 – 

(2,155)

6,613

22

 – 

10,558

(616)

(37,084)

173,237

131,557

(4,854)

(7,275)

2,315

–

2,315

(2,155)

47,177

4,201,400

(155,144)

4,093,433

1,060,148

5,153,581

1  After the elimination of $25 million (43.3% of the Parent Entity dividend paid to Brickworks).

The above Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

8181

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
 for the year ended 31 July 2022 

Notes

2022
$’000

2021
$’000

Cash flows from operating activities
Receipts from customers inclusive of GST
Payments to suppliers and employees inclusive of GST 

Dividends received
Interest received
Interest on lease liabilities
Payments for financial assets held for trading 
Proceeds from sale of financial assets held for trading 
Acquisition costs expensed
Finance costs paid
Income taxes (paid)/refund

2,676,804
(1,298,153)

1,378,651

192,092
13,057
(5,597)
(733,888)
434,626
(2,856)
(18,910)
(64,653)

Net cash inflow from operating activities

25

1,192,522

Cash flows from investing activities
Payments for property, plant, equipment and intangibles
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and intangibles
Payments for capitalised exploration and evaluation activities
Payments for acquisition and development of investment properties
Proceeds from sale of investment properties
Payments for equity investments
Proceeds from sale of equity investments
Payments to acquire equity accounted associates
Cash flow from acquisition of business, net of cash acquired
Payments for deferred consideration
Proceeds from sale of business, net of cash received
Payments for security and bond guarantee
New Hope cash balance deconsolidated
Loan repayments from external parties
Loans advanced to external parties
Term deposit payment

Net cash outflow from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Dividends paid to WHSP shareholders
Dividends paid by subsidiaries to non-controlling interests
Proceeds from external borrowings
Repayments of external borrowings
Return of capital to non-controlling interest
Principal repayments of lease liabilities
Proceeds from part sale of shares in a subsidiary and joint venture
Proceeds from issue of convertible notes
Payment of shares acquired for the employee long term incentive plan
Transactions with subsidiaries non-controlling interest

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the financial year
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

2

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the financial year

25

The above Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

82

(162,321)
28,205
(19,316)
(35,585)
4,424
(458,372)
976,533
(31,200)
(78,792)
(1,601)
86,818
(1,012)
(715,894)
140,375
(118,735)
(100,000)

(486,473)

(234,563)
(185,437)
79,295
(451,420)
 – 
(19,806)
 – 
 – 
(2,586)
 750 

(813,767)

(107,718)
610,324
3,721

506,327

1,477,683
(1,015,846)

461,837

101,229
10,573
(6,909)
(219,524)
165,514
 – 
(17,034)
19,029

514,715

(167,006)
24,060
(14,546)
(7,952)
28,273
(120,553)
50,020
(4,674)
 – 
(17,060)
62
(4,786)
 – 
34,863
(209,475)
 – 

(408,774)

(146,031)
(19,306)
202,899
(392,380)
(7,275)
(26,954)
132,034
416,791
(4,123)
2,338

157,993

263,934
344,813
1,577

610,324

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Notes to the  
Financial Statements

01  Basis of preparation

This financial report is a general purpose financial report, which:

 1 has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Corporations Act 2001, Australian 
Accounting Standards and other authoritative pronouncements of the Australian Accounting 
Standards Board (AASB);

 1 complies with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International 

Accounting Standards Board (IASB);
 1 has been prepared on a for profit basis;
 1 is presented in Australian dollars with all values rounded to the nearest thousand dollars ($’000), 

or in certain cases, to the nearest dollar, unless otherwise stated, in accordance with ASIC 
Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191;

 1 presents reclassified comparative information where required for consistency with the current 

year’s presentation;

 1 adopts all new and amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations issued by the AASB that 
are relevant to the operations of the Group and effective for reporting periods beginning on or 
after 1 August 2021;

 1 does not adopt any Accounting Standards and Interpretations that have been issued or 

amended but are not yet effective. Refer to Note 36 – New or amended accounting standards 
and interpretations for more information;

 1 has been prepared on a historical cost basis except for certain items, which are measured on an 

alternative basis, identified in the accounting policies;

 1 where Parent Entity information is disclosed, relevant accounting policies are described when 

different to the Group accounting policies;

 1 On 29 July 2022, the Group determined that it no longer controlled New Hope Corporation 

Limited (New Hope). As a result, the balances of New Hope were derecognised from the Group 
at that date. Refer to Note 35a for details.

RECLASSIFICATION OF COMPARATIVE INFORMATION
Prior period information has been reclassified where appropriate, to enhance the comparability with current year 
disclosures. A summary of such reclassifications is provided below:

 1 Changes in reporting segments

Following the acquisition of Milton during the reporting period, the Consolidated Entity has amended its 
segment disclosures to more accurately reflect the current information provided to the Chief Operating 
Decision Maker (refer to Note 3). The comparative segment and revenue disclosures have been updated to  
be consistent with the current period segment disclosures.

 1 Discontinued operations

Discontinued operations are excluded from the results of continuing operations and are presented as a single 
amount as Profit after income tax expense from discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income. 

OTHER ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Significant and other accounting policies relevant to gaining an understanding of the financial statements have 
been grouped with the relevant notes to the financial statements.

8383

Notes to the Financial Statements

01  Basis of preparation (continued)

Key judgements and estimates
The preparation of financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management 
to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of 
judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed 
within the following notes:

Note reference

Key judgements and estimates

Note 4

Note 6

Note 8

Note 10

Note 15

Note 17

Note 18

Note 19

Note 21

Note 24

Note 30

Note 35a

Note 35b

Note 35e

Provisional pricing arrangements – sale of commodities
Revenue recognised over time – supply of engineering services and projects

Recoverable value of non-current assets

Recoverable value of deferred tax assets

Recoverable value of inventories

Recoverable value of investments in associates
Equity accounting of Brickworks
Equity accounting of New Hope

Fair value of investment properties

Impairment assessments of property, plant and equipment
Estimation of coal, ore and oil reserves and resources (New Hope and Round Oak)
Assessment of recoverable value of New Hope Queensland coal mining operations
Assessment of recoverable value of New Hope Port operations CGU
Assessment of recoverable value of Round Oak capitalised mine development costs and  
associated plant and equipment

Exploration and evaluation expenditure

Impairment of intangible assets

Determination of reserves estimates and rehabilitation costs

Financial assets (level 3) – valuation techniques

Deconsolidation of New Hope

Business combinations – acquisition fair value

Classification of joint arrangements

Page

90

95

104

107

117

122

127

128

137

141

155

163

168

173

84

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 202202  Payment of Dividends to Shareholders

ACCOUNTING POLICY
A liability is recognised for any dividend declared on or before the end of the reporting period but not distributed at the reporting date. 
Dividends declared by the Directors after the end of the reporting period, are not recognised as a liability.

2022
$’000

2021
$’000

a)  Dividends paid during the year 

Final dividend for the year ended 31 July 2021 of 36 cents (2020: 35 cents) per fully paid 
ordinary share paid on 14 December 2021 (2020: 14 December 2020) fully franked

Interim dividend for the year ended 31 July 2022 of 29 cents (2021: 26 cents) per fully 
paid ordinary share paid on 13 May 2022 (2021: 14 May 2021) fully franked

Total dividends paid

129,912

83,788

104,651

234,563

62,243

146,031

b)  Dividends not recognised at year end 

In addition to the above dividends, since year end the Directors have resolved to pay:

A final dividend of 43 cents per fully paid ordinary share, (2021: 36 cents) fully franked

A special dividend of 15 cents per fully paid ordinary share, fully franked 

Both dividends are due to be paid on 12 December 2022 (2021: 14 December 2021) 
out of retained profits as at 31 July 2022. As these dividends were not declared by the 
Directors until 21 September 2022, a provision was not recognised as at 31 July 2022.

155,216

54,145

129,912

–

209,361

129,912

c)  Franking of dividends 

The final and special dividends for 31 July 2022 will be franked out of existing franking 
credits or out of franking credits arising from the payment of income tax in the year 
ending 31 July 2023.

Franking credits available for future dividend payments

Franking credits available for subsequent financial years based on an Australian 
company tax rate of 30% (2021: 30%).

Subsequent to year end, the franking account will be reduced by the final and special 
dividends to be paid on 12 December 2022 (2021: 14 December 2021)

Balance of franking credits available after payment of the final dividend

777,112

628,911

 (89,726)

687,386

 (55,676)

573,235

No dividend reinvestment plan was in operation during the reporting period.

On 5 October 2021, as part of the implementation of the Scheme of Arrangement between the Company and Milton, the 
Company issued 121,470,772 ordinary shares to Milton’s shareholders.

On 31 May 2022, the Company issued 101,771 shares under a share sale deed as part consideration for the acquisition  
of shares in Ampcontrol Limited (Ampcontrol). This increased the total number of ordinary shares on issue at the end of 
the reporting period to 360,967,863 (2021: 239,395,320). This has resulted in a significant increase in the total dollar value of 
subsequent dividends paid or declared by the Company to its shareholders.

8585

Notes to the Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

03  Segment Information 

Strategic Investments 
Portfolio

TPG Telecom Limited 
Long term equity Investment
WHSP: 12.6% 

Brickworks Limited 

Associate
WHSP: 43.3%

ASX: TPG

ASX: BKW

New Hope Corporation Limited 

ASX: NHC

Associate
WHSP: 39.9%

TUAS Limited 

Associate
WHSP: 25.4%

ASX: TUA

Apex Healthcare Berhad 

KLSE: AHEALTH

Associate
WHSP: 29.8%

Pengana Capital Group Limited 

ASX: PCG

Associate
WHSP: 37.0%

Aeris Resources Limited 

ASX: AIS

Associate
WHSP: 30.3%

Private Equity
Portfolio

WHSP Agricultural Holdings
Subsidiary  WHSP: 95%

WHSP Water Holdings Trust

Subsidiary  WHSP: 100% 

Aquatic Achievers

Subsidiary  WHSP: 100% 

Ironbark Investment Partners Pty Ltd

Associate  WHSP: 33.5% 

Ampcontrol Limited

Subsidiary  WHSP: 100% 

86

Property
Portfolio

Direct Property 
Investments
Subsidiaries

Property
Joint Ventures
Associates

Large Caps 
Portfolio

ASX 200

Listed Investment 
Companies

WHSP GROUP
(CONSOLIDATED ENTITY)

Structured 
Yield 
Portfolio

Corporate
Loans

Hybrid Debt
Instruments

Emerging 
Company
Portfolio

Below ASX 100 
listed equities

Pre-IPO 
equities

Convertible
Notes

Net Working 
Capital

Cash
Interest bearing
liabilities
Other receivables
Other net assets
Hybrid 
instruments

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Segment reporting
The Consolidated Entity is an investment house that operates within six segments based on its investment portfolio allocation. 
All segments are predominately based in Australia.

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the Chief Operating Decision 
Maker (CODM). The CODM, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segments, 
has been identified as the Board of the Parent Entity.

Change in reporting segments 
Following the acquisition of Milton during the reporting period, the Consolidated Entity has amended its segment disclosures 
to more accurately reflect the current information provided to the CODM and the changes to how the CODM manages and 
assesses the performance of the operating segments. The information provided to the CODM has changed since the prior 
period and therefore it was appropriate to update the segment disclosure to reflect these changes. The comparative segment 
disclosures have been updated to be consistent with the current period segment disclosures.

In accordance with AASB 8 Operating Segments, the Consolidated Entity has identified its operating segments to be the following:

Strategic portfolio

Comprises significant investments in uncorrelated listed companies where WHSP has board representation. The strategic 
portfolio includes holdings in TPG Telecom Limited, New Hope Corporation Limited (New Hope), Brickworks, Tuas Limited,  
Apex Healthcare Berhad, Aeris Resources Limited (AIS) and Pengana Capital Group Limited (Pengana). The consolidated results 
are impacted by the appropriate accounting methodology that applies to each investment.

The investment in TPG Telecom Limited is held at Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income. New Hope was consolidated 
throughout the previous reporting period and during the current reporting period up to and including 29 July 2022. However, 
the directors of the Parent Entity concluded that the Consolidated Entity lost control of New Hope on 29 July 2022. New 
Hope has been equity accounted from that date (Refer to Note 35a). All other investments in the strategic portfolio are equity 
accounted. As noted below, the Strategic portfolio includes the Consolidated Entity’s share of AIS from 1 July 2022.

Large caps portfolio

This is an actively managed, Australian listed equities portfolio. The portfolio seeks to generate consistent income and capital 
growth over the long term. It does not aim to replicate any stock market index.

Emerging companies portfolio

The strategy of this portfolio is to invest in attractive, early stage and high growth companies that are listed, about to undertake 
an Initial Public Offering (IPO) or are at a pre-IPO stage. It aims to provide exposure to fast growing companies often benefitting 
from structural changes and trends in the domestic and global economy.

Private equity portfolio

Includes long term investments in unlisted companies to support their future growth. Ampcontrol, Agricultural investments 
and Aquatic Achievers are consolidated. Ironbark Investment Partners Pty Limited is equity accounted. Round Oak Minerals Pty 
Limited (Round Oak) was sold during the current reporting period to AIS in exchange for cash and shares. The Group’s resulting 
investment is accounted for as an associate and is included in the Strategic portfolio as at 31 July 2022.

Structured yield portfolio

The structured yield portfolio contains investments in corporate loans and hybrid instruments. The portfolio can invest in 
different types of financial instruments across an investee’s capital structure to optimise the portfolio’s risk adjusted returns. 
Investments are usually structured as loans and convertible notes with an ongoing cash yield, strong asset backing and seniority 
to equity investors. 

Property portfolio

The property portfolio largely comprises direct investments that are actively managed with an aim of generating superior  
long term returns from passive ownership. The portfolio also includes investments in property development joint ventures.

8787

Notes to the Financial Statements

03  Segment Information (continued)

c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

o

i
l

o
f
t
r
o
p

$’000

s
p
a
c
e
g
r
a
L

o

i
l

o
f
t
r
o
p

$’000

s
e
i
n
a
p
m
o
c

i

g
n
g
r
e
m
E

o

i
l

o
f
t
r
o
p

e
t
a
v
i
r
P

y
t
i
u
q
e

o

i
l

o
f
t
r
o
p

$’000

$’000

d
e
r
u
t
c
u
r
t
S

o

i
l

o
f
t
r
o
p

d
l
e
i
y

$’000

y
t
r
e
p
o
r
P

o

i
l

o
f
t
r
o
p

$’000

/
t
n
e
m
g
e
s
r
e
t
n
I

1
d
e
t
a
c
o

l
l
a
n
u

$’000

d
e
t
a
d

i
l

o
s
n
o
C

$’000

2,519,836

143,026

3,637

92,738

18,266

3,495

3,564

2,784,562

1,308,240

143,026

(12,783)

39,513

12,284

32,828

(1,030,665)

492,443

–

–

–

64,001

–

–

–

64,001

Reporting Segments

Year ended 31 July 2022
Revenue from continuing 
operations

Profit/(loss) after tax from 
continuing operations
Profit after tax from 
discontinued operations2

Profit/(loss) after tax for the year 

1,308,240

143,026

(12,783)

103,514

12,284

32,828

(1,030,665)

556,444

Less: (Profit)/loss attributable 
to non-controlling interests 

Profit/(loss) after tax 
attributable to members

Segment Assets
Segment Liabilities

(569,375)

–

–

(11)

–

1

–

(569,385)

738,865

143,026

(12,783)

103,503

12,284

32,829

(1,030,665)

 (12,941)

4,003,960
(860,874)

3,326,452
–

646,528
(7,602)

809,114
(223,956)

264,893
(1,287)

225,064
(11,609)

612,322
(324,106)

9,888,333
(1,429,434)

Net assets

3,143,086

3,326,452

638,926

585,158

263,606

213,455

288,216

8,458,899

c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

o

i
l

o
f
t
r
o
p

$’000

s
p
a
c
e
g
r
a
L

o

i
l

o
f
t
r
o
p

$’000

s
e
i
n
a
p
m
o
c

i

g
n
g
r
e
m
E

o

i
l

o
f
t
r
o
p

e
t
a
v
i
r
P

y
t
i
u
q
e

o

i
l

o
f
t
r
o
p

$’000

$’000

d
e
r
u
t
c
u
r
t
S

o

i
l

o
f
t
r
o
p

d
l
e
i
y

$’000

y
t
r
e
p
o
r
P

o

i
l

o
f
t
r
o
p

$’000

/
t
n
e
m
g
e
s
r
e
t
n
I

3
d
e
t
a
c
o

l
l
a
n
u

$’000

d
e
t
a
d

i
l

o
s
n
o
C

$’000

1,069,018

19,895

2,868

35,659

14,088

6,159

721

1,148,408

178,435

19,650

66,449

8,972

(1,620)

5,005

(21,421)

255,470

–

–

–

178,435

19,650

66,449

64,969

73,941

–

–

–

64,969

(1,620)

5,005

(21,421)

320,439

(47,497)

–

–

10

–

244

–

(47,243)

130,938

19,650

66,449

73,951

(1,620)

5,249

(21,421)

273,196

Reporting Segments

Year ended 31 July 2021
Revenue from continuing 
operations

Profit/(loss) after tax from 
continuing operations
Profit after tax from 
discontinued operations2

Profit/(loss) after tax for the year 
Less: (Profit)/loss attributable to 
non-controlling interests 

Profit/(loss) after tax attributable 
to members

Segment Assets
Segment Liabilities

5,186,585
(1,503,023)

646,805
(96,874)

376,050
(27,809)

651,151
(169,020)

343,552
(8)

103,356
(989)

190,988
(547,183)

7,498,487
(2,344,906)

Net assets

3,683,562

549,931

348,241

482,131

343,544

102,367

(356,195)

5,153,581

1  Unallocated represents Parent Entity revenue and corporate costs that are not allocated to individual segments. In the current year, unallocated also includes  

an impairment of $984.6 million goodwill arising from the acquisition of Milton. Refer to Note 35b.

2  Refer to Note 35c.

88

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
04  Revenue

ACCOUNTING POLICY

Revenue from contracts with customers
Revenue is recognised at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Consolidated Entity is expected to be entitled in exchange 
for transferring goods or services to a customer. For each contract with a customer, the Consolidated Entity identifies the contract with 
the customer; identifies the performance obligations in the contract; determines the transaction price which takes into account estimates 
of variable consideration and the time value of money; allocates the transaction price to the separate performance obligations on the 
basis of the relative stand-alone selling price of each distinct goods and service to be delivered; and recognises revenue when or as each 
performance obligation is satisfied in a manner that depicts the transfer to the customer of the goods or services performed.

Variable consideration within the transaction price, if any, reflects concessions provided to the customer such as discounts, rebates 
and refunds and any other contingent events. Such estimates are determined using either the ‘expected value’ or ‘most likely amount’ 
method. The measurement of variable consideration is subject to a constraining principle whereby revenue will only be recognised to 
the extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal will not occur. The measurement constraint continues until the uncertainty 
associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved.

The Group recognises revenue from sales from contracts with customers as follows:

 1 Coal sales revenue is recognised at a point in time when control of the products has been transferred to the customer in 

accordance with the sale terms, when the risks and benefits of ownership has transferred. The legal title, risks and rewards, and 
therefore the fulfillment of performance obligations normally occurs at the time of loading the shipment for export sales, and 
generally at the time the coal is delivered to the customer for domestic sales. Coal sales are reflected at final prices by the end of 
the reporting period, except for certain coal sales that are provisionally priced at the date revenue is recognised, which include a 
future price reference that is adjusted for discount and quantity.

 1 Oil sales revenue is recognised at the point in time when control of the products has been transferred to the customer in 

accordance with the sales terms, when the risks and benefits of ownership have transferred. This is normally when the oil is 
delivered to the customer.

 1 Copper, zinc and gold sales revenue is initially recognised at estimated sales value when the control and the risks of ownership 

of the product are passed to the customer. Adjustments are made for changes in commodity prices, assays, weight and currency 
between the time of the sale and the time of the final settlement of sales proceeds.

 1 Revenue from sale of agricultural products is recognised at the point in time when the customer obtains control of the goods, which 
is generally at the time of delivery. This is easily identifiable where a commodity is harvested and sold to separate counterparties 
for full contract price upon delivery. There are no specified performance obligations as all product is provided at contract. Where 
the sale of goods are subject to supply contracts consisting of pool allocations (whereby a commodity is allocated to distribution 
pools based on class of variety, size and distribution channel), revenue is recognised for interim pool payments as notified and 
paid by the purchaser within 15 days of delivery, and final pool payments upon receipt of final net proceeds once the uncertainty 
is resolved. Where final pool payments straddle reporting years, revenue is recognised when the commodity has been delivered to 
the distribution house and control has been deemed to have passed. Best estimates of the most likely amount to be received for the 
commodity at that point in time based on weighted average pricing including a risk margin and taking into consideration expected 
grade are used to determine the revenue amount. Adjustment to revenue are made upon determination of the final payments.

 1 Revenue from integrated electrical, electronic and control solutions is recognised at a point in time when the performance 

obligation is satisfied upon transfer of control, which is generally at the time of delivery. 
 1 Revenue from hire contracts is recognised on a straight line basis over the contract period. 
 1 Revenue from the sale of other goods (net of returns, discounts and allowances) is recognised when control has transferred to the 
customer in accordance with the sales terms. Where a sale is settled through instalments, interest revenue is recognised over the 
contract term, using the effective interest rate method.

 1 Rental income is recognised on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
 1 Swimming fee revenue is recognised when the customer attends a swimming lesson and consumes the benefit of this service.
 1 Service fee income, including consulting and management fee income, is recognised as revenue over time as the services are 

performed.

Other revenue

 1 Interest revenue is recognised on a time proportion basis using the effective interest method.
 1 Dividend income is taken into revenue when the right to receive payment is established. As earnings from subsidiaries and 

associates are included in consolidated profit, dividends from subsidiaries and associates are not included in consolidated revenue.
 1 Government grants relating to costs are deferred and recognised in profit or loss over the period necessary to match them with the 

costs that they are intended to compensate.

8989

Notes to the Financial Statements

04  Revenue (continued)

KEY JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES
Provisional pricing arrangements – sale of commodities
Judgement is required to determine the provisional transaction price for each shipment at the port of loading, having regard for variability 
in the precise quantity and quality of the commodity being delivered and estimated forward market prices at the end of quotational 
periods. Variable consideration is determined using either the “expected value” or “most likely amount” method. Further judgement will 
be required to determine whether variable consideration is subject to significant reversal. This might be particularly relevant where the 
final quality of products will not be known until testing at its destination. Provisionally priced sales are repriced at each reporting period 
with the difference taken to profit and loss until final pricing and settlement is confirmed based on final quality of products delivered and 
testing at its destination. The period between provisional pricing and final invoice is generally between 30 to 180 days.

Revenue recognised over time – supply of engineering services and projects
Judgement is required by management to best estimate revenue over time and related receivables of each contract’s outcome including 
costs incurred and its stage of completion. This includes the assessment of the probability of on-going construction contracts. For more 
long term complex contracts, cost to complete and contract profitability are subject to significant estimation uncertainty.

Revenue from contracts with customers
Revenue from sale of goods 
Revenue from provisional pricing adjustments
Rental revenue
Revenue from services

Other revenue
Dividend and distribution revenue 
Interest revenue 
Other

Total revenue

2022
$’000

2,120,206
382,498
5,309
52,226

2021
$’000

996,495
42,341
6,135
28,012

 2,560,239 

 1,072,983 

 194,691 
 20,577 
 9,055 

 224,323 

51,456
12,733
11,236

75,425

 2,784,562 

1,148,408

90

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Revenue from contracts with customers
Disaggregation of revenue

The Consolidated Entity presents disaggregated revenue based on what each major strategic investment provided to customers 
and the timing of transfer of goods and services.

Year ended 31 July 2022

Major product lines
Coal, oil and gas
Other goods and services 

Total revenue from contracts with customers1
Other revenue

Strategic 
Portfolio
$’000

 2,454,253 
 17,174 

 2,471,427 
 48,409 

Private 
Equity 
Portfolio
$’000

 – 
 85,053 

 85,053 
 7,686 

Other 
activities
$’000

 – 
 3,759 

 3,759 
 168,228 

Total
$’000

 2,454,253 
 105,986 

 2,560,239 
 224,323 

Total revenue 

 2,519,836 

 92,739 

 171,987 

 2,784,562 

Total revenue from contracts with  
customers by geographical regions
Australia
Japan
Taiwan
Korea
India
Chile 
Other2

Total revenue from contracts with customers1

Timing of revenue recognition from  
contracts with customers
Goods and services transferred at a point in time
Goods and services transferred over time

Total revenue from contracts with customers

 155,343 
 1,223,591 
 613,131 
 76,278 
 14,680 
 39,006 
 349,398 

 2,471,427 

 2,454,253 
 17,174 

 2,471,427 

 82,198 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 2,855 

 85,053 

 65,126 
 19,927 

 85,053 

 3,759 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 241,300 
 1,223,591 
 613,131 
 76,278 
 14,680 
 39,006 
 352,253 

 3,759 

 2,560,239 

 945 
 2,814 

 2,520,324 
 39,915 

 3,759 

 2,560,239 

1  Revenue from customer contracts includes income from commodity sales and services.
2   Other revenue from customer contracts relates to third party customer contracts with undisclosed geographical information.

Major product lines

Revenue from contracts with customers come from the Group’s various consolidated entities including the sale of coal, oil, gas 
(New Hope), agricultural goods (WHSP Agricultural Trust), electrical and electronic engineering equipment, the provision of 
electrical engineering services (Ampcontrol), and provision of teaching services (Aquatic Achievers).

Major customer

Revenues of $277.35 million (2021: $161.91 million) are derived from one (2021: one) external customer of New Hope, 
representing 13% (2021: 16%) of Total Revenue from Customer Contracts. These revenues are attributed to the Taiwan 
geographical region (2021: Taiwan). There are no other individual customers which represent more than 10% of revenue from 
customer contracts for the period ended 31 July 2022.

9191

Notes to the Financial Statements

04  Revenue (continued)

Revenue from contracts with customers (continued)

Major customer (continued)

Year ended 31 July 2021

Major product lines
Coal, oil and gas
Other goods and services 

Total revenue from contracts with customers1
Other revenue

Total revenue 

Total revenue from contracts with  
customers by geographical regions
Australia
Japan
China
Taiwan
Korea
Chile 
India
Vietnam
Other2

Strategic 
Portfolio
$’000

 1,025,869 
 13,735 

 1,039,604 
 29,414 

 1,069,018 

 87,883 
 434,697 
 20,869 
 239,727 
 61,643 
 63,371 
 59,291 
 15,885 
 56,238 

Total revenue from contracts with customers1

 1,039,604 

Timing of revenue recognition from  
contracts with customers
Goods and services transferred at a point in time
Goods and services transferred over time

Total revenue from contracts with customers

 1,025,869 
 13,735 

 1,039,604 

Private 
Equity 
Portfolio
$’000

 – 
 28,984 

 28,984 
 6,676 

 35,660 

 28,984 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 28,984 

 28,318 
 666 

 28,984 

Other 
activities
$’000

 – 
 4,395 

 4,395 
 39,335 

Total
$’000

 1,025,869 
 47,114 

 1,072,983 
 75,425 

 43,730 

 1,148,408 

 4,395 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 4,395 

 8 
 4,387 

 4,395 

 121,262 
 434,697 
 20,869 
 239,727 
 61,643 
 63,371 
 59,291 
 15,885 
 56,238 

 1,072,983 

 1,054,195 
 18,788 

 1,072,983 

1  Revenue from Customers Contracts includes income from commodity sales and services.
2  Other Revenue from Customer Contracts relates to third party customer contracts with undisclosed geographical information.

92

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 202205  Other income

ACCOUNTING POLICY
Other income includes gains or losses made on:

 1 changes in fair value for certain assets including financial assets held for trading, biological assets and investment properties;
 1 the sale of assets including the sale of financial assets held for trading, investment properties and equity accounted associates.  

The gain or loss is calculated as the difference between the proceeds received and the carrying value of the asset; 

 1 deemed disposal of equity accounted associates. This occurs when the Group’s percentage holding in an associate decreases, with 

no loss of significant influence and no legal disposal of shares by the Group. The Group continues to equity account for the associate; 
and

 1 gains and losses from loss of control of subsidiaries, and from other changes in classification of investments.

Gain on fair value of biological assets
(Loss)/gain on financial assets held for trading at fair value through profit or loss
(Loss)/gain on sale of property, plant and equipment
Gain on disposal of an associate
Gain on derecognition of equity accounted associates
(Loss)/gain on deemed disposal of equity accounted associates
Reclassification adjustment from reserves on derecognition of an associate
Gain from loss of control of a subsidiary
Gain on revaluation of investment property
(Loss) on sale of investment properties
Gain on sale of other investments
Insurance recoveries
Other

2022
$’000

22,463
(36,582)
(831)
6,131
22,091
(2,019)
–
490,620
51,918
 – 
6,899
1,067
(1,402)

 560,355 

2021
$’000

11,114
107,194
3,283
 – 
 – 
7,373
3,643
 – 
3,600
(873)
 – 
5,739
2,134

143,207

9393

06  Expenses

ACCOUNTING POLICY
Depreciation and amortisation expense
Depreciation and amortisation expenses are non-cash expenses and represent the allocation of the cost of certain fixed assets such as 
buildings, plant and equipment, mining reserves and development and right-of-use assets, over the time that the asset is expected to 
generate revenue for the Group.

Different depreciation and amortisation rates apply to each asset and are included in the notes for each asset.

Impairment expense
Impairment charges are non-cash expenses and are recognised when the carrying value of an asset or group of assets exceeds its 
recoverable amount determined based on the value in use or sale of the asset. Recoverable amount assessment methodology is 
discussed within the notes for each relevant asset class.

Impairment charges are generally expensed to profit or loss. For certain assets where the asset has been previously revalued through 
other comprehensive income, the reduction in value is recognised as a reversal through other comprehensive income to the extent of 
the previous revaluation, and any residual is recognised as an impairment expense.

An impairment expense recognised on goodwill is permanent and is prohibited from being reversed.

For all other assets, an assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether an impairment charge recognised in a prior period no 
longer exists or has decreased and a reversal recorded as applicable in the profit or loss or other comprehensive income. The reversal 
does not increase the carrying value of the assets above its net book value had the asset continued depreciating.

Employee benefits expenses
Employee benefits expense includes the payment of salary and wages (including the value of non-cash benefits such as share based 
payments), sick leave, superannuation and accruals for annual leave and long service leave.

Finance costs
Finance costs are expensed when incurred, except for interest incurred on borrowings that relate to the construction of investment 
properties. This interest is included in the cost of the properties.

Exploration costs expensed
Exploration costs that do not satisfy the criteria to be capitalised are expensed. Refer to Note 19 for discussion on the criteria.

94

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Profit before income tax includes the following specific expenses:

2022
$’000

2021
$’000

Depreciation
Buildings
Plant and equipment
Bearer plants
Right-of-use assets

Total depreciation

Amortisation
Mining reserve and mine development
Intangible assets
Oil producing assets
Lease incentive and leasing fee assets

Total amortisation

Impairment reversal/(expense)1
Goodwill
Equity accounted associates
Property, plant and equipment (including mine development costs)
Land and buildings
Exploration and evaluation assets
Right-of-use assets
Intangibles
Other assets

Total impairment expense

Operating lease costs expensed2

Employee benefits expenses3

Finance costs4

Exploration costs expensed5

Onerous contract6

Redundancy costs7

Other expenses8

(4,029)
(63,488)
(2,399)
(12,279)

 (82,195)

(63,825)
(4,365)
(4,946)
 – 

 (73,136)

(984,565)
(14,374)
1,208
 – 
(4,989)
 – 
589
(1,321)

(1,003,452)

(242)

(186,170)

(37,381)

 – 

 – 

(5,491)

(10,132)

(3,238)
(63,036)
(1,826)
(11,545)

(79,645)

(67,301)
(4,075)
(5,529)
(22)

(76,927)

 – 
25,322
(33,484)
(9,053)
(1,248)
(2,136)
(915)
(683)

(22,197)

(631)

(166,407)

(34,896)

(8,499)

(37,276)

(15,733)

(24,288)

KEY JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES
Recoverable value of non-current assets
The assessments of the recoverable value of non-current assets involves significant areas of estimation and judgement by management. 
Valuations have an element of uncertainty and therefore may not reflect the actual values of these assets in the future.

9595

06  Expenses (continued)

1.   Impairment expense
Impairment expenses by segment and by asset class is shown in the table below:

Year ended 31 July 2022

Impairment reversals/(expense)
Goodwill on acquisition of Milton 
Corporation Limiteda
Equity accounted associatesb
Property, plant and equipment 
(including mine development costs)c
Exploration and evaluation assets
Intangibles
Other assets

Year ended 31 July 2021

Impairment reversals/(expense)
Equity accounted associates
Property, plant and equipment 
(including mine development costs)
Land and buildings
Exploration and evaluation assets
Right-of-use-assets
Intangibles
Other assets

Strategic 
Portfolio
$’000

Emerging 
portfolio
$’000

Private 
Equity 
Portfolio
$’000

Property 
portfolio
$’000

Other 
investing 
activities
$’000

Total
$’000

 – 

 – 

 – 

 4,117 
 – 

(4,989)
 – 
 – 

(11,915)
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

(6,576)
 1,208 

 – 
 589 
(247)

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
(1,074)

(984,565)

(984,565)

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

(14,374)
1,208

(4,989)
589
(1,321)

 (872)

 (11,915)

 (5,026)

 (1,074)

 (984,565)

 (1,003,452)

 25,322 
(31,576)

(9,053)
(1,248)
(2,136)
 – 
(683)

 (19,374)

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
(1,908)

 – 
 – 
 – 
(915)
 – 

 (2,823)

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

25,322
(33,484)

(9,053)
(1,248)
(2,136)
(915)
(683)

 (22,197)

a)  Milton acquisition goodwill impairment

Milton was a listed investment company, substantially invested in liquid Australian listed equities, whose fair value is determined 
by reference to quoted market prices in active, public stock markets.

The Group acquired Milton on 5 October 2021.

The fair value of Milton’s identifiable assets and liabilities was provisionally determined at $3,804 million based on the 
requirements of AASB 3 Business Combinations and AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement and following a comprehensive valuation 
process which included the assistance of external valuation consultants.

Consideration for the Milton acquisition was determined as follows:

 1 An all-share exchange that gave Milton shareholders 0.1863 Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited shares for 

every Milton share they owned. On 5 October 2021, WHSP issued 121,470,772 shares; and,

 1 WHSP closing share price of $38.20 on 5 October 2021. It is a requirement of AASB 3 that the value of the consideration be 
based on the WHSP share price as at the date WHSP obtained control of Milton. From the date of announcing the proposed 
transaction (22 June 2021) to its completion on 5 October 2021, the WHSP share price traded between $30.50 and $39.80. 
Since the acquisition to 31 July 2022, the WHSP share price has decreased, with a volume weighted average share price over 
this period of $28.18. 

 1 The total value of the purchase consideration was $4,630 million resulting in an excess of $984.57 million over the fair value of 
net identifiable assets acquired. The magnitude of the excess is due to the significant appreciation in the WHSP share price 
between the date of the announcement of the transaction and the date that WHSP obtained control over Milton.

In accordance with AASB 3, the Consolidated Entity is required to provisionally recognise goodwill on acquisition of $984.57 million 
that forms a part of the carrying value of the Large Caps Portfolio cash generating unit (CGU).

96

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Accounting standard AASB 136 Impairment of Assets, requires that CGUs containing goodwill be tested for impairment whenever 
there are indications that goodwill may be impaired. Indicators of impairment as at the date of acquisition include:

 1 There were no material net synergy benefits arising from the acquisition to support the carrying value of any goodwill. 
 1 Prior to the announcement of the proposed acquisition, Milton consistently traded at an implied discount to its pre-tax net 
assets. This discount arose as investors allowed for portfolio management costs and the implied deferred tax in the portfolio. 
If Milton had traded at a premium to net assets this would be an indicator that investors considered goodwill existed in the 
Milton Group prior to its acquisition by WHSP.

 1 There is no special value or know how in the Milton investment team over and above what WHSP has in house or could be 

hired in the market.

The recoverable amount of the Milton investment portfolio was measured based on fair value less costs to sell (as determined  
in accordance with AASB 13). The Directors believe the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired reflect their fair values as at the 
date WHSP took control.

Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the consideration, as calculated under AASB 3, and the fair value of the net assets acquired. 
Given the appreciation in the WHSP share price from the date of announcement of the transaction to the date which WHSP took 
control, together with the subsequent share price volatility, the Directors believe that an impairment to reduce the value of the 
goodwill on acquisition to $nil is an appropriate representation of the CGU’s recoverable amount. This is evidenced by the lower 
trading range of WHSP shares post acquisition. 

It is noted that the agreed terms of the transaction included a 10% premium to the net assets (post tax) of Milton. This was 
considered appropriate to ensure the successful completion of the transaction rather than representing recognition of future 
unidentifiable benefits attributable to the Milton acquisition.

Accordingly, the Consolidated Entity completed an impairment test of goodwill based on the results of the provisional purchase 
price allocation process (see Note 35b) and determined that all of the allocated goodwill was impaired as of the date of 
acquisition, therefore an impairment charge at acquisition of $984.57 million has been recorded.

b)  Impairment of equity accounted associates 

The recoverable amounts of investments in equity accounted associates have been assessed at each reporting period. Where 
the carrying value of an investment exceeds the recoverable amount, the investment is impaired. At each reporting date an 
assessment is also made as to whether there are any circumstances that would indicate that any impairment recognised has 
decreased or no longer exists. Where evidence supports a reduction in an impairment, the impairment expense may be reversed 
through the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. 

During the year ended 31 July 2022, an impairment expense of $11.92 million was recognised on the investment in Palla Pharma 
Limited (2021: $2.28 million) and $6.58 million on the investment in Heritage Brands Limited (2021: $nil). A reversal of impairment 
of $4.12 million was recognised for Pengana (2021: reversal of $27.60 million). 

c) 

Impairment of property, plant and equipment

An impairment loss on property, plant and equipment (including mine development costs and land and buildings) is recognised 
for the amount by which the asset’s carrying values exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an 
asset’s fair value less costs of disposal (FVLCD) and its value in use (VIU). For the purpose of assessing impairment under value 
in use testing, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows which are largely 
independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets (cash generating units or CGU’s). At each reporting date, 
an assessment is undertaken to determine if there are any circumstances that would indicate that an asset has been impaired. 
Individual business units adopt assumptions on pricing and exchange rates suitable for the markets in which they operate.

For the year ended 31 July 2022 New Hope recognised the following impairment expenses:

 1 Property, Plant & Equipment: $nil (2021: $30.19 million) and $nil (2021: $1.39 million) were recognised for the Queensland 
Coal Mining CGU of New Hope (refer to Note A below) and the Coal Exploration and Evaluation Assets CGU of New Hope 
(refer to Note B below) respectively.

 1 Queensland Coal Mining CGU buildings: $nil (2021: $9.05 million) was recognised (refer to Note A below). 

For the year ended 31 July 2022, an impairment reversal of $1.21 million (2021: impairment expense of $1.91 million)  
was recognised on the Group’s agricultural assets.

9797

06  Expenses (continued)

New Hope 
Further information on New Hope CGU recoverable amounts and impairment charges are set out in Note A and B below:

Note A: Queensland Coal Mining Operations CGU (Qld Coal CGU)

The Qld Coal CGU is predominantly comprised of the New Acland Coal Mine, which includes New Acland Stage 2 and New 
Acland Stage 3 (NAC03). New Hope determines the recoverable amount for the Qld Coal CGU based on a FVLCD calculation.  
This calculation uses discounted cashflow projections, adjusted with probability weightings specific to individual scenarios to 
derive a weighted average recoverable amount. 

The determination of FVLCD requires New Hope to make estimates and assumptions about the expected long term commodity 
prices, production timing and probabilities, tonnages and recovery rates, foreign exchange rates, operating costs, reserve and 
resource estimates, closure costs and discount rates. Estimates in respect of the timing of project expansions and the cost to 
complete asset construction are also critical to determining the recoverable amounts for CGUs. The fair value measurements 
used in these calculations are based on non-observable market data which are considered Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

The above judgements, estimates and assumptions are subject to risk and uncertainty and may change as new information 
becomes available. In particular, the increasing global focus on climate change and associated policy and regulatory risk may 
impact some of the above judgements, estimates and assumptions. In particular, future supply and demand for fossil fuels 
impacted by legislation and or regulation to a lower carbon economy may impact the commodity prices New Hope receives for 
its products in global energy markets and the commercial viability of its exploration and evaluation assets. Such changes may 
result in additional impairment indicators for New Hope’s assets and CGUs in the future. In the event the recoverable amount of 
assets is impacted by changes in these, the carrying amount of the assets may be further impaired with the impact recognised in 
the Statement of Comprehensive Income.

During the 2022 financial year New Hope continued to consider the potential impact that recent developments in the legal and 
regulatory environment in relation to NAC03 may have on the recoverable amount for the Qld Coal CGU and whether there were 
any further indicators of impairment or factors suggesting reversal of previously recognised impairments of NAC03. A summary 
of key events pertaining to NAC03 approvals since July 2021 are detailed below:

 1 On 17 December 2021, the Land Court of Queensland recommended that the Mining Leases and Environmental 

Authority amendment application be granted, subject to conditions;

 1 On 26 May 2022, the Coordinator-General issued her change report to the stated conditions for the Environmental 

Authority for NAC03;

 1 The Coordinator-General’s change report satisfies a condition to the Land Court of Queensland’s recommendation that 

NAC03’s Mining Leases and the Environmental Authority amendment be granted;

 1 On 28 June 2022, the Department of Environment and Science issued the New Acland Mine Stage 3 Environmental 

Authority. The Environmental Authority includes the Coordinator-General’s amended stated conditions in accordance 
with the Land Court of Queensland’s recommendation that New Acland Mine Stage 3’s Mining Leases and the 
Environmental Authority amendment application be granted; and

 1 On 26 August 2022, the Minister for Resources granted the New Acland Stage 3 Mining Leases, such that the associated 

water licence (AWL) remains the key outstanding approval. An Amended AWL application submitted on 19 January 2019, 
which progressed through public consultation and is with the Minister for decision.

No impairment indicators were identified during the period ended 31 July 2022, and therefore New Hope did not recognise an 
impairment charge in the Statement of Comprehensive Income (31 July 2021: $40.26 million).

Further considerations

The Qld Coal CGU has existing long term take-or-pay agreements for the supply of water. Should the remaining water license 
approval for New Acland Stage 3 not be granted and the operations be placed in long term care and maintenance or otherwise 
abandoned or disposed, an onerous contract may need to be recognised if the unavoidable costs of the contract cannot be 
mitigated. The take or pay agreement for rail that was in place in the prior comparative period expired in December 2021.

The Qld Coal CGU is a customer of the New Hope Port Operations CGU. In the event that there are circumstances which impact 
the Qld Coal CGU, this may be relevant to the recoverable value of the Port Operations CGU and will be a factor in any future 
impairment considerations. During the year ended 31 July 2022 no indicators of impairment were noted with regard to the Port 
Operations CGU. 

98

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Recoverable amount and impairment charge

Property, plant and equipment
Land and buildings – mining
Plant and equipment 
Mining reserves, leases and development assets 
Plant under construction

Intangibles
Software

Exploration and evaluation assets

Exploration and evaluation at cost

2022

2021

Recoverable 
amount 
$’000

Impairment 
expenses
$’000

Recoverable 
amount 
$’000

Impairment 
expenses
$’000

18,561
9,831
68
311

38

6,147

34,956

–
–
–
–

–

–

 – 

18,859
19,007
97
252

373

2,204

40,792

9,053
30,191
–
–

–

1,015

40,259

Note B: Coal Exploration and Evaluation Assets CGU

The recoverable amount of the Coal Exploration and Evaluation Assets CGU was determined based on a FVLCD calculation 
underpinned by a resource multiple. A resource multiple is considered the appropriate valuation methodology for an exploration 
asset of this type as it represents the price paid for the resources in market transactions for exploration tenures. New Hope 
determined that a resource multiple of $0.03 (2021: $0.03) be ascribed to the JORC resources. 

New Hope determined that an indicator of impairment existed as at 31 July 2022 in respect of the Yamala Coal Project. New 
Hope concluded the recoverable amount for the CGU was below its carrying value and an impairment charge of $4.99 million 
(2021: $nil) was recognised in the current reporting period.

New Hope determined that no indicators of impairment existed as at 31 July 2022 in respect of the North Surat Coal Exploration 
projects, and no impairment charge or reversal of impairment was recognised (2021: impairment charge of $1.62 million was 
recognised).

North Surat coal project

Exploration and evaluation
Property, plant and equipment

Yamala coal project

Exploration and evaluation

2022

2021

Recoverable 
amount 
$’000

Impairment 
expenses
$’000

Recoverable 
amount 
$’000

Impairment 
expenses
$’000

25,952
8,685

–

34,637

–
–

4,989

4,989

25,530
8,797

4,989

39,316

233
1,385

–

1,618

9999

 
06  Expenses (continued)

2.  Operating lease costs expensed
Lease payments made in relation to short term and low value leases are recognised as expenses on a straight line basis over the 
lease term.

3.  Employee benefits expenses
Employee benefits expenses represent expenses paid to all employees within the Group. This amount includes $141.69 million 
(2021: $150.04 million) paid to employees of New Hope. Employee benefits expenses also include superannuation expenses of 
$17.92 million (2021: $10.48 million).

4.  Finance costs
This amount includes $26.73 million (2021: $26.68 million) paid by New Hope, and $7.96 million (2021: $6.98 million) paid by the 
Parent Entity on interest bearing liabilities as well as the unwinding of the discount on provisions and interest expense in relation 
to leases liabilities.

5.  Exploration costs expensed
This amount relates to New Hope exploration costs expensed.

6.  Onerous contract
During the prior period ended 31 July 2021, New Hope recognised an expense of $37.28 million in respect of one onerous take-
or-pay contract that ended December 2021. The expense was recognised as a selling and distribution expense, and included 
actual costs paid during the period ended 31 July 2021 and estimated costs expected to be paid in future periods. During 2022, 
the provision for the onerous contract was fully unwound.

7.  Redundancy costs
During the current period ended 31 July 2022, New Hope incurred $5.49 million (2021: $15.73 million) in redundancy costs across 
its Queensland operations and corporate office as part of an overall group restructure. 

8.  Other expenses
During the current period ended 31 July 2022, New Hope incurred liquidation related expenses of $9.82 million (2021: $2.62 million) 
relating to the voluntary administration of the Northern Energy Corporation Limited and Colton Coal Pty Ltd. 

During the prior period ended 31 July 2021, other expenses mainly relate to $16.50 million write off of loan and interest to 
an external party, $2.67 million expected credit losses allowance on external loans, $2.62 million liquidation related expenses 
incurred by New Hope and $1.30 million loss on fair value recognition of a loan.

100

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 202207  Income tax expense

ACCOUNTING POLICY
The income tax expense or benefit for the year represents the tax payable on the current reporting period’s taxable income based on 
the Australian corporate income tax rate (30%) adjusted for changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to the temporary 
differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements, and unused tax losses.

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting 
period in the countries where the company’s subsidiaries and associates operate and generate taxable income. Management 
periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to 
interpretation. It establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Income taxes relating to items recognised directly in equity are recognised in equity and not in the profit or loss.

Tax consolidation legislation
Some of the entities within the Group have formed tax consolidated groups under the tax consolidation regime. The Australian Tax Office 
has been notified of these decisions.

Subsidiaries within the relevant tax consolidated groups continue to be responsible under tax funding agreements for funding their 
share of tax payments that are required to be made by the head entity in their tax consolidated group. These tax amounts are measured 
as if each entity within the tax consolidated group continues to be a stand-alone taxpayer in their own right.

Assets or liabilities arising under tax funding agreements with the tax consolidated entities are recognised as amounts receivable from or 
payable to other entities in the Group.

Any differences between the amounts assumed and amount receivable or payable under the tax funding agreements are recognised as 
a contribution to (or distribution from) wholly owned tax consolidated entities.

Intra-group balances and transactions are eliminated on consolidation.

a)  Income tax expense comprises:

Current income tax expense

Current year
(Over)/under provision in prior year

Deferred income tax expense

Related to the origination and reversal of temporary differences
Adjustment in respect of prior year's deferred tax (assets)/ 
liabilities previously not recognised

Income tax expense recognised in the profit or loss

Deferred tax included in income tax expense comprises:

(Increase)/decrease in deferred tax assets
Increase in deferred tax liabilities

2022
$’000

2021
$’000

425,287
(12,929)

353,780

(1,508)

 764,630 

(66,096)
419,876

 353,780 

22,023
6,313

62,393

1,235

91,964

2,083
60,310

62,393

101101

07  Income tax expense (continued)

b)   Reconciliation of prima facie tax expense  

to income tax expense:

Profit before income tax expense from continuing operations

Profit before income tax expense from discontinued operations

Tax at the Australian rate of 30% (2021: 30%)
Tax effect of amounts which are not deductible/(taxable) in calculating taxable income:

Net impairment expenses 
Franking credits received (excluding subsidiary and associate entities)
Tax effect of New Hope deconsolidation
Tax expense/(benefit) on the carrying value of equity accounted associates
(Over)/under provision for income tax
Non-taxable gain on disposal of subsidiary
Other

Total income tax expense

Effective tax rate:

Income tax expense reported in statement of profit or loss
Income tax expense attibutable to discontinued operations

c)  Amounts recognised directly in equity

Aggregate current and deferred tax arising in the year and not  
recognised in net profit or loss but directly charged or credited to equity

(Increase)/decrease to deferred tax assets
Decrease to deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax charged directly to equity

d)  Unrecognised deferred tax assets

Relating to the tax consolidated groups of:

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited
New Hope Corporation Limited

Total unrecognised deferred tax assets

Potential tax benefit at 30%

2022
$’000

2021
$’000

1,257,073

76,848

400,176

301,034
(85,395)
182,900
(183)
(11,373)
(10,209)
526

777,476

58.3%

764,630
12,846

347,434

94,841

132,683

–
(11,349)
–
(404)
797
–
109

121,836

27.5%

91,964
29,872

(21,141)
(104,923)

(126,064)

41,808
(103,452)

(61,644)

84,924
–

84,924

25,477

70,679
12,316

82,995

24,899

102

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 202208  Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities

ACCOUNTING POLICY
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated on the differences (temporary differences) between the carrying amount of assets and 
liabilities as recognised in the consolidated financial statements and their tax cost base multiplied by the tax rate expected to apply 
when these assets are recovered or liabilities are settled. The current Australian corporate tax rate applicable to the Group is 30%.

Deferred tax assets or liabilities are provided in full, using the liability method. An exception is made for certain temporary differences 
arising from the initial recognition of an asset or liability. No deferred tax asset or liability is recognised in relation to these temporary 
differences if they arose in a transaction, other than a business combination, that at the time of the transaction did not affect either 
accounting profit or taxable profit or loss.

Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that future taxable 
amounts will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities and when 
the deferred tax balances relate to the same taxation authority. Current tax assets and liabilities are offset where the entity has a legally 
enforceable right to offset and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised on equity accounted associates irrespective of whether they are held on a hold or sale basis. 
Deferred tax assets are only recognised on equity accounted associates if they are held on a sale basis and if the deferred tax asset is 
deemed to be recoverable.

a)   Deferred tax assets comprises temporary  

differences attributable to:
Provisions
Accrued expenses
Impairment losses
Captialised exploration
Property, plant and equipment
Tax value of losses carried-forward
Lease liabilities
Other
Long term equity investments
Share issue costs

Total deferred tax assets
Set-off of deferred tax liabilities pursuant to set-off provisions

Net deferred tax assets

Movements:
Opening balance at 1 August
Credited/(debited) to profit or loss from continuing operations
Credited/(debited) to profit or loss from discontinued operations
Credited/(debited) to equity
Business combinations
Deconsolidation of New Hope

Closing balance at 31 July 

2022
$’000

2021
$’000

12,777
726
1,403
 – 
811
137,182
3,468
6,027
308,706
 – 

471,100
(288,386)

 182,714 

168,292
66,096
32,912
21,141
322,608
(139,949)

471,100

104,672
44
 – 
750
15,673
6,736
33,035
6,041
1,331
10

168,292
(137,968)

30,324

221,795
(2,083)
(9,612)
(41,808)
 – 
 – 

168,292

103103

08  Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities (continued)

KEY ESTIMATE
Recoverable value of deferred tax assets 
Deferred tax assets have been recognised relating to carried forward capital losses, income losses and temporary differences, based 
on current tax rates. Utilisation of capital tax losses and income losses requires the realisation of capital gains and taxable income 
respectively, in subsequent years and the ability to satisfy certain tests at the time the losses are recouped. The actual tax results in  
future periods may differ from the estimates made at the time the deferred taxes are recognised.

b)   Deferred tax liabilities comprises temporary 

differences attributable to:

Property, plant and equipment
Inventories
Capitalised exploration
Investment in associates
Long term equity investments
Cashflow hedges
Intangibles
Other

Total deferred tax liabilities
Set-off of deferred tax liabilities pursuant to set-off provisions

Net deferred tax liabilities

Movements:
Opening balance at 1 August
Debited to profit or loss from continuing operations
Debited to profit or loss from discontinued operations
Credited to equity
Business combinations
Deconsolidation of New Hope Corporation Limited

Closing balance at 31 July 

2022
$’000

2021
$’000

5,492
3,311
–
500,320
440,667
–
12,336
5,754

967,880
(288,386)

 679,494 

757,535
419,876
5,058
(104,923)
15,489
(125,155)

 967,880 

108,890
16,387
12,966
118,195
488,340
2,923
2,036
7,798

757,535
(137,968)

619,567

798,729
60,309
1,948
(103,451)
 – 
 – 

757,535

It is important to note that the deferred tax liability recognised above does not represent the total tax that would be incurred if 
all assets of the Group were to be sold. This is predominately due to subsidiaries and the associate entities not being carried at 
their market value in the consolidated financial statements.

104

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 202209  Trade and other receivables

ACCOUNTING POLICY
Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently at amortised cost, less any allowance for expected credit losses 
(ECL). Trade receivables are due for settlement between 30 and 60 days from the date of recognition.

Sales contracts for commodities often incorporate provisional pricing. Under provisional pricing arrangements, the price to be received on 
the sales of commodity is provisionally priced using either the ‘expected value’ or ‘most likely amount’ method. Subsequently, provisionally 
priced sales are repriced at each reporting period until final pricing and settlement is confirmed based on final quality of products delivered 
and testing at its destination. The period between provisional pricing and final invoice is generally between 30 and 180 days.

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. 
They are initially recognised at fair value, and subsequently at amortised costs less any ECLs.

The Consolidated Entity measures the loss allowance for trade and other receivables at an amount equal to the lifetime ECL except 
where the financial asset’s credit risk is considered low or has not increased significantly since initial recognition, in which case the loss 
allowance is based on 12-months ECL. A simplified approach is taken whereby the Consolidated Entity uses its historical experience, 
external indicators and forward looking information to calculate the ECL.

The amount of any allowance for expected credit loss is recognised in the profit or loss. When a trade receivable for which an allowance 
had been recognised becomes uncollectible in a subsequent period, it is written off against the allowance account. Subsequent 
recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited to the profit or loss.

Measurement
Loans to external parties
Loans to external parties are held at amortised cost, less any allowance for ECL. 

Other receivables 
These amounts generally arise from transactions outside the usual operating activities of the Group. Interest may be charged at 
commercial rates where the terms of repayment exceed the due date. Other receivables are carried at amortised cost.

Current assets
Trade receivables
Trade receivables – provisionally priced
Loans to external parties – secured
Other receivables
Prepayments

Non-current assets
Loans to external parties – secured
Loans to external parties – unsecured
Other receivables and prepayments

Allowance for expected credit losses

2022
$’000

60,282
–
2,964
16,555
3,260

 83,061 

231,190
–
121

231,311
 (923)

 230,388 

2021
$’000

107,819
1,990
2,815
33,188
18,175

163,987

153,936
 79,454 
2,791

236,181
 (2,667)

 233,514 

105105

09  Trade and other receivables (continued)

Allowance for expected credit losses movements
Opening balance at 1 August
Reversal of prior year expected credit loss to the profit or loss
Provision for allowance for expected credit losses

Closing balance at 31 July

Disclosed as:

Current assets
Non-current assets

2022
$’000

(2,667)
2,667
 (923)

 (923)

–
 (923)

 (923)

2021
$’000

–
–
 (2,667)

 (2,667)

–
 (2,667)

 (2,667)

Credit, foreign exchange, fair value and interest rate risk

Information about the Group’s exposure to these risks in relation to trade and other receivables is provided in Note 29. 

The carrying value less impairment of trade receivables approximate their fair value.

Trade receivables
The balance at 31 July 2022 mainly relates to Ampcontrol of $45.11 million (2021: $nil), a newly acquired subsidiary in 2022.  
At 31 July 2021, the balance mainly related primarily to New Hope (2021: $88.21 million) and Round Oak (2021: $12.71 million), which were 
deconsolidated or sold during the reporting period. As at reporting date, trade receivables past due but not impaired were $nil (2021: $nil). 

Trade receivables – provisionally priced 
Prior year balance of $1.99 million related to Round Oak.

Loans to external parties – secured 
During the reporting period, the Consolidated Entity provided loans to external parties at commercial rates. The total balance of loans at 
31 July 2022 was $234.15 million (2021: $156.75 million). These loans are secured by general security deeds that provide fixed and floating 
charges over all assets and/or property mortgages.

Loans to external parties – unsecured 
During the previous reporting period, the Consolidated Entity invested $79.45 million in preference shares. This investment was determined 
to be an advance held at amortised cost, as the contractual terms of the preference shares were akin to a lending arrangement. This loan was 
unsecured and attracted an effective interest rate of 6.5% per annum. The entire loan was repaid in the current reporting period. 

106

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 202210  Inventories

ACCOUNTING POLICY
Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost comprises direct materials, direct labour and an appropriate 
portion of variable and fixed overheads, the latter being allocated on the basis of normal operating capacity. Where applicable, work 
in progress also includes attributable profit to date (based on stage of completion of each contract) less progress billing. Net realisable 
value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs 
necessary to make the sale.

Current assets
Raw materials and stores
Work in progress
Finished goods
Provision for obsolescence

2022
$’000

27,271
21,025
11,310
(1,377)

 58,229 

2021
$’000

41,407
17,899
71,043
(3,383)

126,966

Inventory at 31 July 2022 primarily relates to Ampcontrol whereas at 31 July 2021 they related mainly to New Hope which was 
deconsolidated from 29 July 2022 (refer to Note 35a).

Inventory expense

Inventories recognised as an expense during the year ended 31 July 2022 amounted to $911.04 million (2021: $700.67 million).

The write-down of inventory to net realisable value recognised as an expense during the current reporting period amounted to 
$nil (2021: $4.70 million).

KEY JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES
Recoverable value of inventories
The Group determines the estimated value of finished goods and work in progress based upon interpretations of the commodity 
and concentrate stockpile surveys and mapping provided by a registered and licensed independent surveyor, as well as estimates of 
commodity recovery rates and quality from these stockpiles. It also requires assumptions to be made regarding the estimated future 
sales price of the products based on the estimated commodity prices less the estimated costs of completion. Outcomes may differ from 
these estimates and assumptions and impact the carrying value of inventory. This pertains to the inventory of New Hope which was 
deconsolidated during the current reporting period.

107107

11  Biological assets

ACCOUNTING POLICY
The Group only recognises biological assets when:
a)  it controls the asset as a result of past events;
b)  it has determined that the future economic benefits associated with the asset will flow to the Group; and
c)  the fair value or cost of the asset can be measured reliably.

Biological assets are measured at fair value less cost to dispose at each reporting date. The fair value is determined as the risk adjusted 
value of cash flows expected to be generated by the crops (including costs to bring the crop to a saleable condition). Where the fair 
value cannot be measured reliably, biological assets are measured at cost.

The fair value is to be determined with regard to quoted prices of an active market in which the assets are located. Where more than one 
active market is available, the market expected to be used is the market from which the value of the asset is derived.

In the event that there is no active market, a determination shall be made taking into account various factors including the most recent 
market transaction price; market prices for similar assets with adjustments to reflect differences and sector benchmarks.

Finally, and integral to management’s internal valuation process for biological assets, where the present condition of the assets are 
immature and fair value cannot be reliably measured within a market, the fair value of the biological assets may be calculated using the 
present value of the expected net cash flows from the assets.

Net increments and decrements in the fair value of the growing assets are recognised as income or expense in the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income, determined as:

 1 the difference between the total fair value of the biological assets recognised at the beginning of the reporting period and the total 

fair value of the biological assets recognised at reporting date.

 1 costs incurred in maintaining or enhancing the biological assets recognised at the beginning of the reporting period and the total 

fair value of the biological assets recognised at reporting date.

 1 the market value of the produce picked during the reporting period is measured at its fair value less estimated costs to be incurred 

up until the time of picking. Market price is determined based on underlying market prices of the product.

Biological yield estimates included in the fair value measurement are provided by farm managers who engage agronomists and 
undertake agronomic practices to achieve target yields based on various factors, including, but not limited to, historical yields, industry 
averages, current climatic outlook, nutrition programs, age of plants and tree health.

Current assets
Opening balance
Additions
Sale or transfer to inventory
Change in fair value due to biological transformation

2022
$’000

4,658
–
(17,811)
22,463

9,310

2021
$’000

 2,062 
663
(9,181)
11,114

4,658

108

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 202212  Assets classified as held for sale

ACCOUNTING POLICY
Assets classified as held for sale during the reporting period were measured at the lower of their carrying amounts and fair value less 
cost of disposal assessed initially at the time of their reclassification as well as at the reporting date.

Current assets
Assets classified as held for sale at carrying amount

Trade and other receivables
Inventory
Equity accounted associates
Investment property
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets

Liabilities classified as held for sale at carrying amount

Provisions

Notes

2022
$’000

2021
$’000

15
17b
18
21

24

–
–
–
88,480
18,798
1,065

–

108,343

267
697
5,642
–
21,210
5

(14,166)

13,655

Investment Property

On 11 May 2022, the Group entered into a contract for sale of an investment property for $88.48 million, with settlement of the 
sale expected in November 2022. The property was consequently reclassified as held for sale. A gain of $49.25 million has been 
recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income on remeasurement of this asset to fair value less costs to 
sell.

Property, plant and Equipment

Milton

On 28 April 2022, Milton entered into a contract for the sale of its former corporate office for $6.25 million. A net gain of $0.46 million 
has been recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income on remeasurement of this property to fair value 
less costs to sell. The sale was settled in August 2022. 

Ampcontrol

During the year ended 31 July 2022, Ampcontrol commenced an active process to sell a number of properties. As at 31 July 2022, 
Ampcontrol reclassified $0.48 million of property as held for sale with settlement expected in early 2023.

WHSP Agriculture Holding Trust (Ag Trust)

As at 31 July 2022, the Ag Trust, reclassified one of its agricultural properties to held for sale following approval from the majority 
shareholder (WHSP) and the Ag Trust’s Investment Committee to commence a formal sale process. Subsequent to year end, a sale 
contract for the property was executed, with settlement expected in November 2022. The carrying value of the property’s assets, 
including property, plant and equipment and water rights, was adjusted to $14.20 million resulting in a loss of $0.20 million 
recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. 

New Hope

As at 31 July 2021, New Hope reclassified land with a net book value of $7.12 million from property, plant and equipment to 
assets classified as held for sale following the execution of an unconditional contract for sale on 8 June 2021. 

On 28 July 2021, New Hope entered a contract for sale of their old corporate office at Brookwater, Queensland. The sale was 
subject to a put and call option with New Hope intending to exercise their put option within 30 days of the contract date in 
line with the contract for sale. New Hope reclassified this building with a net book value of $3 million from property, plant and 
equipment to assets classified as held for sale.

The above two sale transactions were completed by New Hope during the current reporting period.

109109

12  Assets classified as held for sale (continued)

Round Oak

Various entities within the Round Oak group entered into an agreement on 31 July 2021 to sell various assets and associated 
liabilities collectively referred to as the ‘Cloncurry operations’. As at 31 July 2021, the Cloncurry operations was classified as a 
disposal group held for sale, with a net book value of negative $2.05 million. The assets within the disposal group had a gross 
value of $12.11 million and represented various classes of property, plant and equipment. The liabilities within the disposal group 
had a gross value of $14.17 million, representing environmental liabilities associated with mining leases and tenements being 
disposed. The sale was settled in June 2022.

Souls Private Equity 

In the prior reporting period, Souls Private Equity Limited was in negotiations to sell its shares in Seven Miles Roasters Pty Limited 
(Seven Miles), and consequently the Group’s investment in Seven Miles was reclassified to assets classified as held for sale, with a 
book value of $5.64 million as at 31 July 2021. Settlement was finalised in October 2021. 

13  Financial assets held for trading

ACCOUNTING POLICY
Financial assets held for trading are initially recognised at fair value and any transaction costs are immediately expensed. These financial 
assets are principally held for the purpose of selling in the short to medium term.

Recognition
Purchases or sales of financial assets held for trading are recognised on trade date, the date on which the Group commits to purchase or 
sell the asset.

Classification
Financial assets held for trading are classified as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss and are included in current assets.

Subsequent measurement
At each reporting date, financial assets held for trading are remeasured to fair value. Gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value 
of financial assets held for trading are recognised in the profit or loss within other income in the period in which they arise.

Derecognition
Financial assets held for trading are derecognised on trade date and when the rights to receive cash flows from the investments have 
expired or have been sold and the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. 

Current assets
Financial assets held for trading – listed 
Financial assets held for trading – unlisted

2022
$’000

497,410
 75,577 

 572,987 

2021
$’000

383,319
 14,263 

397,582

Fair value and price risk
The Consolidated Entity has adopted fair value accounting to determine the carrying value of these investments.

Information regarding the Group’s exposure to price risk is set out in Note 29 and fair value classification is set out in Note 30.

The Group has used the following valuation techniques: market approach, income approach and net asset approach to 
determine the fair value of unlisted equity investments. Refer to Note 30 for details of these valuation techniques.

110

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 202214  Other financial assets/liabilities

ACCOUNTING POLICY
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their 
fair value at each reporting date. The method of recognising the resulting gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated 
as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged. The Group designates derivatives as hedges of highly probable 
forecast transactions (cash flow hedges).

At the inception of the transaction, the Group documents the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well 
as its risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Group also documents its assessment, 
both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been and will 
continue to be highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.

Cash flow hedges
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in the 
hedging reserve. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the profit or loss.

Amounts accumulated in equity are recycled in the profit or loss in the periods when the hedged item will affect profit or loss (for instance 
when the forecast sale that is hedged takes place). However, when the forecast transaction that is hedged results in the recognition of a 
non-financial asset (for example, inventory) or a non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously deferred in equity are transferred 
from equity and included in the measurement of the initial carrying amount of the asset or liability.

When a hedging instrument expires, or is sold or terminated, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any 
cumulative gain or loss in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised 
in the profit or loss. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is 
immediately reclassified to profit or loss.

Fair value hedges 
The change in the fair value of a hedging instrument is recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income as other 
income/(expense). The change in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the risk hedged is recorded as part of the carrying 
value of the hedged item and is also recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

There is an economic relationship between the hedged items and the hedging instruments as the terms of the foreign exchange 
contracts match the terms of the expected highly probable forecast transactions.

Financial assets held for trading
Financial assets held for trading are initially recognised at fair value and any transaction costs are immediately expensed. These financial 
assets are principally held for the purpose of selling in the short to medium term. Those financial assets not expected to be sold within 
12 months have been classified as non-current assets. Refer to Note 13 for further detail.

Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. 
They are initially recognised at fair value, and are also remeasured to fair value at subsequent reporting dates.

111111

14  Other financial assets/liabilities (continued)

Current assets
Derivatives
Forward foreign exchange contracts

Non-current assets
Derivatives
Loans to external parties (secured) – measured at fair value
Other financial assets – listed
Other financial assets – unlisted

Current liabilities

Derivatives

2022
$’000

78,204
 – 

78,204

77,071
10,686
 – 
 – 

87,757

 7,304 

 7,304 

2021
$’000

9,068
 9,746 

18,814

–
19,669
8,563
 21,289 

49,521

 335 

335

The classification between current and non current other financial assets has been amended in this Financial Report from the 
version presented in the Preliminary Final Report.

New Hope 
During the financial year New Hope was deconsolidated (refer to Note 35a) from the Group. In the prior period, New Hope held 
foreign exchange contracts representing assets with a fair value of $9.75 million in the normal course of business in order to 
hedge exposure to fluctuations in exchange rates and commodity prices.

At 31 July, the details of notional amounts of outstanding foreign exchange contracts are:

Sell US dollars 
Buy Australian dollars

Average  
exchange rate

2022
$’000

–

 – 

2021
$’000

46,319

46,319

2022
USD:AUD

2021
USD:AUD

–

0.5829

Maturity
0 to 6 months

Fair value measurement

The fair values of forward foreign exchange contracts are determined using forward exchange market rates at the reporting date.

Credit risk exposures of derivative financial instruments

Credit risk arises from the potential failure of counterparties to meet their obligations under the respective contracts at maturity. 
In the prior period, $46.32 million was receivable relating to forward foreign exchange contracts and New Hope was exposed  
to losses in the event that counterparties failed to deliver the contracted amount. Refer to Note 29 for additional information.

112

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Parent Entity
The Parent Entity provides secured loans to unrelated external parties (hedged items) of $14.3 million and $23.5 million in 
Canadian dollars (CAD) and New Zealand dollars (NZD) respectively. The Parent Entity has entered into cross currency interest 
rate swaps (hedged instrument) to hedge changes in fair value.

The Parent Entity has defined the hedged risk on a spot rate basis. Consequently, the fair value of the hedged instrument 
is bifurcated into spot and forward components with only the spot component designated as part of the fair value hedge 
relationship. The spot component is measured as movements in spot rates between the inception of the hedge relationship 
and reporting date over the notional amount of the hedged instrument. The forward component represents the residual of the 
hedged instruments’ fair value. The Group has elected to defer the forward component in its hedge reserve. These instruments 
are used in accordance with the Parent Entity’s hedging policy.

At the reporting date the cross-currency interest rate swaps represent liabilities with a fair value of $0.37 million (2021: $0.34 million).

At the reporting date the details of outstanding contracts are:

Maturity
6 to 12 months
12 to 18 months

Maturity
6 to 12 months
12 to 18 months

2022
$’000

15,297
–

 15,297 

2022
$’000

22,113
–

 22,113 

2021
$’000

 – 
 15,297 

15,297

2021
$’000

 – 
 22,113 

22,113

2022
CAD:AUD

0.8986
–

2022
NZD:AUD

1.1123
–

2021
CAD:AUD

–
0.9452

2021
NZD:AUD

–
1.0627

113113

15  Equity accounted associates

ACCOUNTING POLICY
Associates are all entities over which the Group has significant influence and are neither subsidiaries nor jointly controlled. This is 
generally the case where the Group holds between 20% and 50% of the voting rights. Investments in associates are accounted for in the 
consolidated financial statements using the equity method of accounting, after initially being recognised at cost.

The Group’s investment in associates includes goodwill (net of any accumulated impairment loss) identified on acquisition. The 
Group’s share of its associates’ post-acquisition profits or losses is recognised in the profit or loss and its share of post-acquisition other 
comprehensive income is recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. The cumulative post-acquisition 
movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. Dividends received/receivable from associates are recognised 
in the consolidated financial statements by reducing the carrying amount of the investment. As the accounting policy for Investments in 
associates is considered key to understanding the Group’s results and financial position, the detailed accounting policy is set out in the 
Basis of consolidation in Note 35.

When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equals or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any unsecured receivables, the 
Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate.

Non-current assets
Equity accounted associates

a)  Movement in equity accounted carrying values

Opening balance at 1 August 
New investments during the period
Reclassification of a subsidiary to an associate
Reclassification of a long term equity investment to equity accounted associate
Reclassification of equity accounted associate to an asset held for sale
Reclassification of equity accounted associate to a long term equity investment
Reclassification of equity accounted associate to a subsidiary
(Loss)/gain on deemed disposal of equity accounted associates
Share of results from equity accounted associates
Net impairment (expense)/reversal of equity accounted associates
Dividends received/receivable
Add back share of dividends paid to Brickworks
Share of associates' increments/(decrements) in reserves

Closing balance at 31 July

2022
$’000

2021
$’000

2,643,174

899,236

899,236
168,514
1,456,147
36,300
–
(24,065)
(53,239)
(2,019)
201,144
(14,374)
(60,318)
26,514
9,334

 2,643,174 

810,407
6,041
–
14,272
(5,642)
–
–
7,373
67,212
25,322
(49,417)
25,003
(1,335)

899,236

114

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022b)  Details of investments and results in associates

Year ended 31 July 

Reporting  
 Date

Place of 
incorporation

Group’s percentage  
of holding  
at balance date1

Contribution to  
Group result  
for the year2

Equity accounted 
carrying value3

31 July 
2022
%

31 July  
2021
%

31 July  
2022 
Total
$’000

31 July  
2021 
Total
$’000

31 July  
2022 
Total
$’000

31 July  
2021 
Total
$’000

Ampcontrol Limited4
Integrated electrical, electronic and control 
solutions provider

Apex Healthcare Berhad5
Pharmaceutical manufactuer and distributor

Aeris Resources Limited6
Mining and exploration activities

Brickworks Limited7  
Manufacturer of building products  
and investor

Ironbark Investment Partners  
Pty Limited8
Investment management services

New Hope Corporation Limited9
Mining and exploration activities

Pengana Capital Group Limited10
Funds management

Palla Pharma Limited11
Manufacturer of narcotic concentrate  
from poppy straw

Tuas Limited12
Telecommunications provider

Other associates

30-Jun

Australia

N/A1

42.9

5,389

3,620

–

49,629

31-Dec

Malaysia

29.8

29.8

7,281

5,176

49,176

47,130

30-Jun

Australia

30.3

N/A1

–

–

98,269

–

31-Jul

Australia

43.3

43.3

164,313

74,230

746,335

588,584

30-Jun

Australia

33.5

30.5

4,909

590

52,828

36,070

31-Jul

Australia

39.9

N/A1

14,511

– 1,470,658

–

30-Jun

Australia

37.0

38.6

6,943

3,367

68,827

68,017

31-Dec

Australia

19.9

19.9

 – 

(11,702)

 – 

11,915

31-Jul

Australia

25.4

25.3

(6,818)

(7,558)

67,861

72,208

various

Australia

various

various

4,616

(511)

89,220

25,683

Total contributions from equity accounted associates

 201,144 

67,212  2,643,174 

899,236

Fair value gain on reclassification of associate to subsidiary4

Fair value gain on reclassification of subsidiary to associate9

(Loss)/gain on deemed disposal of equity accounted associates, net of tax

Deferred tax expense on deconsolidation of New Hope

Deferred tax expense recognised on equity accounted associates 

Net impairment (expense)/reversal of associates 

 22,091 

 490,621 

 – 

 – 

(1,413)

5,161

(334,276)

 – 

(20,125)

(28,952)

(14,374)

25,322

Net contribution from equity accounted associates

343,668

68,743

115115

15  Equity accounted associates (continued)

b)  Details of investments and results in associates (continued)

1 

The percentage holding represents the Consolidated Entity’s total holding in each associate. N/A indicates the entity 
was not classified as an associate at period end.

2  Contribution to the Group result represents the amount included in share of results from equity accounted associates 

as shown on the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

3 

Equity accounted carrying value is the carrying value of the associate in the Consolidated Statement of Financial 
Position.

4  On 31 May 2022, the Group purchased the remaining 57.1% of shares it previously did not own of Ampcontrol to take 

its shareholding to 100%. From this date, the Group controlled Ampcontrol and it has been classified as a subsidiary. 
Refer to Note 35b.

5  During the current reporting period, Apex Healthcare issued shares under Apex Healthcare’s employee share option 

scheme. As a result, the Group’s shareholding decreased by 0.05% to 29.83%.

6  As part of the Round Oak transaction, the Group acquired 30.3% of the issued shares of AIS (Refer to Note 35c). This 
holding was measured at fair value at the date of initial recognition, being 1 July 2022, and has subsequently been 
equity accounted by the Group.

7  During the current reporting period, Brickworks issued shares under its employee incentive plan. As a result, the Group’s 

shareholding in this investment has reduced by 0.05% to 43.25%.

8  During the current reporting period, the Parent Entity purchased additional shares in Ironbark for $11.8 million. The 

Group’s shareholding increased by 3.0% to 33.5%.

9  On 29 July 2022, the Group determined that it no longer controlled New Hope. As the Group retains significant 

influence, the investment in New Hope has been equity accounted from that date. Refer to Note 35a. 

The Directors of Northern Energy Corporation Limited (NEC) and Colton Coal Pty Ltd (Colton Coal), which are 
subsidiaries of New Hope, placed the companies into voluntary administration on 17 October 2018.  
The companies were subsequently placed into liquidation by creditors at a meeting on 26 July 2019.

The Liquidators commenced proceedings in the Supreme Court of New South Wales on 26 March 2021 against New 
Hope, associated subsidiary companies of New Hope and former directors and officers of NEC and Colton. The claims 
made by the Liquidators include that NEC and Colton were trading whilst insolvent. The Liquidators estimate the total 
value of the alleged claims to be approximately $175 million plus interest and costs.

On 26 August 2021, the Liquidators filed and served an Amended Statement of Claim joining Wiggins Island Coal 
Export Terminal Pty Limited as a plaintiff to the proceedings.

The parties have exchanged evidence and the discovery of documents is substantively completed but remains ongoing. 
The Court has set down the matter for hearing to commence on 13 February 2023 with a six-week period reserved.

New Hope denies the claims made by the Liquidators and intends to vigorously defend the proceedings. The current 
position has been considered by New Hope, determining that no provision is required to be made as at 31 July 2022. 

These matters are not anticipated to have a material effect on the financial position of the Consolidated Entity.

10  During the current reporting period, the Parent Entity purchased additional shares in Pengana for $0.8 million. Also 

during the current period, Pengana issued shares under Pengana’s Employee Share Plan, Non-Executive Directors 
Plan, and from the conversion of preference shares. This was partly offset by Pengana’s share buy-back program being 
reintroduced during the period. The Group did not participate in the conversion of preference shares or the share 
buy-back program. The net result of these changes was a decrease of 1.6% in the Group’s shareholding in Pengana 
Group to 37.0%.

11  On 17 December 2021, Palla Pharma Limited entered voluntary administration. As a result of this event, the Group has 

impaired its investment to $nil. On 9 June 2022, the liquidators made a Declaration of Worthless Shares.

12  On 5 October 2021, the Parent Entity acquired Milton, which had an existing investment in Tuas Limited. The combined 

shareholding of the Parent Entity and its subsidiary, Milton, after the acquisition was 25.6%. Subsequently post-
acquisition, the Parent Entity has sold down its shareholding in Tuas Limited by 0.2% to 25.4%.

116

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022KEY JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES
Recoverable value of investments in associates
The recoverable value of investments in equity accounted associates is reviewed at each reporting date after taking into consideration 
any applicable impairment indicators. Refer to Note 6 for more details.

Equity accounting of Brickworks
The Directors of the Parent Entity have concluded that the Consolidated Entity has significant influence over Brickworks and equity 
accounts this investment. This is due to the cross holding structure whereby the Consolidated Entity owns 43.3% of the equity in 
Brickworks and in turn Brickworks owns 26.1% (2021: 39.4%) of the Consolidated Entity. The remaining shares in the Parent Entity and 
Brickworks are widely dispersed.

Equity accounting of New Hope
Refer to Note 35a for details on the key judgements and estimates with respect to Equity accounting of New Hope.

c)   Extract of financial information as reported by associates that are material  

to the Group
The information disclosed reflects the total amounts reported in the financial statements of Brickworks and New Hope 
amended to reflect adjustments made by the Group in applying the equity method.

Current assets
Non-current assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities

Net assets

Brickworks Limited

New Hope Corporation1

2022
$’000

626,258
 2,895,411 
(325,689)
(1,518,383)

2021
$’000

579,863
 2,029,422 
(268,282)
(1,033,942)

2022
$’000

1,377,429
 2,049,606 
(537,205)
(574,299)

2021
$’000

641,142
 2,134,725 
(167,766)
(861,488)

 1,677,597 

 1,307,061 

 2,315,531 

 1,746,613 

Group's percentage holding

43.3%

43.3%

39.9%

Group's share of total net assets
Goodwill and identifiable assets

Equity accounted carrying value

Revenue

Profit after tax attributable to members
Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Dividends received by the Parent Entity  
from the associate

Group’s share of capital commitment

Group’s share of contingent liabilities

 726,400 
 19,935 

 746,335 

1,093,154

377,444
40,026

417,470

 40,700 

16,475

26,177

565,991
 22,593 

 922,745 
 547,913 

588,584

 1,470,658 

850,922

171,067
3,012

174,079

39,387

14,731

25,020

2,552,395

1,048,239

983,009
(106,969)

 876,040 

79,350
(31,501)

47,849

 122,728 

14,628

39,956

5,860

N/A2

N/A2
N/A2

N/A2

N/A2

N/A2

N/A2

Market value of shares

1,380,517

1,591,895

1,456,147

1  New Hope results were consolidated through 29 July 2022 (refer to Note 35a) when it became an associate. Its net assets were deconsolidated at that date. 

New Hope amounts are provided for both periods in full for comparative purposes.

2  Group’s share is not applicable as New Hope was not an associate in 2021.

117117

15  Equity accounted associates (continued)

d)   Extract of financial information as reported by other associates in aggregate

 Group’s aggregate share of other associates’  
expenditure commitments

Capital commitments

Group’s aggregate share of other associates’  
contingent liabilities

2022
$’000

2021
$’000
Restated

11,540

3,005

Share of contingent liabilities incurred jointly with other investors of the associate

9,393

2,973

 Group’s aggregate share of other associates’  
financial information

Profit after income tax
Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

14,855
2,651

17,506 

2,486
819

3,305

The comparative numbers above for other associates have been restated to correctly reflect aggregated amounts relating to 
individually immaterial associates.

118

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 202216  Long term equity investments

ACCOUNTING POLICY
Long term equity investments are initially recognised at fair value plus any transaction costs. These investments are intended to be held 
for the long term for capital growth and dividend income. These investments are included in non-current assets unless management 
intends to dispose of the investment within 12 months of the reporting date, at which time they are transferred to and disclosed as held 
for sale equities.

Recognition
Purchases of long term equity investments are recognised on trade date being the date on which the Group commits to purchase the asset.

Classification
Long term equity investments are classified as financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income.

Subsequent measurement
At each reporting date, long term equity investments are remeasured to fair value. Changes in the fair value of long term equity 
investments are recognised in equity through the asset revaluation reserve after allowing for deferred capital gains tax. All long term 
equity investments are subject to capital gains tax.

Derecognition
Long term equity investments are derecognised on trade date and when the rights to receive cash flows from the long term equity 
investments have expired or have been sold and the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

When securities classified as long term equity investments are sold, the accumulated fair value adjustments previously recognised  
in the asset revaluation reserve in equity are transferred to the capital gains reserve in equity.

Non-current assets
Long term equity investments – listed
Long term equity investments – unlisted

Total long term equity investments

Dividends

Dividends from long term equity investments held at FVOCI  
recognised in profit or loss in other income:

Related to investments sold during the year
Related to investments held at the end of the year

Total dividends

2022
$’000

4,661,496
 142,004

 4,803,500

2021
$’000

2,244,687
 118,151

2,362,838

18,141
149,390

 167,531

219
45,095

45,314

At 31 July 2022, the Parent Entity held $4.80 billion (2021: $2.36 billion) of long term equity investments which includes 
investments acquired as part of the Milton acquisition during the reporting period. Refer to Note 35b.

119119

16  Long term equity investments (continued)

a)   Long term equity investments pledged as security for short term finance  

and long term loan
Long term equity investments with a fair value of $433.56 million (2021: $653.37 million) have been transferred to various 
Parent Entity’s financiers as security for the $195.77 million (2021: $289.81 million) equity finance loans. As the Parent Entity 
retains the risks and benefits of ownership of the transferred long term equity investments, including the right to receive 
dividends, these long term equity investments continue to be included as an asset on the Consolidated Statement of 
Financial Position.

Fair value and price risk

Information regarding the Group’s exposure to price risk is set out in Note 29 and fair value classification is set out in Note 30.

The Group has used the following valuation techniques: market approach and income approach to determine the fair value 
of unlisted long term equity investments. Refer to Note 30 for details of these valuation techniques.

17  Investment properties

ACCOUNTING POLICY
Investment properties consist of properties held for long term rentals and/or capital appreciation and properties being constructed or 
developed for future use as investment properties.

Recognition
Investment properties are initially recognised at cost including transaction costs. Other costs capitalised into the carrying value of 
investment properties include development, construction, redevelopment, refurbishment (other than repairs and maintenance) and 
interest (until the property is ready for its intended use).

Classification
Investment properties are classified as non-current assets at fair value. Changes in fair value are recognised as gains or losses in the profit 
or loss as part of ‘Other income’.

Subsequent measurement 
Valuations are obtained periodically (at a minimum every three years) from independent Registered Property Valuers who hold 
recognised and relevant qualifications and have recent valuation experience in the location and categories of each property held.

At the end of each reporting period, the Directors update their assessment of the fair value of each property, taking account of the most 
recent independent valuations.

Amounts provided to customers as lease incentives and assets relating to fixed rental income increases in operating lease contracts 
are included within investment property values. Lease incentives are amortised over the term of the lease on a straight line basis. The 
amortisation is applied to reduce gross rental income. Rental income is recognised on a straight line basis within revenue.

Derecognition
On disposal of an investment property, a gain or loss is recognised in the profit or loss in the year of disposal. It is calculated as the 
difference between the carrying amount of the asset at the date of disposal and the net proceeds received. 

120

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022 
Non-current assets 

Investment properties
Industrial property
Commercial property
Property under development

Total investment properties

Reconciliation
Opening balance at 1 August
Acquisitions
Disposals
Transfer to held for sale assets
Net fair value gain on investment properties
Impairment 
Other

Closing balance at 31 July 

2022
$’000

 – 
45,750
39,826

85,576

87,158
35,724
 – 
(88,480)
51,918
(1,073)
329

85,576

a)   Amounts recognised in the profit or loss for investment properties

Rental revenue
Direct operating expenses from property that generated rental income*

Profit arising from investment properties 

*  Direct operating expenses includes finance costs of $nil (2021: $0.13 million). 

b)  Measuring investment properties at fair value 

2022
$’000

2,516
(1,758)

758

2021
$’000

34,301
46,666
6,191

87,158

75,724
8,002
(277)
 – 
3,600
 – 
109

87,158

2021
$’000

4,715
(3,152)

1,563

The basis of valuations for investment properties is fair value, being the amounts for which the assets could be exchanged 
between knowledgeable willing parties in an arm’s length transaction, based on current prices in an active market for similar 
properties in the same location and condition and subject to similar leases.

The fair value hierarchy, as discussed in Note 30 to this report, provides an indication about the reliability of the inputs used 
in determining fair value. All investment properties have been categorised within the Level 3 fair value basis as some of the 
inputs required to value property are not based on ‘observable market data’.

Two investment properties were independently valued as at 31 July 2022. 

The revaluations resulted in a fair value gain of $2.67 million and an impairment expense of $1.07 million respectively.

On 11 May 2022, the Group entered into a contract for the sale of an investment property in New South Wales for $88.48 million. 
Settlement is scheduled for November 2022. In the current reporting period, the carrying value of the investment property was 
revalued to its fair value, before being re-classified as a held for sale asset, resulting in the recognition of a fair value gain of  
$49.25 million. 

121121

17  Investment properties (continued)

c)  Non-current assets pledged as security

As at 31 July 2022, none of the Group’s investment properties were pledged as security.

d)  Leasing arrangements

The Group is entitled to receive rental income from non-cancellable operating leases 
on investment properties. The amounts have not been recognised in the financial 
statements and are receivable as follows:

Within one year
Later than one year but not later than five years
Later than five years

2022
$’000

1,337
3,035
687

5,059

2021
$’000

1,580
4,173
775

6,528

KEY JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES

Fair value of investment properties
In determining the fair value of a property, appropriate valuation techniques are used, including the discounted cashflow, capitalisation 
and direct comparison methods. Discount rates and capitalisation rates are determined based on industry experience and knowledge 
and where possible, a direct comparison to third party rates for similar assets in comparable locations.

Rental revenue from current leases and assumptions about future leases, as well as any expected operational cash outflows in 
relation to the property, are reflected in fair value.

In relation to properties under development, fair value is determined based on the market value of the property on the assumption it has 
already been completed at the valuation date less costs to complete the project, including an appropriate adjustment for profit and risk.

18  Property, plant and equipment

ACCOUNTING POLICY 
Freehold land is carried at the lower of cost and recoverable amount.

Property, plant and equipment (excluding investment properties, refer to Note 17) are stated at historical cost less accumulated 
depreciation and impairment losses. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the assets.

Cost may also include transfers from equity relating to any gains/losses on qualifying cash flow hedges of foreign currency purchases of 
property, plant and equipment. The cost of self-constructed assets includes the cost of materials, direct labour, the initial estimate where 
relevant, of the cost of dismantling and removing the items and restoring the site under which they are located and an appropriate 
portion of production overhead.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable 
that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. All 
other repairs and maintenance are charged to the profit or loss during the reporting period in which they are incurred.

The depreciable amount of all fixed assets including buildings and capitalised lease assets, but excluding freehold land, is depreciated 
commencing from the time the asset is held ready for use.

Depreciation is calculated so as to write off the cost of each item of property, plant and equipment during its expected economic life 
to the Group. Each item’s useful life has due regard both to its own physical life limitations and to present assessments of economically 
recoverable resources (when related to mining activities). Estimates of residual values and remaining useful lives are made on an annual 
basis. Both the straight line and diminishing methods are used (Copper float and solvent extraction plants are depreciated on the units 
of production method). The expected useful life of plant and equipment is 2.5 to 20 years, buildings is 20 to 40 years and motor vehicles 
is 4 to 8 years. Land is not depreciated.

122

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022ACCOUNTING POLICY (CONTINUED)
The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each reporting date.

An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its 
recoverable amount.

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amounts. These are included in the profit or loss.

Mine development costs, mining reserves and leases and oil producing assets
Development expenditure incurred by the Group is accumulated separately for each area of interest in which economically recoverable 
mineral and oil resources have been identified to the satisfaction of the Directors. Direct development expenditure, pre-operating mine 
start-up costs, and an appropriate portion of related overhead expenditure are capitalised as mine development costs up until the 
relevant mine is in commercial production.

Mining reserves, leases and mine development costs are amortised over the estimated productive life of each applicable mine on either 
a unit of production basis or years of operation basis, as appropriate. Amortisation commences when a mine commences commercial 
production.

The costs of acquiring mineral reserves and mineral resources are capitalised in the statement of financial position as incurred.

Oil producing assets are amortised on a unit of production basis. The method uses the actual costs of the asset to date plus all its 
projected future costs. Amortisation commences when an area of interest is ready for use.

Farmland assets and bearer plants
Agricultural assets comprising farming property and improvements (farmland assets) are carried at their revalued amount, which is their 
fair value at the date of the revaluation, less, where applicable, any subsequent accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.

Bearer plants are carried at cost less any accumulated depreciation and impairment.

Revaluations are performed at least every 12 months, by independent valuers, so as to ensure that the carrying amount of an asset does 
not differ materially from fair value.

Under the revaluation model, increases in the carrying amount of an asset arising on revaluation are recognised in other comprehensive 
income and accumulated in the asset revaluation reserve in equity (except where an increase reverses a revaluation decrease of the 
same asset previously recognised in profit or loss, in which case the increase is recognised in profit or loss to the extent of that decrease). 
Decreases in the carrying amount of an asset arising on revaluation are recognised in profit or loss (except where a decrease reverses 
a revaluation increase of the same asset recognised in the revaluation reserve, in which case the decrease is recognised in other 
comprehensive income and reduces the revaluation reserve).

Bearer plants are plants used in the production or supply of agricultural produce, are expected to bear produce for more than one period 
and have a remote likelihood of being sold as agricultural produce, except for incidental scrap sales. They include, for example, the 
Group’s citrus trees, macadamia trees and table grapevines. Bearer plants are accounted for as property, plant and equipment. However, 
produce growing on bearer plants is accounted for as a biological asset (refer to Note 11).

Depreciable agricultural assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis consistent with other property, plant and equipment as described 
above. The expected useful life of property improvements, including buildings, is 2 to 20 years and bearer plants is 10 to 30 years.

Impairment of non-current assets
Assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be 
recoverable.

An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable 
amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less cost to sell and its value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment under value in 
use testing, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows which are largely independent 
of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets (cash generating units). Annual assessments of impairments are undertaken.

All property, plant and equipment allocated to CGU’s containing goodwill must be tested for impairment at the CGU level on an annual 
basis. Other property, plant and equipment assets must also be tested for impairment when impairment indicators are identified.

The valuation of hire equipment (included as part of plant, fixtures and motor vehicles) is assessed by management for any indicators 
of impairment. This takes into consideration utilisation of equipment, revenue hire contracts in place and future forecasts of usage. 
Where indicators exist, management estimates the recoverable value, generally based on the discounted present value of future cash 
flows relating to the assets and compares this with their existing carrying value to determine the impairment amount, if any. Future 
cash flow estimates are based on management budgets and forecasts and where applicable the fair value of the equipment.

123123

18  Property, plant and equipment (continued)

Land
$’000

Buildings
$’000

Farmland  

assets

$’000

Plant, fixtures, 

motor vehicles

$’000

Oil producing 

Mining reserves 

and leases

development

At 1 August 2021
Cost 
Accumulated depreciation/amortisation and impairment

Net book value

Opening net book value
Acquisition of subsidiaries (refer to Note 35b)
Additions
Mining and restoration and rehabilitation
Transfers in/(out)
Transfer to held for sale asset
Transfer from Right-of-use assets
Disposal of assets
Disposal – Discontinued operations (refer to Note 35c)
Deconsolidation of New Hope (refer to Note 35a)
Fair value adjustments
Reversal of Impairment
Depreciation/amortisation
Depreciation/amortisation – Discontinued operations

Closing net book value

At 31 July 2022
Cost 
Accumulated depreciation/amortisation and impairment

Net book value

At 1 August 2020
Cost 
Accumulated depreciation/amortisation and impairment

Net book value

Opening net book value
Additions
Mining and restoration and rehabilitation
Transfers in/(out)
Transfer to exploration and evaluation assets
Transfer to held for sale asset
Transfer from Right-of-use assets
Disposal of assets
Fair value adjustments
(Impairment)/reversal of Impairment
Depreciation/amortisation

Closing net book value

At 31 July 2021
Cost 
Accumulated depreciation/amortisation and impairment

Net book value

124

171,308
–

171,308

171,308
7,207
–
–
534
–
–
–
(514)
(166,715)
–
–
–
–

11,820

11,820
–

11,820

180,458
–

180,458

180,458
–
–
–
–
(3,719)
–
(5,431)
–
–
–

171,308

171,308
–

171,308

66,484
(45,297)

21,187

21,187
25,181
3,066
–
21,489
(5,705)
–
(13,288)
(7,095)
(10,716)
–
–
(1,947)
(1,137)

31,035

38,238
(7,203)

31,035

95,862
(32,149)

63,713

63,713
2,590
–
(22,206)
–
(8,343)
–
(2,102)
–
(9,053)
(3,412)

21,187

66,484
(45,297)

21,187

74,334

(3,206)

71,128

71,128

45,390

–

–

(2,355)

(13,057)

–

(2)

–

–

15,908

1,208

(2,082)

–

116,138

120,448

(4,310)

116,138

40,144

(426)

39,718

39,718

33,159

(1,371)

–

–

–

–

(316)

2,718

(1,908)

(872)

71,128

74,334

(3,206)

71,128

1,531,973

(934,713)

597,260

597,260

52,321

82,611

7,084

(19,644)

(284)

186

(77,333)

(43,445)

(446,685)

–

–

(63,488)

(19,818)

68,765

160,269

(91,504)

68,765

1,455,625

(812,170)

643,455

643,455

46,569

25,097

22,133

(9,832)

4,868

(12,487)

–

–

(30,191)

(92,352)

597,260

1,531,973

(934,713)

597,260

$’000

1,245,869

(263,297)

982,572

982,572

assets

$’000

204,969

(159,674)

45,295

45,295

3,562

(6,945)

(36,966)

(923,715)

(4,946)

(58,857)

 – 

 – 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,245,869

(201,633)

1,044,236

1,044,236

(61,664)

982,572

1,245,869

(263,297)

982,572

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

199,972

(154,145)

45,827

45,827

4,942

55

(5,529)

45,295

204,969

(159,674)

45,295

Mine  

$’000

501,781

(303,421)

198,360

198,360

40,837

(29,160)

(91,200)

(75,550)

(4,968)

(38,319)

 – 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

457,908

(252,496)

205,412

205,412

47,477

(2,605)

(992)

–

–

–

(7)

–

3,325

(54,250)

198,360

501,781

(303,421)

198,360

Bearer  

plants

$’000

32,740

(2,784)

29,956

29,956

(24)

(1,028)

(2,399)

26,505

31,242

(4,737)

26,505

17,725

(958)

16,767

16,767

13,571

1,444

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(1,826)

29,956

32,740

(2,784)

29,956

Total

$’000

3,829,458

(1,712,392)

2,117,066

2,117,066

84,709

175,466

(29,021)

–

(19,046)

186

(91,651)

(142,254)

(1,660,347)

15,908

1,208

(138,687)

(59,274)

254,263

362,017

(107,754)

254,263

3,693,563

(1,453,977)

2,239,586

2,239,586

148,308

22,547

–

(992)

(21,894)

4,868

(20,343)

2,718

(37,827)

(219,905)

2,117,066

3,829,458

(1,712,392)

2,117,066

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022At 1 August 2021

Cost 

Net book value

Accumulated depreciation/amortisation and impairment

Opening net book value

Acquisition of subsidiaries (refer to Note 35b)

Additions

Mining and restoration and rehabilitation

Transfers in/(out)

Transfer to held for sale asset

Transfer from Right-of-use assets

Disposal of assets

Disposal – Discontinued operations (refer to Note 35c)

Deconsolidation of New Hope (refer to Note 35a)

Depreciation/amortisation – Discontinued operations

Accumulated depreciation/amortisation and impairment

Fair value adjustments

Reversal of Impairment

Depreciation/amortisation

Closing net book value

At 31 July 2022

Cost 

Net book value

At 1 August 2020

Cost 

Net book value

Opening net book value

Additions

Accumulated depreciation/amortisation and impairment

Mining and restoration and rehabilitation

Transfers in/(out)

Transfer to exploration and evaluation assets

Transfer to held for sale asset

Transfer from Right-of-use assets

Disposal of assets

Fair value adjustments

(Impairment)/reversal of Impairment

Depreciation/amortisation

Closing net book value

At 31 July 2021

Cost 

Net book value

Accumulated depreciation/amortisation and impairment

Land

$’000

171,308

171,308

171,308

7,207

534

(514)

(166,715)

11,820

11,820

–

11,820

180,458

180,458

180,458

(3,719)

(5,431)

171,308

171,308

171,308

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

66,484

(45,297)

21,187

21,187

25,181

3,066

21,489

(5,705)

(13,288)

(7,095)

(10,716)

–

–

–

–

(1,947)

(1,137)

31,035

38,238

(7,203)

31,035

95,862

(32,149)

63,713

63,713

2,590

(22,206)

–

–

–

–

(8,343)

(2,102)

(9,053)

(3,412)

21,187

66,484

(45,297)

21,187

Buildings

$’000

Farmland  
assets
$’000

Plant, fixtures, 
motor vehicles
$’000

Oil producing 
assets
$’000

Mining reserves 
and leases
$’000

Mine  
development
$’000

74,334
(3,206)

71,128

71,128
–
45,390
–
(2,355)
(13,057)
–
(2)
–
–
15,908
1,208
(2,082)
–

116,138

120,448
(4,310)

116,138

40,144
(426)

39,718

39,718
33,159
–
(1,371)
–
–
–
(316)
2,718
(1,908)
(872)

71,128

74,334
(3,206)

71,128

1,531,973
(934,713)

597,260

597,260
52,321
82,611
7,084
(19,644)
(284)
186
(77,333)
(43,445)
(446,685)
–
–
(63,488)
(19,818)

68,765

160,269
(91,504)

68,765

204,969
(159,674)

45,295

45,295
–
3,562
(6,945)
–
–
–
–
–
(36,966)
–
–
(4,946)
–

 – 

–
–

–

1,455,625
(812,170)

199,972
(154,145)

643,455

643,455
46,569
25,097
22,133
–
(9,832)
4,868
(12,487)
–
(30,191)
(92,352)

597,260

45,827

45,827
4,942
55
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(5,529)

45,295

1,531,973
(934,713)

597,260

204,969
(159,674)

45,295

1,245,869
(263,297)

982,572

982,572
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(923,715)
–
–
(58,857)
–

 – 

–
–

–

1,245,869
(201,633)

1,044,236

1,044,236
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(61,664)

982,572

1,245,869
(263,297)

982,572

501,781
(303,421)

198,360

198,360
–
40,837
(29,160)
–
–
–
–
(91,200)
(75,550)
–
–
(4,968)
(38,319)

 – 

–
–

–

457,908
(252,496)

205,412

205,412
47,477
(2,605)
–
(992)
–
–
(7)
–
3,325
(54,250)

198,360

501,781
(303,421)

198,360

Bearer  
plants
$’000

32,740
(2,784)

29,956

29,956
–
–
–
(24)
–
–
(1,028)
–
–
–
–
(2,399)
–

26,505

31,242
(4,737)

26,505

17,725
(958)

16,767

16,767
13,571
–
1,444
–
–
–
–
–
–
(1,826)

29,956

32,740
(2,784)

29,956

Total
$’000

3,829,458
(1,712,392)

2,117,066

2,117,066
84,709
175,466
(29,021)
–
(19,046)
186
(91,651)
(142,254)
(1,660,347)
15,908
1,208
(138,687)
(59,274)

254,263

362,017
(107,754)

254,263

3,693,563
(1,453,977)

2,239,586

2,239,586
148,308
22,547
–
(992)
(21,894)
4,868
(20,343)
2,718
(37,827)
(219,905)

2,117,066

3,829,458
(1,712,392)

2,117,066

125125

18  Property, plant and equipment (continued)

Valuation of farming land and buildings

During the current reporting period ended 31 July 2022, the Group obtained a number of external valuations of farming land and 
buildings from an independent, properly qualified external valuer. Due to COVID-19, and the ongoing Ukraine conflict, the external 
valuer has indicated that there is some market instability and uncertainty in determining the fair value of farming property, plant 
and equipment. This resulted in the inclusion of a “significant valuation uncertainty” clause in each independent valuation report. 
The standard valuation reliance periods incorporated in these external valuations have shortened to match the uncertainties in the 
rapidly changing economic environment.

Impairments of property plant and equipment

During the current reporting period ended 31 July 2022, the impairment benefit to property, plant and equipment was $1.21 million 
attributable to the reversal of a previous impairment of farmland assets. In the prior reporting period, the impairment charge was 
$37.83 million. Refer to Note 6 for details.

Deconsolidation of New Hope

On 29 July 2022, the Group determined that it no longer controlled New Hope. As a result, the balances of New Hope were 
derecognised from the Group from that date. Refer to Note 35a for details. 

Disposals – Discontinued Operations

The Group disposed of Round Oak effective 1 July 2022. As a result, the balances of Round Oak were derecognised from the Group 
from that date. The financial performance of Round Oak (including depreciation, amortisation, and impairment expenses) has been 
classified as discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. Refer to Note 35c for details. 

Acquisitions through business combinations

Acquisitions through business combinations relates to acquisitions of Milton, Ampcontrol, and a Swim School as described in Note 35b.

126

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022KEY JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES

Impairment assessments of property, plant and equipment
The Consolidated Entity has undertaken a detailed assessment of the recoverable amount of all CGUs at each reporting date. 
Recoverable amounts were determined using either a FVLCD or VIU discounted cash flow model, with the exception of exploration 
related CGUs which use a comparable resource multiple. These methodologies are subject to critical judgement, estimates and 
assumptions. The recoverable amount of certain CGUs was determined to be below their carrying amount. These are detailed in Note 6.

Due to the derecognition of New Hope and Round Oak as subsidiaries during the year ended 31 July 2022, the following paragraphs are 
in relation to the year ended 31 July 2021 and prior years.

Estimation of coal, ore and oil reserves and resources (New Hope and Round Oak)
New Hope and Round Oak estimate their coal and ore reserves and resources based on information compiled by Competent Persons 
as defined in accordance with the JORC Code, which is produced by the Australasian Joint Ore Reserves Committee (JORC). New Hope 
oil reserves and resources are equivalently calculated by appropriately qualified persons in accordance with the Society of Petroleum 
Engineers Petroleum Reserves Management System (SPE-PRMS) (updated May 2022).

The estimation of reserves and resources requires judgement to interpret available geological data and then to select an appropriate mining 
method and establish an extraction schedule. It also requires assumptions about future commodity prices, exchange rates, production costs, 
recovery rates and discount rates and, in some instances, the renewal of mining licences. There are many uncertainties in the estimation 
process and assumptions that are valid at the time of estimation may change significantly when new information becomes available. In 
particular, the increasing global focus on climate change and associated policy and regulatory risks may impact on future coal demand and 
prices which could impact reserves and resource estimations, including the commercial viability of their extraction.

Changes in coal, ore and oil reserves could have an impact on the calculation of depreciation, amortisation and impairment charges; 
the timing of the payment of closedown and restoration costs; and the recovery of deferred tax assets. Changes in coal and oil 
resources could have an impact on the recoverability of exploration and evaluation costs capitalised. Refer to Note 6 for details on 
impairment of assets.

Assessment of recoverable value of New Hope Queensland coal mining operations
New Hope continued to monitor the recoverable amount of certain CGUs during the current reporting period. Recoverable amounts 
have been determined using either a FVLCD or VIU discounted cash flow model. These methodologies are subject to critical judgement, 
estimates and assumptions. 

Refer to Note 6 for additional details on impairment of assets.

Assessment of recoverable value of New Hope Port operations CGU
The recoverable amount of the Port Operation CGU has been determined based on a VIU calculation. This calculation uses a discounted 
cash flow model. The future cashflows have been discounted using a post-tax discount rate of 9.5%. 

Refer to Note 6 for additional details on impairment of assets.

Assessment of recoverable value of Round Oak capitalised mine development costs and associated plant and equipment
The determination of FVLCD and VIU requires Round Oak’s management to make estimates and assumptions about the expected 
long term commodity prices, production timing and recovery rates, foreign exchange rates, operating costs, reserves and resources 
estimates, closure costs and discount rates. Estimates in respect of the timing of project expansions and the cost to complete asset 
construction are also critical to determine the recoverable amount for CGUs. The fair value measurements used in these calculations 
are based on non-observable market data which are considered in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Judgement is involved in assessing whether indicators of impairment exist, including the impact of events or changes in 
circumstances on CGUs, in addition to assessing the potential for expiration of exploration rights without renewal and the potential 
timing of such events.

These judgements, estimates and assumptions are subject to risk and uncertainty. To the extent that the recoverable amount of 
assets is impacted by changes in these, the carrying amount of the assets may be further impaired or the impairment charge may be 
reduced with the impact recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. Refer to Note 6 for additional details 
on impairment of assets.

127127

19  Exploration and evaluation assets

ACCOUNTING POLICY
Exploration, evaluation and relevant acquisition costs are accumulated separately for each area of interest for which a mining tenement 
is current. They are initially recognised at cost and include acquisition of rights to explore, studies, exploratory drilling, trenching, 
sampling and an appropriate portion of related overhead expenditure.

Costs are carried forward only if they relate to an area of interest for which rights of tenure are current and such costs are expected to be 
recouped through successful development and exploitation or from sale of the area.

Exploration and evaluation expenditure which does not satisfy these criteria is written off.

Where a decision is made to proceed to the development of a mine, the relevant exploration and evaluation costs for that area of 
interest are transferred to mine development (disclosed within Note 18 – Property, plant and equipment).

Non-current assets
Exploration and evaluation assets at cost

Movement
Opening net book value
Additions
Disposals
Disposal – Discontinued operation
Deconsolidation of New Hope
Impairment expenses (refer to Note 6)
Impairment expenses – Discontinued operation
Transfer from property, plant and equipment
Transfer to held for sale asset and subsequently disposed
Movement in rehabilitation

Closing net book value at 31 July 

Deconsolidation of New Hope

2022
$’000

–

124,181
20,074
(325)
(25,030)
(71,043)
(4,989)
–
–
(42,591)
(277)

–

2021
$’000

124,181

109,422
14,686
–
–
–
(1,248)
(424)
992
–
753

124,181

On 29 July 2022, the Group determined that it no longer controlled New Hope. As a result, the balances of New Hope were 
derecognised from the Group at that date. Refer to Note 35a for details. 

Disposal – Discontinued Operation

The Group disposed of Round Oak effective 1 July 2022. As a result, the balances of Round Oak were derecognised from the Group 
at that date. The financial performance of Round Oak (including depreciation, amortisation, and impairment expenses) has been 
classified as discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. Refer to Note 35c for details.

KEY JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES

Exploration and evaluation expenditure
During the current financial period, the subsidiaries of New Hope and Round Oak capitalised various items of expenditure to exploration 
and evaluation assets. The relevant items of expenditure were deemed to be part of the capital cost of developing future mining 
operations, which would then be amortised over the useful life of the mine.

The key judgement applied in considering whether the costs should be capitalised, is that costs are expected to be recovered through 
either successful development (through mining operations) or sale of the relevant mining interest.

Factors that could impact the exploration and evaluation costs being transferred to future mine operations include the level of reserves and 
resources, changes in commodity prices and foreign exchange rates, future legal changes, future technology changes and climate changes.

If information becomes available suggesting the recovery of capitalised costs is unlikely, the amount capitalised is recognised in the 
profit or loss in the period when the new information becomes available. Refer to Note 6 for the details of the impairment assessments 
performed at 31 July 2022 and related impairment charge to the profit or loss.

128

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 202220  Lease assets and liabilities

ACCOUNTING POLICY

Lease assets or right-of-use assets
Lease assets are initially recognised at cost, comprising the amount of the initial measurement of the lease liability, any lease payments 
made at or before the commencement date of the lease (less any lease incentives received), any initial direct costs incurred by the 
Group, and an estimate of costs to be incurred by the Group in dismantling and removing the underlying asset, restoring the site on 
which it is located or restoring the underlying asset to the condition required by the terms and conditions of the lease, unless those 
costs are incurred to produce inventories.

Subsequent to initial recognition, lease assets are measured at cost (adjusted for any remeasurement of the associated lease liability), less 
accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment loss.

Lease assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and the estimated useful life of the underlying asset, consistent with the 
estimated consumption of the economic benefits embodied in the underlying asset.

Lease liabilities
Lease liabilities are initially recognised at the present value of the future lease payments. These lease payments are discounted using the 
interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be readily determined, which is generally the case for leases in the Group, the lessee’s 
incremental borrowing rate is used, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain 
an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security and conditions.

Subsequent to initial recognition, lease liabilities are measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments. Interest expense 
on lease liabilities are remeasured to reflect changes to lease terms, changes to lease payments and any modifications not accounted for 
as separate leases.

Variable lease payments not included in the measurement of lease liabilities are recognised as an expense when incurred.

Lease payments made in relation to leases of 12 months or less and leases of low value assets are recognised as expenses on a  
straight-line basis over the lease term.

129129

20  Lease assets and liabilities (continued)

The Consolidated Entity recognised the following right-of-use assets:

Right-of-use assets

Carrying amount of lease assets, by class of underlying asset:

Buildings (primarily relates to office premises and swimming pool sites)
Plant, fixtures and motor vehicles 
Water leases

Total carrying amount of right-of-use assets

2022
$’000

29,007
3,066
5,232

37,305

Set out below are carrying amounts of right-of-use assets recognised and the movements during the period.

As at 1 August 2020
Additions
Depreciation
Impairment
Remeasurement of assets1
Transfer out

As at 31 July 2021

Acquisition of businesses
Additions
Disposals
Disposal – Discontinued operation
Deconsolidation of New Hope
Depreciation
Depreciation – Discontinued operation
Remeasurement of assets1
Transfer out

As at 31 July 2022

Land and 
Buildings
$’000

Plant, fixtures 
and motor 
vehicle
$’000

 33,276 
1,579
(3,239)
(2,136)
(4,807)
–

24,673

10,971
5,235
(14)
(442)
(6,825)
(4,426)
(165)
–
–

29,007

 80,264 
38,450
(19,179)
–
–
(4,868)

94,667

3,518
812
(9)
(872)
(89,083)
(6,784)
(5,629)
6,631
(186)

 3,065 

Water  
rights
$’000

3,972
2,509
(497)
–
–
–

5,984

 – 
 60 
–
–
–
(1,069)
–
258
–

 5,233 

1  Remeasurement of assets relates to remeasurement of right-of-use assets due to a change in lease terms.

2021
$’000

24,673
94,667
5,984

125,324

Total
$’000

 117,512 
42,538
(22,915)
(2,136)
(4,807)
(4,868)

125,324

14,489
6,107
(23)
(1,314)
(95,908)
(12,279)
(5,794)
6,889
(186)

 37,305 

130

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022 
 
The Consolidated Entity recognised the following lease liabilities:

Lease liabilities

The present value of lease liabilities is as follows:

Current
Non-current

Recognised as lease liabilities

Opening carrying amount
Acquisition of businesses
Additions
Disposals
Disposal – Discontinued operation
Deconsolidation of New Hope
Accretion of interests
Payments
Remeasurement of leases1

Closing balance at 31 July 

1  Remeasurement of leases relates to remeasurement of lease liabilities due to a change in lease terms.

Lease liabilities (undiscounted) maturity analysis
Within one year
Later than one year but not later than five years
Greater than five years

Total

Secured liabilities

2022
$’000

9,024
33,665

42,689

131,412
15,954
7,297
(302)
(1,406)
(97,280)
5,597
(25,403)
6,820

42,689

2022
$’000

11,217
23,138
15,385

49,740

2021
$’000

18,596
112,816

131,412

121,366
–
42,538
–
–
–
6,909
(33,863)
(5,538)

131,412

2021
$’000

24,089
65,215
86,285

175,589

Lease liabilities are effectively secured as the rights to the leased assets recognised in the consolidated financial statements revert 
to the lessor in the event of default. No other assets are pledged as security for the lease liabilities. The total cash outflow for leases 
for the reporting period ended 31 July 2022 was $25.40 million (2021: $33.86 million).

131131

21  Intangible assets

ACCOUNTING POLICY

Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the 
acquired subsidiary/associate at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisitions of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. Goodwill 
on acquisitions of associates is included in the carrying amount of investments in associates.

Goodwill is not amortised. Instead, goodwill is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that it may be impaired, and is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill acquired is allocated to CGUs 
for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those CGUs or group of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the 
business combination in which the goodwill arose. CGUs are discussed in the impairment section below.

Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the operation disposed, which may  
be an allocation from its respective CGU.

Water rights and mining information
The Group benefits from water rights associated with its mining operations through the efficient and cost effective operations of the 
mine. These rights are amortised on a straight line basis over the life of the mine. The value of exploration, pre-feasibility and feasibility 
costs necessary for regulatory, reporting and internal control purposes have been recognised as a mining information intangible asset. 
The total value is amortised over the estimated life of the mine.

Permanent water rights associated with agricultural activities are treated as an intangible asset at acquisition cost. They have an 
indefinite life and are not subject to amortisation. Indefinite useful life intangible assets are tested annually for impairment.

Software
Software is stated at historical cost less applicable amortisation. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the 
acquisition of software. Amortisation is calculated so as to write off the cost of each item of software during its expected economic life to 
the Group.

Brands and Tradenames
Brands and Tradenames are stated at cost less any impairment losses. They have an indefinite life, and are not subject to amortisation. 
They are tested annually for impairment. 

Development
Research costs are expensed as incurred. An intangible asset arising from development expenditure on an internal project is recognised 
only when the Group can demonstrate the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or 
sale, its intention to complete and its ability to use or sell the asset, how the asset will generate future economic benefits, the availability 
of resources to complete the development and the ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during 
its development.

Following initial recognition, the cost model is applied requiring the asset to be carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and 
accumulated impairment losses. Any expenditure capitalised is amortised over the period of expected benefit from the related project. 
The carrying value of an intangible asset arising from development expenditure is tested for impairment annually when the asset is not 
yet available for use, or more frequently when an indication of impairment arises during the reporting period.

Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets including curriculum, software, customer contracts and relationships, product certification costs and sale and 
buyback assets that are acquired by the Group. These assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses.

Subsequent expenditure
Subsequent expenditure on capitalised intangible assets is capitalised only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in 
the specific asset to which it relates. All other expenditure is expensed as incurred.

Amortisation of intangible assets
Amortisation is charged to the profit or loss on a straight line basis, unless otherwise stated, over the estimated useful lives of intangible 
assets.

132

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022ACCOUNTING POLICY (CONTINUED)

Class of intangible assets

Goodwill
Water rights and mining information
Water rights (agriculture)
Brands and Tradenames 
Development 
Other intangible assets – Curriculum 
Other intangible assets – Software 
Other intangible assets – Customer contracts and relationships 
Other intangible assets – Product certification costs 
Other intangible assets – Sale and buyback assets 

Useful life

Indefinite life
Estimated life of mine
Indefinite life
Indefinite life
3–10 years
Indefinite life
2–5 years
10 years
3–10 years
Life of contract

Impairment
Goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment 
or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they may be impaired. Other assets are reviewed for impairment 
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Refer to Note 6 for details on 
impairment testing.

An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable 
amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are 
grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows which are largely independent of the cash inflows from 
other assets or groups of assets (cash generating units). Intangible assets other than goodwill that suffered impairment are reviewed for 
possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date. Goodwill impairments are not reversible.

Impairment losses for intangible assets are recognised in the profit or loss.

133133

21  Intangible assets (continued)

Goodwill

$’000

Water  
rights

Mining 
information

Other 
intangibles

Brands and 
Tradenames

Development 
costs

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

At 31 July 2021
Cost 
Accumulated amortisation and 
impairment

22,220

51,765

70,809

24,090

1,430

(4,157)

(3,444)

(11,636)

(17,738)

–

Net book value

18,063

48,321

59,173

6,352

1,430

Year ended 31 July 2022
Opening net book value
Acquisition of a subsidiary
Additions
Disposals
Disposal – Discontinued operation
Deconsolidation of New Hope
Transfers out to assets held for sale
Transfers out to cost of sales
Impairment charged to profit or loss 
(refer to Note 6)
Amortisation charged to the profit  
or loss (refer to Note 6)
Amortisation charged to the profit  
or loss – Discontinued operation

18,063
1,037,337
–
–
–
(5,595)
–
–

48,321
–
541
(10)
–
(10,337)
(1,065)
(254)

59,173
–
–
–
–
(55,295)
(909)
–

(984,565)

589

–

–

–

(555)

(2,969)

–

6,352
10,957
220
(757)
(26)
(400)
–
–

–

(554)

(79)

1,430
7,200
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–

–

Total

$’000

170,314

(36,975)

133,339

133,339
1,075,215
1,709
(767)
(26)
(71,627)
(1,974)
(254)

–

–

–

–
19,721
948
–
–
–
–
–

–

(983,976)

(287)

(4,365)

–

(79)

–

–

–

–

–

15,713

8,630

20,382

147,195

20,192

8,630

20,669

1,137,217

(4,479)

–

(287)

(990,022)

15,713

8,630

20,382

147,195

Closing net book value

65,240

37,230

At 31 July 2022
Cost 
Accumulated amortisation and 
impairment

Net book value

1,049,804

37,922

(984,564)

(692)

65,240

37,230

134

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022At 31 July 2020
Cost 
Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Net book value

Year ended 31 July 2021
Opening net book value
Additions
Disposals
Transfers out to assets held for sale
Transfers out to cost of sales
Transfers in from deferred tax liability
Impairment charged to profit or loss  
(refer to Note 6)
Amortisation charged to the profit or loss 
(refer to Note 6)
Amortisation charged to the profit or loss  
– Discontinued operation

Goodwill

$’000

20,184
(4,157)

16,027

16,027
–
–
–
–
2,036

–

–

–

Water  
rights

$’000

32,170
(1,624)

30,546

30,546
20,099
(72)
–
(782)
–

(915)

(555)

–

Mining 
information

Other 
intangibles

Brands and 
Tradenames

$’000

$’000

$’000

70,809
(8,667)

62,142

62,142
–
–
–
–
–

–

(2,969)

–

23,862
(16,821)

7,041

7,041
1
(15)
(5)
–
–

–

(551)

(119)

1,430
–

1,430

1,430
–
–
–
–
–

–

–

–

Total

$’000

148,455
(31,269)

117,186

117,186
20,100
(87)
(5)
(782)
2,036

(915)

(4,075)

(119)

Closing net book value

18,063

48,321

59,173

6,352

1,430

133,339

At 31 July 2021
Cost 
Accumulated amortisation and impairment

22,220
(4,157)

51,765
(3,444)

70,809
(11,636)

24,090
(17,738)

Net book value

18,063

48,321

59,173

6,352

1,430
–

1,430

170,314
(36,975)

133,339

135135

21  Intangible assets (continued)

Classification
During the current reporting period, management determined that it was appropriate to introduce a new category of Intangible Asset, being 
‘Brands and Tradenames’. Amounts relating to this category were previously included within ‘Other Intangibles’.

In addition, management also determined that it was appropriate to re-classify ‘Software’ to ‘Other Intangibles’, effective 1 July 2020. 

Deconsolidation of New Hope
On 29 July 2022, the Group determined that it no longer controlled New Hope. As a result, the balances of New Hope were derecognised 
from the Group at that date. Refer to Note 35a for details. 

Disposal – Discontinued Operation
The Group disposed of Round Oak effective 1 July 2022. As a result, the balances of Round Oak were derecognised from the Group at that 
date. The financial performance of Round Oak (including depreciation, amortisation, and impairment expenses) has been classified as 
discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. Refer to Note 35c for details. 

Recoverable amount of goodwill
Intangible assets which have indefinite lives are allocated to the Group’s business segment and country of operation.

A segment summary of the goodwill allocation is presented below:

New Hope1
Opening balance at 1 August 
Deconsolidation of New Hope

Closing balance at 31 July

Aquatic Achievers2
Opening balance at 1 August 
Transfers in from Deferred Tax Liability
Goodwill acquired as part of business acquisition

Closing balance at 31 July

Milton3
Opening balance at 1 August 
Goodwill acquired as part of business acquisition
Impairment

Closing balance at 31 July

Ampcontrol4
Opening balance at 1 August 
Goodwill acquired as part of business acquisition

Closing balance at 31 July

Closing net book value

Country of 
operation

Australia
Australia

Australia

Australia
Australia
Australia

Australia

Australia
Australia
Australia

Australia

Australia
Australia

Australia

2022
$’000

5,595
(5,595)

–

12,468
–
2,672

15,140

–
984,565
(984,565)

–

–
50,100

50,100

65,240

2021
$’000

5,595
–

5,595

10,432
2,036
–

12,468

–
–
–

–

–
–

–

18,063

The recoverable amount of goodwill is determined based on the FVLCD or VIU method. Assumptions and methodology applied 
to each segment are as follows:

136

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022 
1  New Hope

New Hope was derecognised as a subsidiary during the current reporting period ended 31 July 2022. As a result, the closing 
net book value of goodwill is $nil. 

The below information is in relation to the year ended 31 July 2021:

The brought forward balance of goodwill relates to acquisitions by New Hope, primarily Queensland Bulk Handling Pty Limited 
of $5.60 million. 

The recoverable amount to which the exploration asset’s goodwill is attributable has been based on the FVLCD method 
using a comparable resource transaction multiple multiplied by the resources attributable to this segment. This assessment 
is determined under Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy based on observable external market data for reserve and resources 
transaction multiples, rather than quoted prices (refer to Note 30 for an explanation on fair value hierarchy). Observable 
transactions included in the assessment of an appropriate multiple are comparable transactions in the previous four years 
for Australian coal exploration projects with the same coal type. The estimation of the resources used to determine the 
recoverable amount requires judgement and assumptions as detailed in Note 18.

The recoverable amount of the Queensland Bulk Handling Pty Limited asset has been based on value in use calculations using 
a discounted cash flow model. The future cash flows have been discounted using a post-tax rate of 9.5% (2020: 9.5%). 

The recoverable amount of the exploration asset has been determined based on a comparable resource multiple attributable 
to the New Hope segment. The impairment assessment is outlined in Note 6.

2  Aquatic Achievers

The brought forward balance of goodwill relates to the Group’s original acquisition of the Aquatic Achievers business, a 
swimming pool owner and operator providing learn-to-swim programs, and the subsequent acquisition of another learn-to-
swim operator.

During the current financial period, Aquatic Achievers acquired a Swim School which resulted in an addition to Goodwill of 
$2.7 million. Refer to Note 35b for details. 

The recoverable amounts of intangibles assets, including brand and curriculum, have been determined based on FVLCD 
and VIU calculations. These calculations require the use of assumptions, including estimated discount rates based on current 
cost of capital and growth rates of the estimated future cash flows. The resulting income stream was used in the discounted 
cash flow model over a 5 year period at the post-tax discount rate of 12.6% per annum. This assessment is determined under 
level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

3  Milton

On 5 October 2021, WHSP completed its acquisition of the remaining 97% (which it did not previously own) of the issued 
equity of Milton. The acquisition resulted in an addition to goodwill of $984.6 million. The goodwill arising from the 
acquisition was subsequently impaired to $nil. Refer to Note 6 and Note 35b for details. 

4  Ampcontrol

On 31 May 2022, WHSP completed the acquisition of the remaining 57.1% (which it previously did not own) of the issued 
equity of Ampcontrol. This resulted in an addition to goodwill of $50.1 million. Refer to Note 35b for details. 

KEY ESTIMATES

Impairment of intangible assets
At each reporting date the Group considers the recoverable value of intangible assets. Intangible assets are allocated to 
cash generating units for which the recoverable value is determined. The recoverable value may be determined based 
on fair value less costs of disposal or value in use calculations and is estimated based on recent market transaction 
information. These calculations require the use of assumptions. Refer to Note 6.

137137

22  Trade and other payables

ACCOUNTING POLICY
Trade and other payables are stated at their amortised cost. These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the 
Group prior to the end of the year and are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and usually paid within 30 to 45 days of recognition.

Non-current trade and other payables are stated at the present value of the future expected cash flows. These amounts are contractually 
due for settlement at least 12 months after the reporting date.

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables

Non-current liabilities
Trade and other payables

2022
$’000

2021
$’000

69,636

112,382

12

143

Current trade and other payables
The balance at 31 July 2022 mainly relates to Ampcontrol of $30.30 million, a newly acquired subsidiary in 2022 and WHSP of $25.30 million 
(2021: $8.70 million). The prior reporting period balance mainly relates to New Hope (2021: $78.79 million) and Round Oak  
(2021: $22.82 million), which were deconsolidated or sold during the reporting period.

138

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 202223  Contract liabilities

ACCOUNTING POLICY
A contract liability is recognised if a payment is received or a payment is due or outstanding (whichever is earlier) from a customer 
before the Group transfers the related goods or services. Contract liabilities are subsequently recognised as revenue when the Group 
performs under the contract (i.e. transfers control or performs its obligation of the related goods or services to the customer).

Current liabilities
Contract liabilities

2022
$’000

26,729

Contract liabilities include short term advances received prior to the provision of swimming lessons over time and the 
construction or hire of electrical and electronic engineering equipment. 

Set out below are the movements in contract liabilities during the year:

Movements

Opening balance at 1 August
Acquired through business combinations
Payments received in advance 
Recognised as revenue during the year

Closing balance at 31 July

Unsatisfied performance obligations 

2022
$’000

1,031
21,531
5,198
(1,031)

26,729

2021
$’000

1,031

2021
$’000

829
–
1,031
(829)

1,031

The transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations at 31 July 2022 that is expected to be recognised as 
revenue in future periods as follows: 

Within 6 months
6 to 12 months 
12 to 18 months 
18 to 24 months 

2022
$’000

20,134
5,374
933
288

26,729

2021
$’000

1,031
–
–
 – 

1,031

139139

24  Provisions

ACCOUNTING POLICY
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an 
outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and the amount has been reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognised 
for future operating losses.

Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation 
at the end of the reporting period. The discount rate used to determine the present value is a pre-tax rate that reflects current market 
assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability.

Restoration, rehabilitation and environmental expenditure
Provisions are recognised for restoration, rehabilitation and environmental expenditure as soon as an obligation exists, with the cost 
being charged to profit or loss in respect of ongoing rehabilitation. Where the obligation relates to decommissioning of assets and 
restoring the sites on which they are located, the costs are carried forward in the value of the asset and amortised over its useful life.

The obligations include profiling, stabilisation and revegetation of the completed area, with cost estimates based on current statutory 
requirements and current technology.

Employee entitlements
Short term obligations
Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits, annual leave, vesting sick leave and redundancy expected to be 
settled within 12 months after the end of the period in which the employees render the related service are recognised in respect of 
employees’ services up to the end of the reporting period. These are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities 
are settled. The liability of annual leave and accumulating sick leave is recognised in the provision for employee benefits. All other short 
term employee benefit obligations are presented as payables.

Other long term employee benefit obligations
The liabilities for long service leave and annual leave which are not expected to be settled within 12 months of reporting date are 
recognised in the provision for employee benefits and measured as the present value of expected future payments to be made in 
respect of services provided by employees up to the end of the reporting period using the projected unit credit method.

Consideration is given to expected future wage and salary levels, experience of employee departures and periods of service. Expected 
future payments are discounted using market yields at the end of the reporting period on a high quality corporate bond rate with terms 
to maturity and currency that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows.

2022
$’000

–
16,994
–
3,414

 20,408 

–
3,704
 2,664 

 6,368 

2021
$’000

906
46,310
16,487
–

63,703

308,779
7,963
614

317,356

Current liabilities
Mining restoration and site rehabilitation(a)
Employee benefits
Onerous contracts(b)
Other

Non-current liabilities 
Mining restoration and site rehabilitation(a)
Employee benefits
Other 

140

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022a)  Mining restoration and site rehabilitation

Movements

Opening balance at 1 August
Provisions (recognised)/capitalised
Disposals
Disposal – Discontinued operation
Deconsolidation of New Hope
Provisions credited to profit or loss
Transfer to assets held for sale
Unwinding of discount charged to profit or loss

Closing balance at 31 July

Disclosed as:

Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities

Total provision for mining restoration and site rehabilitation

2022
$’000

309,685
(28,955)
(50,327)
(65,291)
(164,870)
(5,381)
–
5,139

 – 

–
 – 

– 

2021
$’000

287,273
23,411
(970)
–
–
10,104
(14,166)
4,033

309,685

906
308,779

309,685

During the financial year, New Hope was deconsolidated from the Group (refer to Note 35a) and Round Oak was sold (refer 
to Note 35c), leaving nil balance of mining restoration and rehabilitation provisions at 31 July 2022 (2021: $267.96 million 
and $41.73 million respectively).

New Hope

During the prior reporting period, New Hope recognised a mining restoration and rehabilitation provision of $267.96 million 
for Bengalla, New Lenton, New Acland, New Oakley, and Jeebropilly coal tenements and Bridgeport oil fields.

Round Oak
During the prior reporting period, Round Oak recognised a mining restoration and site rehabilitation provision of  
$41.73 million. The provision is the net present value of the estimated cost of rehabilitating the Jaguar, Mount Colin,  
and Barbara sites in compliance with future regulations and practices at the end of commercial production.

KEY ESTIMATES

Determination of reserves estimates and rehabilitation costs
Provision is made for rehabilitation, restoration and environmental costs when the obligation arises, based on the net present value 
of estimated future costs. The ultimate cost of rehabilitation and restoration is uncertain, and management uses its judgement and 
experience to provide for these costs over the life of the operations.

The Group makes estimates about the future cost of rehabilitating tenements which are currently disturbed, based on legislative 
requirements and current costs. There are policy change risks, in particular with the growing global focus on climate change, which 
may impact on rehabilitation obligations. Cost estimates take into account past experience and expectations of future events that 
are expected to alter past experiences. Any changes to legislative requirements could have a significant impact on the expenditure 
required to restore these areas.

The estimation of reserves and resources are also a key judgement that affects the timing of the payment of closedown and 
restoration costs as detailed in Note 18.

b)  Onerous contracts (New Hope)

During the prior reporting period, New Hope recognised a provision for an onerous take or pay rail contract as a result of the 
ramp down of its Qld Mining operations with $37.28 million charged to the Statement of Comprehensive Income of which  
$16.48 million remained accrued as at 31 July 2021. The contract ended in December 2021.

141141

25  Cash and short term deposits 

ACCOUNTING POLICY
Cash and short term deposits in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position comprise cash on hand, cash at bank and short term highly 
liquid deposits with financial institutions with a maturity of three months or less, that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash.  
Bank overdrafts, should they occur, are shown within borrowings in current liabilities in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

Current assets
Cash at bank and on hand
Short term deposits

2022
$’000

484,956
21,371

 506,327 

2021
$’000

610,202
122

610,324

Cash at bank earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposits rates. Short term deposits are made for varying periods 
of between one day and three months, depending on the immediate cash requirements of the Group, and earn interest at the 
respective short term deposit rates. 

Cash at bank and short term deposits attract interest at rates between 0% and 1.35% per annum (2021: 0% and 0.60%).

Cash and short term deposits in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position at reporting date includes cash and short term 
deposits held by the Parent Entity and its subsidiaries. At 31 July 2022, the balances were predominately held by the Parent Entity 
of $471.21 million. Prior year balances were predominately held by New Hope of $424.66 million, WHSP of $134.63 million and 
Round Oak of $37.54 million.

142

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Reconciliation of profit after income tax and  
net cash flow from operations

Profit after tax for the year from continuing operations
Profit after tax for the year from discontinued operations

Adjustments for non-cash items:
Depreciation and amortisation
Amortisation of transaction costs
Gain on loss of control of New Hope
Tax benefit on recycled reserves
Gain on deemed disposal of equity accounted associates
Gain on disposal of associates
Gain on associate reserves recycled back through profit and loss
Gain on revaluation of investment property
Loss on sale of investment property
Net gain on sale of non-current asset
Gain on sale of controlled entity/joint venture
Gain on fair value of biological assets
Loss/(gain) on trading equities fair value through profit or loss
(Reversal)/provision for expected credit loss allowance 
Impairment expense
Write off loan and interest to external party
Provision for Onerous contract
Net foreign exchange (gain)/loss
Non-cash in-specie dividend
Non-cash share based payments
Unwinding of interest on deferred purchase consideration
Share of profits of associates not received as dividends or distributions
Other non-cash items

Changes in operating assets and liabilities,  
net of effects from purchase and sales of business: 
Increase in trade debtors, other debtors and prepayments
Decrease/(increase) in inventory
Increase in financial assets held for trading 
Increase in trade creditors and accruals
(Decrease)/increase in employee entitlements and provisions
Increase/(decrease) in current tax asset
Decrease in deferred tax asset
Increase in current tax liability
(Decrease)/increase in deferred tax liability

2022
$’000

492,443
64,001

220,476
185
(490,884)
(17,000)
(20,072)
(6,131)
 – 
(51,918)
 – 
(1,771)
(10,101)
(22,463)
147,133
(1,890)
1,003,452
3,684
3,918
(3,577)
(40,604)
(289)
 – 
(140,826)
(486)

(303,758)
32,781
(140,365)
65,670
(564)
(9,266)
36,458
466,353
(82,067)

2021
$’000

255,470
64,969

247,036
2,076
 – 
 – 
(7,373)
 – 
(3,643)
(3,600)
873
(8,257)
(1,567)
(11,114)
(80,327)
2,667
17,911
16,500
16,477
3,343
 – 
2,094
905
(17,794)
37

(76,557)
(13,442)
(67,190)
3,558
14,160
16,283
55,451
56,345
29,424

Net cash inflow from operating activities

1,192,522

514,715

143143

26  Interest bearing liabilities

ACCOUNTING POLICY
Interest bearing liabilities are initially recognised at fair value, net of any transaction costs incurred. These balances are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption amount is recognised 
in the profit or loss over the term of the liability using the effective interest method. Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities are 
recognised as transaction costs of the loan to the extent that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down. In this case, 
the fee is deferred until the draw down occurs. To the extent there is no evidence that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be 
drawn down, the fee is capitalised as a prepayment for liquidity services and amortised over the term of the facility to which it relates.

Interest bearing liabilities are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability 
for at least 12 months after the reporting date.

Convertible notes
The component of convertible notes that exhibit characteristics of a liability is recognised as a liability in the balance sheet, net of transaction 
costs. On issuance of convertible notes, the fair value of the liability component is determined using a market rate for an equivalent 
non-convertible note. This amount is carried as a long term liability on an amortised basis until extinguished on conversion or redemption. 
The increase in liability due to the passage of time is recognised as a finance cost. The remainder of the proceeds are allocated to the 
conversion option that is recognised and included in shareholders’ equity, net of transaction costs. The carrying amount of the conversion 
option is not remeasured in subsequent years. Transaction costs are apportioned between the liability and equity components of the 
convertible notes based on the allocation of proceeds to the liability and equity components when the instruments are first recognised.

Current liabilities
Secured
Bank overdraft (WHSP Agriculture Trust)1
Equity finance loans (Parent Entity)2
Secured loans (New Hope)3
Equipment finance loans (WHSP Agriculture Trust)1

Non-current liabilities 
Unsecured
Convertible notes (Parent Entity)2
Convertible notes (New Hope)3
Secured
Market rate loan (WHSP Agriculture Trust)1
Equipment finance loans (WHSP Agriculture Trust)1
Secured loans (Ampcontrol)4
Secured loans (New Hope)3

Total interest bearing liabilities
Less: cash and cash equivalents

Net (cash)/debt

Financing facilities
Less: facilities utilised at reporting date

Convertible bonds
Equity finance and other loan facilities

Facilities unutilised at reporting date

2022
$’000

 – 
195,770
 – 
1,871

197,641

218,247
 – 

70,950
3,788
14,590
 – 

307,575

505,216
(506,327)

(1,111)

2021
$’000

3,085
289,810
953
879

294,727

216,282
189,193

33,000
2,329
 – 
307,101

747,905

1,042,632
(610,324)

432,308

525,595

1,186,460

(218,247)
(286,969)

20,379

(405,475)
(637,157)

143,828

The fair values of interest bearing liabilities materially approximate their respective carrying values as at 31 July 2022.

144

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Financing facilities
As at 31 July 2022, the Consolidated Entity had the following financing facilities in place:

1  WHSP Agriculture Holding Trust

The WHSP Agriculture Holding Trust maintains a five year secured loan facility which expires on 30 July 2025.

On 25 October 2021, this facility was increased to $83.2 million from $40 million. The facility comprises a $4 million bank 
overdraft, a $72 million market rate facility (an increase from $33 million) and a $7.2 million asset finance facility (an increase 
from $3.3 million).

Security given includes first ranking mortgages over property and specific pieces of agricultural machinery, first ranking 
mortgages over water entitlements, water leases and General Security Interests.

To finance the purchase of various pieces of agricultural equipment, the WHSP Agricultural Holding Trust entered into 
various financing agreements with a financier. These credit contracts are specific to the agricultural equipment and are 
secured with a mortgage over the equipment for a term ranging between 35 to 60 months.

As at 31 July 2022, WHSP Agriculture Holding Trust utilised:
 1 $nil of the bank overdraft facility (2021: $3.09 million) at an average interest rate of 4.10% pa (2021: 2.85% pa).  

The unutilised facility as at 31 July 2022 was $4 million (2021: $0.91 million).

 1 $70.95 million of the market rate loan facility (2021: $33 million) at an interest rate of 3.97% pa (2021: 1.87% pa).  

The unutilised facility as at 31 July 2022 was $1.05 million (2021: $nil). 

 1 $4.23 million of the asset finance facility (2021: $2.33 million) at a weighted average interest rate of 3.72% pa  

(2021: 3.10% pa). The unutilised facility as at 31 July 2022 was $2.92 million (2021: $0.97 million).

 1 $1.43 million of the agricultural equipment finance facility (2021: $0.88 million) at a weighted average interest rate  

of 1.35% pa (2021: 0.93% pa). The unutilised facility as at 31 July 2022 was $nil (2021: $nil).

2  Parent Entity

(i)  Equity finance facilities

As at 31 July 2022, the Parent Entity had access to secured financial asset finance with a number of financiers.

As security for each of these loans, the Parent Entity transfers ownership of title over certain securities to the finance 
provider. As the Parent Entity retains the risks and benefits of ownership of the transferred investments, including the right to 
receive dividends, these securities continue to be included as assets on the Consolidated Entity and Parent Entity statement 
of financial position. Upon repayment of the debt, legal title of the investments is transferred back to the Parent Entity.

The tenor for each borrowing under these facilities ranges from 30 days to six months, and the average cost was 2.37% pa 
(2021: 0.88% pa).

Capacity to draw further funds under these facilities is a function of the prevailing value of the pool of securities that is 
eligible to be loaned.

145145

26  Interest bearing liabilities (continued)

(ii)  Convertible Notes

In the prior period, the Parent Entity issued convertible notes with an aggregate principal amount of $225 million. There has 
been no movement in the number of these convertible notes since the issue date.

The notes are convertible at the option of the noteholders into ordinary shares based on an initial conversion price of $34.99 per 
share at any time on or after 11 March 2021 up to the date falling five business days prior to the final maturity date (29 January 
2026). The holder of the option has the right to redeem all or some of the holder’s notes on 1 February 2024 for an amount 
equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes plus any accrued but unpaid interest. Any notes not converted will be 
redeemed on 29 January 2026 at the principal amount of the notes plus any accrued but unpaid interest.

The notes carry interest at a rate of 0.625% pa which is payable semi-annually in arrears on 29 January and 29 July.

3  New Hope

New Hope was deconsolidated from the Group from 29 July 2022 – Refer to Note 35a. 

In the prior period, the consolidated financial position reflected:
 1 The utilisation of $310 million of secured facilities which included a $600 million drawable amortising facility (amortised 
to $450 million) and a $300 million credit support facility. The secured facilities were provided by a syndicate of Australian 
and international banks which held a fixed and floating charge over all assets held by New Hope, except for certain 
excluded subsidiaries. 

 1 Convertible notes issued with an aggregate principal amount of $200 million at a coupon rate of 2.75% per annum.  
The liability component of $189.2 million reflected net proceeds of $195.2 million, interest of $0.6 million, less  
$6.6 million equity component.

4  Ampcontrol

Ampcontrol joined the Consolidated Group effective 31 May 2022. In June 2022, Ampcontrol entered into a $40 million 
syndicated flexible working capital facility. As at 31 July 2022, the facility comprised $22 million of cash advance facilities,  
a $5 million bank overdraft and $13 million allocated to bank guarantees. The facility is secured by fixed and floating charges 
over Ampcontrol’s assets and subsidiaries and expires on 28 June 2025. As at 31 July 2022, Ampcontrol had utilised  
$14.59 million of the cash advance facilities at a weighted average interest rate of 3.22% pa. The unutilised cash and 
overdraft facilities as at 31 July 2022 were $12.41 million.

146

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 202227  Share capital

ACCOUNTING POLICY
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity 
as a deduction net of tax, from the proceeds. The amounts of any capital return are applied against share capital.

Group and Parent Entity

31 July 2022

31 July 2021

Number of shares

$’000

Number of shares

 360,967,863 

 245,078 

 4,686,012 
 3,945 
(9,798)

4,680,159

 239,395,320 

$’000

 43,232 
 3,945 
 – 

47,177

Fully paid ordinary shares
Convertible notes
Treasury shares

Ordinary shares

On 5 October 2021, the Scheme of Arrangement (Scheme) between the Company and Milton was implemented. In accordance 
with the terms of the Scheme, the Company issued 121,470,772 ordinary shares to Milton shareholders as consideration for all 
remaining shares in Milton not otherwise owned by the Company prior to the acquisition. 

On 31 May 2022, the Company issued 101,771 shares under a share sale deed as part consideration for the acquisition of shares 
in Ampcontrol. 

Total number of ordinary shares on issue at the end of the reporting period was 360,967,863 (31 July 2021: 239,395,320).

Convertible notes

On 29 January 2021, the Parent Entity issued convertible notes with an aggregate principal amount of $225 million. The 
convertible notes are convertible into fully paid ordinary shares in the Company. The notes will mature on 29 January 2026 unless 
otherwise redeemed, repurchased, or converted. The fair value of the liability component of the convertible notes was estimated 
at the issuance date and is carried as a long term liability with the balance of $3.9 million being reflected as equity.

There has been no movement in the number of these convertible notes since the issue date.

Treasury shares

In conjunction with the acquisition of Milton during the year ended 31 July 2022 (Refer to Note 35b), the Parent Entity acquired 
263,242 shares under the Milton staff share plan. The number of shares at 31 July 2022 was 245,078.

Brickworks deemed treasury shares

Fully paid ordinary shares includes 94,314,855 shares held by Brickworks (2021: 94,314,855 shares). As Brickworks is 43.3% owned 
by WHSP, the resulting reciprocal interest is treated as treasury shares for the purpose of calculating earnings per share in the 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Capital Management

The objective of the Group’s capital management approach is to maintain a strong capital base in order to maintain investor, 
creditor and market confidence and to sustain the future development of the Group.

The Group’s capital consists of total shareholders’ equity, borrowings and other interest bearing liabilities. The movement in 
shareholders equity is shown in the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity. 

For details of interest bearing liabilities, refer to Note 26.

The Parent Entity has complied with the financial covenants of its borrowing facilities during the 2022 and 2021 financial years. 

Securities purchased on market

WHSP purchased 82,693 shares (2021: 141,808 shares) on market to satisfy the rights that vested during the year under the  
WHSP Rights Plan. The average share price per share was $31.16 (2021: $28.98).

147147

28  Reserves

Certain changes in the value of assets and liabilities are not recognised in the profit or loss but are instead included in other 
comprehensive income.

Also included in reserves is the Group’s share of the reserves of equity accounted associates.

Reserves attributable to members

Asset revaluation reserve
Capital gains reserve
Hedge reserve
Foreign currency translation reserve
Capital profits reserve
Share-based payments reserve
Equity reserve

Closing balance at 31 July

Major movements in reserves consist of:

Asset revaluation reserve
Opening balance at 1 August 
Revaluation of long term equity investments, gross
Revaluation of long term equity investments, deferred tax
Transfer gain on sale of long term equity investments to capital gains reserve, gross
Transfer gain on sale of long term equity investments to capital gains reserve, deferred tax
Impairment of long term equity investments, gross
Impairment of long term equity investments, deferred tax
Share of associates – increments/(decrements)
Other revaluations

Closing balance at 31 July

2022
$’000

(367,876)
168,513
4,169
(1,631)
8,881
15,737
(12,560)

(184,767)

(214,602)
(233,860)
95,766
(43,873)
6,760
709
(213)
6,135
15,302

(367,876)

2021
$’000

(214,602)
52,294
6,747
(919)
8,881
9,161
(16,706)

(155,144)

(4,588)
(281,938)
87,965
(21,481)
5,768
(2,374)
712
1,334
– 

(214,602)

Asset revaluation reserve 
At balance date, the asset revaluation reserve predominately relates to the net unrealised gains/(loss) of the Parent Entity’s long term 
equity investments, net of related tax.

148

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022 
Capital gains reserve
Opening balance at 1 August 
Transfer gain on sale of long term equity investment from Asset revaluation reserve, gross
Transfer gain on sale of long term equity investment from Asset revaluation reserve,  
deferred tax
Gains on sale of long term equity investments, net of tax

Closing balance at 31 July

2022
$’000

52,294
43,873

(6,760)
79,106

168,513

2021
$’000

36,333
21,481

(5,768)
248

52,294

Capital gains reserve 
The capital gains reserve predominately recorded net gain/(loss) on the sale of the Parent Entity’s long term equity investments, net of 
related tax.

Hedge reserve
Opening balance at 1 August 
Revaluation, gross
Revaluation, deferred tax
Transfer to profit, gross
Transfer to profit, deferred tax
Deconsolidation of New Hope
Share of associates – increments/(decrements)

Closing balance at 31 July

2022
$’000

6,747
(64,734)
19,417
3,762
(1,128)
40,105
–

4,169

2021
$’000

20,566
(45,943)
13,806
26,091
(7,827)
–
54

6,747

Hedge Reserve
Movements in the hedge reserve predominately relate to:

 1 New Hope’s derivative financial instruments which are used to hedge exposures to foreign currency exchange rates.
 1 The Parent Entity cross currency interest rate swaps which are used to hedge exposures to foreign currency on secured loans  

to external parties.

Equity reserve
Opening balance at 1 August 
Share of associates – increments/(decrements)
Transactions with non-controlling interest (New Hope)
Others

Closing balance at 31 July

2022
$’000

(16,706)
4,143
–
3

(12,560)

2021
$’000

(9,379)
(3,377)
(3,971)
21

(16,706)

Equity Reserve
Movements in the equity reserve predominately relate to the reduction in the Parent’s shareholding in New Hope and movement in 
associates equity reserves.

149149

29  Financial risk management

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks; market risk (including currency risk, price risk and interest rate risk), 
credit risk, and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets 
and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the financial performance of the Group. Entities within the Group have also 
developed their own risk management programs tailored to address their business specific risks. The Parent entity and certain 
group entities use derivative financial instruments such as foreign exchange contracts and interest rate swaps to hedge certain 
risk exposures. The Group uses different methods to measure different types of risk to which it is exposed. These methods include 
sensitivity analysis in the case of interest rate, foreign exchange and other price risks and ageing analysis for credit risk.

Risk management is carried out in accordance with written policies approved by the boards of each relevant business within 
the Group. These written policies cover specific areas such as mitigating foreign exchange, interest rate and credit risks, use of 
forward exchange contracts and investment of excess liquidity.

The following tables summarise the financial assets and liabilities of the Group:

Financial assets

2022
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Financial assets held for trading 
Other financial assets
Long term equity investments

Total financial assets

2021
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Financial assets held for trading 
Other financial assets
Long term equity investments

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities

2022
Trade and other payables
Interest bearing liabilities
Lease liabilities
Other financial liabilities

Total financial liabilities

2021
Trade and other payables
Interest bearing liabilities
Lease liabilities
Other financial liabilities

Total financial liabilities

Fair value 
through Other 
Comprehensive 
Income
$’000

Hedging 
Derivatives
$’000

Amortised  
cost
$’000

Fair Value 
through  
Profit or Loss
$’000

–
–
–
–
4,803,500

4,803,500

–
–
–
–
2,362,838

2,362,838

–
–
–
–

 – 

–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
9,746
–

9,746

–
–
–
368

 368 

–
–
–
335

335

506,327
313,449
–
–
–

819,776

610,324
397,501
–
19,669
–

1,027,494

96,377
505,216
42,689
–

644,282

113,556
1,042,632
131,412
–

1,287,600

–
–
572,987
165,961
–

738,948

–
–
397,582
38,920
–

436,502

–
–
–
6,936

 6,936 

–
–
–
–

–

Total
$’000

506,327
313,449
572,987
165,961
4,803,500

6,362,224

610,324
397,501
397,582
68,335
2,362,838

3,836,580

96,377
505,216
42,689
7,304

651,586

113,556
1,042,632
131,412
335

1,287,935

150

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022a)  Market risk

i. 

Foreign exchange risk

Foreign exchange risk arises when future commercial transactions and recognised assets and liabilities are 
denominated in a currency that is not the Group’s functional currency. There are two sources of exposure:

 1 The Group through its current and former subsidiaries, Ampcontrol, New Hope (deconsolidated in 2022) and 

Round Oak (discontinued operations), was exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from currency exposures to 
the US dollar.

Ampcontrol is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from operational transactions in foreign currencies. 
Ampcontrol management regularly monitors foreign exchange exposures and did not engage in any foreign 
exchange hedging during the period as the exposure risk was deemed immaterial.

New Hope uses forward contracts to manage foreign exchange risk. Senior management is responsible for 
managing exposures in each foreign currency by using forward currency contracts. Contracts are designated as 
cash flow hedges. Foreign exchange contracts are designated by New Hope as hedges of foreign exchange risk 
on specific future transactions.

New Hope’s risk management framework is to hedge anticipated transactions (export coal sales) in US dollars 
for the subsequent year as deemed necessary. All hedges of projected export coal sales qualify as “highly 
probable” forecast transactions for hedge accounting purposes.

Round Oak’s market risk management strategy is to manage and control market risk exposures within 
acceptable parameters, while optimising returns. During the current and previous financial periods Round Oak 
did not engage in any foreign exchange hedging.

 1 The Parent Entity has exposure to foreign exchange risk on external secured loans to third parties denominated 

in Canadian (CAD) and New Zealand (NZD) dollars.

Cross currency interest rate swaps are used to manage foreign exchange risk. To comply with the Parent Entity’s 
foreign exchange risk management strategy to hedge exposures arising in foreign currency, the Parent Entity’s 
objective is to hedge the exposure arising from CAD and NZD denominated external loan assets against the 
changes in the spot exchange rate of CAD/AUD and NZD/AUD respectively.

The hedged items create an exposure to foreign currency denominated fixed interest and principal amounts in 
local currency terms. As such, there is an expectation that the value of the hedging instruments and the value 
of the hedged items move in the opposite direction as a result of movements in the CAD/AUD and NZD/AUD 
spot exchange rates.

Determination of the hedge ratio and sources of hedge ineffectiveness on NZD and CAD exposures

To comply with the Parent Entity’s hedging policy, the hedge ratio is based on a hedging instrument with the 
same notional amount in foreign currency terms as the underlying hedged item. This results in a hedge ratio of 1:1 
or 100%. This is the ratio that the Parent Entity uses for risk management purposes, and this ratio is appropriate for 
purposes of hedge accounting as it does not result in an imbalance that would create hedge ineffectiveness.

The following potential sources of hedge ineffectiveness are identified:
 1 Reduction or modification in the hedged item (that is; a debt repayment or interest rate reduction);
 1 A change in the credit risk of the borrower or the swap counterparty; and
 1 A mismatch between the cash flows of the hedged item and the hedging instrument.

US dollar exposure
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade receivables
Trade payables

Forward exchange contracts – sell foreign currency (cash flow hedge)

2022
US$’000

1
3,216
15

–

2021
US$’000

51,410
58,171
5,304

27,000

151151

29  Financial risk management (continued)

a)  Market risk (continued)

New Zealand dollar exposure
Cash and cash equivalents
Loan to external parties – secured
Cross currency swap (pay NZD fix/receive AUD fix)

Canadian dollar exposure
Cash and cash equivalents
Loan to external parties – secured
Cross currency swap (pay CAD fix/receive AUD fix)

2022

NZ$’000

194
23,500
23,500

2022

C$’000

438
14,300
14,300

2021

NZ$’000

431
23,500
23,500

2021

C$’000

393
14,300
14,300

Sensitivity analysis

Based on the cash, trade receivables, and trade payables held at 31 July 2022, had the Australian dollar weakened/ 
strengthened by 10% against the US dollar with all other variables held constant, there would be $0.30 million/($0.37 
million) increase/(decrease) of the Group’s post-tax profit for the year (2021: $9.26 million/($10.82 million)) as a result of 
foreign exchange gains/(losses) on translation of US dollar receivables and cash balances as detailed in the above table. 
The Group’s equity as at balance date would have increased/(decreased) by the same amounts.

Based on the forward exchange contracts held at 31 July 2022, had the Australian dollar weakened/strengthened by 
10% against the US dollar with all other variables held constant, there would be $nil increase/(decrease) of the Group’s 
equity (2021: $3.32 million/($4.06 million)). There would be no effect on post-tax profits.

ii.   Commodity hedge risk

The Group through its former subsidiaries, New Hope (deconsolidated in 2022) and Round Oak (discontinued 
operations), used commodity hedge contracts to manage price risk. Contracts are designated as cash flow hedges. 
Commodity price contracts are designated as hedges of price risk on specific future transactions.

iii.  Price risk

The Group is exposed to equity securities price risk as the majority of the Group’s investments are publicly traded on the 
Australian Securities Exchange.

Long term investments held for capital growth and dividend income are classified in the Consolidated Statement of 
Financial Position as long term equity investments. As the market value of individual equities fluctuate, the fair value of 
the portfolio changes. Fair value adjustments are recognised in the asset revaluation reserve within equity.

Investments held principally for the purpose of selling in the short to medium term are classified in the Consolidated 
Statement of Financial Position as financial assets held for trading. As the market value of individual companies 
fluctuate, the fair value of this portfolio changes with the movement being recognised through the profit or loss.

Investments in associates are not carried at fair value in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position but are instead 
equity accounted. The initial investment is increased/(decreased) by the Group’s share of the associate’s profits/(losses) 
as recognised in the profit or loss, movements in their reserves (recognised in other comprehensive income) and 
decreased by dividends received. For listed associates, the market value is taken into consideration when assessing the 
recoverable value of an equity accounted associate.

152

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Sensitivity analysis

The following table summarises the financial impacts of a 5% increase/(decrease) in the market value of publicly traded 
investments (to post-tax profit for financial assets held for trading and to other comprehensive income for long term equity 
investments, respectively) that are carried at fair value as at reporting date.

Impact to post-tax profit

Impact on reserves

2022
$’000

22,179
–

22,179

2021
$’000

13,716
–

13,716

2022
$’000

–
168,123

168,123

2021
$’000

–
78,585

78,585

Financial assets held for trading
Long term equity investments

b)  Credit risk

Exposure to credit risk relating to financial assets arises from the potential non-performance by counterparties of contract obligations 
that could lead to a financial loss to the Group.

Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, derivative financial instruments and deposits with banks and financial institutions, 
long term equity investments provided to the bank as security for short term debt, as well as credit exposure to export and domestic 
customers, including outstanding receivables and committed transactions.

The Group has policies in place to ensure that sales of products and services are made to customers with an appropriate credit history. 
The majority of customers, both export and domestic, have long term relationships with the Group and sales are secured with long term 
supply contracts. Sales are secured by letters of credit when deemed appropriate.

The Group’s derivative counterparties and term deposits are limited to financial institutions with a rating of at least BBB. The Group has 
policies that limit the maximum amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution.

Credit risk further arises in relation to financial guarantees given to certain parties. Such guarantees are only provided in exceptional 
circumstances and are subject to specific Board approval.

The credit quality of financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired, can be assessed by reference to historical information about 
counterparty defaults. To mitigate credit risk, management within each of the Group entities apply policies to assess and monitor the 
credit worthiness of customers and set appropriate credit limits for each customer, taking into account their financial positions, past 
experience and other factors pertaining to each industry segment.

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying amount of assets as stated in the Consolidated Statement of 
Financial Position. The following table summarises these assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivablesii
Other finanical assetsiii
Long term equity investmentsi

2022
$’000

506,327
313,449
155,275
195,770

2021
$’000

610,324
397,501
18,814
289,810

1,170,821

1,316,449

i 
ii 

The long term equity investments balance as stated above represents amounts that banks hold as security against short term debt. Refer to Note 26.
The trade and other receivables balance as stated above reflect the recoverable value and are net of allowances for expected credit losses. Refer to Note 9 for 
further description on the impairment of receivables.

iii  This amount includes only derivatives that are within other financial assets.

153153

29  Financial risk management (continued)

c)  Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that an entity is unable to meet its financial obligations as they fall due.

Prudent liquidity risk management is adopted by the Group through maintaining sufficient cash and marketable securities, 
the ability to borrow funds from credit providers and to close-out market positions.

The Group manages liquidity risk by continually monitoring forecast and actual cashflows and matching maturity profiles 
of financial assets and liabilities. Surplus funds are generally only invested in instruments that are tradeable in highly liquid 
markets.

Financing arrangements

Details of existing financing arrangements are set out in Note 26.

d)  Maturity of financial liabilities

The Group has trade and other payables that are payable within 12 months (current liabilities) and greater than 12 months 
(non-current liabilities). Trade and other payables classified as current are predominately trade payables which are generally 
due or paid within 45 days of invoice date. Trade and other payables classified as non-current relate to term deposit held 
in relation to property rental operations (current period) and the purchase consideration for business acquisitions (prior 
reporting period). Non-current balances are calculated using the present value of the future expected cash flows. 

The Parent Entity utilises short term bank financing. The balance at year end was $195.77 million (2021: $289.81 million).  
The debt is exposed to variable interest rates. The outstanding debt can be repaid by providing 30 day notice.

As security for the Parent Entity’s short term bank financing, the Parent Entity transferred ownership of title over certain long 
term equity investments to the banks. Upon repayment of the debt, legal title of the equity investments are transferred back 
to the Parent Entity. As the Parent Entity retains the risks and benefits of ownership of the transferred equity investments, 
including the right to receive dividends, these securities continue to be included as assets on the Group’s Statement of 
Financial Position. 

The Group’s maturity analysis for derivative financial instruments is set out in Note 14. The Group’s maturity analysis for lease 
liabilities is set out in Note 20.

e)  Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk

The Group may from time to time have significant interest-bearing assets which are placed with reputable financial 
institutions for up to 12 months. The Group has treasury investment policies approved by each of the relevant entity’s board 
of directors which stipulates the maximum exposure to each financial institution. Significant changes in market interest rates 
may have an effect on the Group’s profit or loss and operating cash flows. Cash flow interest rate risk is managed by placing 
excess funds in at call deposits, term deposits and other fixed interest bearing assets. Refer to Note 25 for details.

Based on the deposits held at reporting date, the sensitivity to a 1% per annum increase or decrease in interest rates would 
increase/(decrease) after tax profit by $3.54 million (2021: $4.27 million). This scenario assumes all cash and term deposits at 
balance date continue to remain invested for the whole year.

f )  Climate related risk

Climate risk is a risk for the Group. The impacts of climate change have the potential to affect the value of assets and 
liabilities of the Group, in particular the carrying value of its investments in mining, natural resources and significant energy 
users. These impacts include long term changes in climatic conditions, extreme weather events, and the action taken by 
governments, regulators or society more generally to transition to a low carbon economy. A key step in the Group’s due 
diligence on potential investments is the assessment of environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks, including climate 
risk, in accordance with our Sustainable Investment Policy and Climate Risk Policy. All investments are evaluated through the 
Group’s compulsory ESG risk assessment process. The risk of climate change is assessed at origination and continues after 
an investment is made through the on-going investment review process. Exposures with medium or high risk profiles are 
subject to additional due diligence and heightened consideration and assessment. The Directors considered climate-related 
risk in the preparation of this Financial Report.

154

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 202230  Fair value estimation

ACCOUNTING POLICY
The fair value of financial assets, financial liabilities, investment properties, biological assets and farmland assets must be estimated for 
recognition and measurement or for disclosure purposes.

The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets is based on quoted market prices at the reporting date. The quoted 
market price used for financial assets and financial liabilities held by the Group is the last sale price.

The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market (for example, over-the-counter derivatives) is determined 
using valuation techniques. The Group uses a variety of methods and makes assumptions that are based on market conditions existing at 
each reporting date. The fair value of forward exchange contracts is determined using forward exchange market rates at the reporting date.

The carrying value less estimated credit adjustments and expected credit loss of trade receivables and payables are assumed to approximate 
their fair values due to their short term nature. The fair value of financial liabilities for disclosure purposes is estimated by discounting the 
future contractual cash flows at the current market interest rate that is available to the Group for similar financial instruments.

The fair value of investment properties is discussed in Note 17b.

The fair value of biological assets is discussed in Note 11.

The fair value of farmland assets is discussed in Note 18.

Fair value hierarchy
Judgements and estimates are made in determining the fair values of assets and liabilities. To provide an indication of the 
reliability of the inputs used in determining fair value, the Group categorises each asset and liability into one of the following 
three levels as prescribed by accounting standards:

Level 1 

 Fair value is determined by reference to quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as 
at the end of the reporting period.

Level 2  Fair value is determined by using valuation techniques incorporating observable market data inputs. 

Level 3  Fair value is determined by using valuation techniques that rely on inputs that are not based on observable market data.

Valuation techniques

Listed equities

The fair value of listed equities and hybrid instruments is based on quoted market prices, being the last sale price, at the 
reporting date. Listed equities are traded in an active market with most of the Consolidated Entity’s investments being publicly 
traded on the Australian Securities Exchange. 

KEY JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES
Financial assets (level 3) – valuation techniques
Each valuation technique requires inputs that reflect the assumptions that buyers and sellers would use when pricing the asset or 
liability, including the assumptions about risk. When selecting a valuation technique, the Consolidated Entity gives priority to those 
techniques that maximise the use of observable inputs and minimise the use of unobservable inputs. Inputs that are developed using 
market data (such as publicly available information on actual transactions) and reflect the assumptions that buyers and sellers would 
generally use when pricing the asset or liability are considered observable. Unobservable inputs are those for which market data is not 
available and therefore are developed using the best information available about such assumptions.

Unlisted equities

In the absence of an active market for unlisted equities, the Consolidated Entity selects and uses one or more valuation techniques to 
measure the fair value of these unlisted equities.
The Consolidated Entity selects a valuation technique that is appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data is available to 
measure fair value. The following valuation techniques are used by the Consolidated Entity:

 1 Market approach: valuation techniques that use prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions for 

identical or similar assets including ongoing discussions with potential purchasers.

 1 Income approach: valuation techniques that convert estimated future cash flows or income and expenses into a single discounted 

present value.

155155

30  Fair value estimation (continued)

KEY JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES (CONTINUED)

Amortised cost : Trade and other receivables and loans to external parties

 1 Expected credit loss approach (ECL): valuation technique that measures the loss allowance for trade and other receivables at an 
amount equal to the lifetime ECL except where the financial asset’s credit risk is considered low or has not increased significantly 
since initial recognition, the loss allowance is based on 12-months ECL. A simplified approach is taken for trade and other 
receivables and records the loss allowance at the amount equal to the lifetime ECL. In applying this simplified method, the 
Consolidated Entity uses its historical experience, external indicators and forward looking information to calculate the ECL.

Investment Properties
Refer to Note 17b for additional information on the valuation techniques used for investment properties.

Farmland assets
Refer to Note 18 for additional information on the valuation of farmland assets.

Fair value measurement
The following table represents the Group’s assets and liabilities measured or disclosed at fair value as at 31 July 2022  
and 31 July 2021.

As at 31 July 2022

Financial assets measured at fair value
Financial assets held for trading
Other financial assets
Long term equity investments 

Non-financial assets measured at fair value
Investment properties
Biological assets
Farmland assets

Assets for which fair values are disclosed
Loan at amortised cost

Level 1
$’000

452,256
 – 
4,661,496

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

Level 2
$’000

45,154
155,275
 93,679 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

Total assets 

 5,113,752 

294,108

As at 31 July 2021

Financial assets measured at fair value
Financial assets held for trading
Other financial assets
Long term equity investments 

Non-financial assets measured at fair value
Investment properties
Biological assets
Farmland assets

Assets for which fair values are disclosed
Loan at amortised cost

Level 1
$’000

383,319
8,564
2,244,687

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

Level 2
$’000

 – 
40,102
81,982

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

Total assets 

 2,636,570 

 122,084 

Level 3
$’000

75,577
 10,686 
 48,325 

 85,576 
9,310
116,138

234,154

579,766

Level 3
$’000

14,263
19,669
36,169

87,158
4,658
71,128

Total
$’000

 572,987 
 165,961 
 4,803,500 

 85,576 
 9,310 
116,138

234,154

5,987,626

Total
$’000

397,582
68,335
2,362,838

87,158
4,658
71,128

236,205

 469,250 

236,205

 3,227,904 

156

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (level 3)

The following table presents the change in level 3 items for the year ended 31 July 2022 and 31 July 2021:

s
t
e
s
s
a
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

i

g
n
d
a
r
t

r
o
f
d
l
e
h

$’000

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
r
e
h
t
O

s
t
e
s
s
a

$’000

y
t
i
u
q
e
m
r
e
t
g
n
o
L

s
t
n
e
m

t
s
e
v
n

i

$’000

t
n
e
m

t
s
e
v
n
I

s
e
i
t
r
e
p
o
r
p

$’000

s
t
e
s
s
a
l
a
c
i
g
o
o
B

l

i

s
t
e
s
s
a
d
n
a
l
m
r
a
F

$’000

$’000

t
s
o
c
d
e
s
i
t
r
o
m
a

t
a
s
n
a
o
L

$’000

l
a
t
o
T

$’000

Opening balance at 1 August 2020

4,314

13,034

38,464

75,724

2,062

39,718

59,505

232,821

Acquisitions
Disposals/repaid
Transfer to level 1 – Financial assets held  
for trading (listed)
Change in fair value due to biological 
transformation
Transfer to inventory
Transfer to Equity accounted associate
Transfer to Investment properties
Transfer to property, plant and equipment
Gain recognised in other income 
– unrealised 
Impairment
Depreciation
Gain recognised in other comprehensive 
income – unrealised
Transfer to held-for-sale asset

12,633
 – 

(2,684)

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

6,635
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

25
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
(11,971)
(1,109)
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

10,760
 – 

8,020
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

3,691
 – 
 – 

 – 
(277)

664
 – 

 – 

11,113
(9,181)
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

33,159
(316)

220,219
(43,519)

281,355
(43,835)

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (1,371)

 – 
(1,908)
(872)

2,718
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
–
–

 – 
 – 

(2,684)

11,113
(9,181)
(11,971)
(1,109)
(1,371)

3,691
(1,908)
(872)

13,478
(277)

Closing balance at 31 July 2021

14,263

19,669

36,169

87,158

4,658

71,128

236,205

469,250

Acquisitions
Acquisitions of a business
Disposals/repaid
Transfer to level 1 – Financial assets held  
for trading (listed)
Transfer from level 2 – other financial asset
Change in fair value due to biological 
transformation
Transfer to inventory
Transfer to property, plant and equipment
Return of capital from an unlisted 
investment 
Gain recognised in other revenue
Gain recognised in other income 
Gain recognised in other comprehensive 
income – unrealised
Impairment
Depreciation
Transfer to held-for-sale asset

58,255
 – 
(2,499)

(953)
 6,511 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

21,529
422
 – 

35,724
 – 
 – 

(10,000)
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
1,017
 – 

(10,080)
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

285
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
51,174

 – 
 – 
 – 
(88,480)

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

22,463
(17,811)
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

45,390
 – 
(2)

149,823
 – 
(151,984)

310,721
422
(154,485)

 – 
–

 – 
 – 
(2,355)

 – 
–
 – 

15,908
1,208
(2,082)
(13,057)

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
110
 – 

 – 
–
–
 – 

(10,953)
6,511

22,463
(17,811)
(2,355)

(10,080)
1,127
51,174

16,193
1,208
(2,082)
(101,537)

Closing balance at 31 July 2022

75,577

10,686

48,325

85,576

9,310

116,138

234,154

579,766

157157

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
30  Fair value estimation (continued)

Fair value measurement, valuation techniques and inputs
The following table summarises valuation techniques, inputs and sensitivities for classes of assets with significant level 3 inputs:

Class of assets

Asset

Valuation 
technique

Fair value 
hierarchy

Range

Unlisted 
investment 

EBITDA 
multiple

Level 3

$15.20 million 
to $13.75 
million

Inputs used  
to measure  
fair value

Discount rate 
multiple

Industrial and 
commercial 
properties

Discounted 
cashflow 
approach

Level 3

6.50% to 7.00% 
and 6.75% to 
7.25%

Discount rate 
and Terminal 
yield

Long term 
equity 
investments

Investment 
properties

Development 
properties

Farmland 
assets

Farming land 
and buildings

Direct 
comparison 
approach

Direct 
comparison 
approach

Level 3

$1,900/m2 
– $2,100/m2

Rate per 
square metre

Level 3

Varies by 
location

Rate per  
land unit

Sensitivity analysis

An increase/decrease of 5% on 
discount rate multiple would 
increase/decrease the carrying 
value by $0.72 million.

An increase/decrease of 25 basis 
points in the adopted discount 
rate and terminal yield would 
increase/decrease the carrying 
value by $2.53 million and  
$2.34 million respectively.

An increase/decrease of 5% in 
the rate per square metre would 
increase/decrease the carrying 
value by $1.68 million.

An increase/decrease of 5% in the 
rate per land unit would increase/
decrease the carrying value by 
$6.71 million.

The valuation techniques and inputs for other classes of assets with level 3 inputs includes:

Financial assets held for trading: unlisted financial assets held for trading included in level 3 fair value hierarchy are held for 
short term trading. Purchase price approximate fair value.

Other financial assets: loans at fair value have been included in level 3 fair value hierarchy. Fair value is anchored to the 
underlying net asset value of the underlying company.

Biological assets: included in level 3 fair value hierarchy and valued at a risk adjusted value of expected cash flows.

Loans at amortised cost: loans at amortised cost have been included in level 3 fair value hierarchy. Fair value is anchored to 
expected credit losses valuation technique.

158

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 202231  Contingent liabilities

Details and estimates of maximum amounts of contingent liabilities for which no provision is included in the accounts,  
are as follows:

Undertakings and guarantees issued by a subsidiary's bankers to the Department of 
Natural Resources and Mines, Statutory Power Authorities and various other entities

2022
$’000

 – 

 – 

2021
$’000

21,982

21,982

Certain companies in the Group are recipients of complaints made or are defendants in certain claims and/or proceedings (either 
commenced or threatened).

In the opinion of the Directors, all such matters are not anticipated to have a material effect on the financial position of the Group 
or are at a stage which does not support a reasonable evaluation of the likely outcome of the matters.

There are no other material contingent liabilities of the Group as at 31 July 2022.

The Consolidated Entity had unrestricted access at 31 July 2022 to bank guarantee facilities of $28 million (2021: $335.10 million). 
At 31 July 2022, the Consolidated Entity had drawn down on these facilities by $12.30 million (2021: $125.50 million).

32  Commitments

a)  Lease commitments – operating

Commitments for minimum lease payments in relation to 
non–cancellable operating leases are payable as follows:
Within one year
One to five years
More than five years

b)  Capital commitments

Capital expenditure contracted for at year end but not recognised as liabilities is as follows:
Within one year
One to five years
More than five years

2022
$’000

2021
$’000

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

12,678
9,811
 – 

 22,489 

180
 – 
 – 

180

81,497
8,225
5,255

94,977

Capital commitments include contracted management services for mining services, exploration permits and acquisition of 
property, plant and equipment.

33  Events after the reporting period

Dividends declared subsequent to 31 July 2022 are disclosed in Note 2.

New Hope advised that the Queensland Government Department of Regional Development, Manufacturing and Water has 
granted the New Acland Mine Stage 3 Associated Water Licence. New Hope now holds all the primary approvals required to 
enable the resumption of mining operations at the New Acland Mine.

No other matter or circumstance has arisen since 31 July 2022 that has significantly affected, or may significantly affect, the 
operations of the Consolidated Entity, the results of those operations, or the state of affairs of the Consolidated Entity in future 
financial years.

159159

34  Parent Entity information

ACCOUNTING POLICY 
The statement of financial position, profit after tax and total comprehensive income for the Parent Entity, have been prepared on the 
same basis as the consolidated financial statements except for investments in subsidiaries and investments in associates.

In the Parent Entity, investments in subsidiaries and associates are carried at the lower of cost or impaired value. Dividends from these 
entities are recognised as income within profit or loss. This approach reflects the Parent Entity’s activities as an investor.

The consolidated financial statements recognise the individual assets, liabilities, income and expenses of subsidiaries. Associates 
are equity accounted, with initial investment increased/(decreased) by profits/(losses) recognised in the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income and decreased by dividends received. Dividends from both subsidiaries and associates are not recognised in the 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Statement of Financial Position

Current assets
Non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Shareholders' equity
Issued capital
Reserves
Retained earnings 

Profit after tax for the year 

Total comprehensive income

2022
$’000

1,086,387
6,304,661

7,391,048

306,722
405,623

712,345

6,678,703

4,689,957
(34,276)
2,023,022

6,678,703

(808,984)

(809,699)

2021
$’000

560,979
3,474,586

4,035,565

332,524
725,392

1,057,916

2,977,649

47,176
(169,360)
3,099,833

2,977,649

320,226

102,543

a)  Interest bearing liabilities of the Parent Entity

The Parent Entity has complied with all the financial covenants of its borrowing facilities during the 2022 and 2021 reporting 
periods. Refer to Note 26(2) for details of interest bearing liabilities of the Parent Entity.

b)  Guarantees entered into by the Parent Entity

The Parent Entity provides guarantees for leases of offices and swimming pool sites, and until its disposal, for environmental 
bonds that were required by Round Oak.

As at 31 July 2022, these guarantees totalled $1.22 million (2021: $9.21 million).

c)  Contingent liabilities of the Parent Entity

The Parent Entity did not have any contingent liabilities at 31 July 2022 or 31 July 2021.

d)   Contractual commitments made by the Parent Entity, for the acquisition  

of property, plant or equipment
The Parent Entity did not have any contractual commitments for property, plant or equipment at 31 July 2022 (2021: $nil).

160

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022 
35  Controlled entities and joint ventures

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements of the Group incorporates the financial statements of Washington H. Soul Pattinson 
and Company Limited and its subsidiaries, and its equity accounted associates. A diagram is set out in Note 3, listing the main 
subsidiaries and associates.

i.  Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, 
or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its 
power to direct the activities of the entity.

Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control is obtained to the date on which control is disposed. The 
acquisition of subsidiaries is accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting.

The financial statements of subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the Parent Entity, using consistent 
accounting policies. Adjustments are made to bring into line any dissimilar accounting policies that may exist.

Non-controlling interests in the results and equity of subsidiaries are shown separately in the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income, Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity and Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
respectively.

The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests that do not result in a loss of control as transactions with equity 
owners of the Group. For purchases from non-controlling interests, the difference between any consideration paid and 
the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is deducted from equity. For disposals to 
non-controlling interests, differences between any proceeds received and the relevant share of non-controlling interests are 
also recorded in equity.

ii. 

Joint arrangements

A joint arrangement is an arrangement where two or more parties share control. Joint arrangements are classified as either 
joint operations or joint ventures. The classification depends on the contractual rights and obligations of each investor, 
rather than the legal structure.

Joint operations

A joint operation is a joint arrangement in which the parties share joint control, have rights to the assets, and obligations 
for the liabilities relating to the arrangement. The Group recognises its direct right to the assets, liabilities, revenues and 
expenses of joint operations and its share of any jointly held or incurred assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. These have 
been incorporated into the Group’s financial statements under the appropriate headings.

Joint ventures

A joint venture is a joint arrangement in which the parties that share joint control have rights to the net assets of the 
arrangement. Interests in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method, after initially being recognised at cost.

iii.  Associates

Associates are all entities over which the Group has significant influence and are neither subsidiaries nor jointly controlled. 
This is generally the case where the Group holds between 20% and 50% of the voting rights. Investments in associates 
are accounted for in the consolidated financial statements using the equity method of accounting, after initially being 
recognised at cost.

The Group’s investment in associates includes goodwill (net of any accumulated impairment loss) identified on acquisition. 
The Group’s share of its associates’ post-acquisition profits or losses is recognised in the profit or loss and its share of 
post-acquisition other comprehensive income is recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. The 
cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. Dividends received/ 
receivable from associates are recognised in the consolidated financial statements by reducing the carrying amount of the 
investment.

When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equals or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any unsecured 
receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of 
the associate.

161161

35  Controlled entities and joint ventures (continued)

iv.  Transactions eliminated on consolidation

Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealised income and expenses arising from intra-group transactions are 
eliminated. Unrealised gains arising from transactions with an associate are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest 
in the associate. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, but only to the extent that there is no 
evidence of impairment. Where practical, accounting policies of the associates have been changed to ensure consistency 
with the policies adopted by the Group.

a)  Investments in subsidiaries

ACCOUNTING POLICY
Investments in subsidiaries are not recognised as individual investments in the consolidated financial statements. The assets and 
liabilities of each subsidiary are instead recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. Dividends from subsidiaries 
are not recognised in the profit or loss, instead the results from each subsidiary are included in the relevant line items in the profit 
or loss.

Details of significant subsidiaries within the Group are as follows:

Name of entity 

Subsidiaries
New Hope Corporation Limited 
Round Oak Minerals Pty Limited 
Round Oak Jaguar Pty Limited
WHSP Stockman Pty Limited
Exco Resources Pty Limited
WHSP Aquatic Achievers Pty Limited
WHSP Agriculture Holding Trust
WHSP Water Holding Trust
Pitt Capital Partners Limited
Soul Private Equity Limited
Milton Corporation Limited
Ampcontrol Limited

Ownership interest1 

Principal place 
of business 

2022

2021

Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
100%
95%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

40%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
95%
100%
100%
100%
N/A
N/A

1  N/A: The entity was not classified as a subsidiary at 31 July.

Deconsolidation of New Hope

As at the reporting date, the Parent Entity’s ownership interest in New Hope is 39.85% (2021: 39.85%).

The directors of the Parent Entity concluded that the Consolidated Entity lost control of New Hope on 29 July 2022. 
Circumstances giving rise to the loss of control are as follows:

On 29 July 2022, New Hope appointed an additional independent non-executive director bringing the New Hope board 
to six members. Three directors of New Hope are also directors of the Parent Entity with the other three directors being 
independent non-executive directors. The current New Hope Chairman (Robert Millner) provided a written undertaking that 
whenever chairing any board or members meeting of New Hope when the New Hope board comprises six directors where 
three directors are common to the Parent Entity, the Chairman undertakes not to exercise a casting vote in accordance with 
the relevant provisions in the New Hope constitution. 

During the reporting period, the New Hope share price has, at times, traded at a premium to the current conversion price for 
the New Hope convertible notes. This has created substantive rights for the New Hope Convertible note holders to convert. 
Therefore, the Consolidated Entity considers it more likely than not that Convertible note holders will convert their notes 
into New Hope equity. If all New Hope convertible note holders converted into equity, the Parent Entity’s relative equity 
interest in New Hope would reduce by approximately 4.53% to 35.32%. As at the date of this report, subsequent to year end, 
a number of notes have been converted, resulting in the issue of 34,692,566 New Hope ordinary shares, reducing the Parent 
Entity’s relative equity interest in New Hope to 38.26%.

162

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022As a consequence of the above and consideration of other relevant factors, it has been concluded that from 29 July 2022, 
the Consolidated Entity has significant influence over New Hope and no longer has control for accounting purposes. The 
Consolidated Entity’s investment in New Hope is recognised as an associate and the equity method of accounting is applied 
from this date. Refer to Note 15 for further details.

The financial impact of derecognising New Hope as a subsidiary is a non-cash gain of $491 million, with a tax expense of  
$313 million, resulting in an after tax gain of $178 million. The gain reflects the initial recognition of the New Hope investment 
at fair value, partly offset by the creation of a deferred tax liability. 

KEY JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES

Deconsolidation of New Hope
The assessment of the point in time when the Consolidated Entity lost control of New Hope is considered to be an area of 
significant accounting judgement. The judgements include the combination of the shareholding size, shareholder composition, 
de-facto control, historical and expected voting patterns at general meetings, potential voting rights that are substantive, and the 
composition of the Board of Directors. The judgement assessing when control of New Hope is lost affects the net assets that are 
deconsolidated, the fair value of the retained interest, and the gain on disposal. It was concluded that 29 July 2022 best represented 
the point in time in which the combination of these factors resulted in the Consolidated Entity losing control of New Hope. 

To assist users of the financial report, the following summarised financial information shows the standalone contribution of 
New Hope as a subsidiary in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the 2022 and 2021 reporting periods.

Revenue 
Expenses

Profit before income tax
Income tax 

Profit after income tax

Profit for the year attributable to:
Owners of Washington H Soul Pattinson and Company Limited
Non-controlling interests

Net assets of New Hope at date of deconsolidation:

Current assets
Non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

2021
$’000

1,053,978
(943,258)

110,720
(31,370)

 79,350 

35,708
43,642

79,350

Up to 29 July 
2022
$’000

2,480,765
(1,132,146)

 1,348,619 
(402,023)

 946,596 

377,692
568,904

946,596 

 29 July 
2022
$’000

1,321,101
2,049,606

3,370,707

517,290
574,299

 1,091,589 

 2,279,118 

163163

35  Controlled entities and joint ventures (continued)

b)  Business combinations

ACCOUNTING POLICY
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business combinations regardless of whether equity instruments 
or assets are acquired. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a business combination comprises the fair value of 
the assets transferred and the liabilities incurred. The consideration transferred also includes the fair value of any contingent 
consideration arrangement and the fair value of any pre-existing equity interest in the subsidiary. Acquisition-related costs are 
expensed as incurred.

Identifiable assets acquired, and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are, with limited exceptions, 
measured at fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling 
interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net identifiable 
assets.

The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date 
fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired is recorded as 
goodwill. If those amounts are less than the fair value of the net identifiable assets of the subsidiary acquired and the measurement 
of all amounts has been reviewed, the difference is recognised directly in profit or loss as a gain on bargain purchase.

Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the amounts payable in the future are discounted to present value 
as at the date of exchange. The discount rate used is the acquiree’s incremental borrowing rate, being the rate at which similar 
borrowings could be obtained from an independent financier under comparable terms and conditions.

Contingent consideration is classified either as equity or a financial liability. Amounts classified as a financial liability are 
subsequently remeasured to fair value with changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.

If the Group recognises previously acquired deferred tax assets after the initial acquisition accounting is completed there will be no 
adjustment to goodwill. As a consequence, the recognition of the deferred tax asset will increase the Group’s net profit after tax.

During the year ended 31 July 2022, the Group acquired the following businesses:

 1 The remaining 97% of the Milton shares,
 1 The remaining 57.1% of the Ampcontrol shares, and
 1 100% of a swim school.

A summary of the impact of these transactions is as follows:

Purchase consideration
Add: Amounts previously recognised 
through investments
Less: Fair value of net assets acquired

Goodwill on acquisition

Net cash flows from the acquisition  
of subsidiaries

Milton 
(5 October 2021)
$’000

Swim school 
(19 November 2021)
$’000

Ampcontrol 
(31 May 2022)
$’000

Total
$’000

 4,630,107 

 158,105 
(3,803,647)

984,565

 4,633 

 – 
(1,961)

2,672

 99,711 

4,734,451

 75,300 
(124,911)

 233,405 
(3,930,519)

50,100

1,037,337

 17,647 

 (4,848)

 (95,556)

 (82,757)

164

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Acquisition of Milton 

Milton was a listed investment company substantially invested in liquid Australian listed equities.

On 5 October 2021, WHSP completed its acquisition of the remaining 97% (which it did not previously own) of the issued 
and outstanding equity of Milton for consideration of $4,630 million. The acquisition was completed through an all-share 
exchange which gave Milton shareholders 0.1863 WHSP shares for every Milton share. The consideration was valued using 
the closing price of WHSP shares on 5 October 2021 of $38.20 per share. The value of net assets initially recognised in the  
31 July 2022 financial statements is based on a provisional assessment of their fair value. The finalisation of the fair value 
of the acquired assets and liabilities at acquisition date will be completed within the 12 month measurement period in 
accordance with the Consolidated Entity’s accounting policy.

Revenue and profit contributions

The acquired business contributed revenue of $108.8 million and profit before tax of $83.9 million for the period 5 October 
2021 to 31 July 2022. If the acquisition had occurred on 1 August 2021, revenue and profit before tax would have been 
$155.9 million and $124.6 million respectively. The acquisition of Milton resulted in $22.1 million of other comprehensive 
income associated with the fair value uplift of the previously held interest.

A summary of the assets and liabilities acquired is as follows:

 5 October 2021
$’000

Cash
Trade and other receivables
Equity accounted associates
Long term equity investments
Property, plant and equipment
Deferred tax assets
Trade and other payables
Current tax liabilities
Provisions

Fair value of net identifiable assets

Provisional Goodwill on acquisition1,2
Less: amounts previously recognised through investments3

Fair value of net assets acquired

Purchase consideration
Fair value of ordinary shares issued 
Treasury shares

Total purchase consideration

Cash flows from acquisition
Cash balance acquired

Net cash flow from investing activities

Acquisition related costs4

Net cash outflow expensed

Cash flows from the acquisition of Milton, net of cash acquired

1 
2 
3 
4 

Goodwill arising on acquisition is not deductible for tax.
Goodwill arising from the acquisition of Milton was impaired to $nil. Refer to Note 6a for details.
Represents the fair value of the investment in Milton owned by WHSP prior to acquisition of the balance of remaining shares.
Costs relating to these acquisitions have been recognised as “Acquisition costs expensed” in the Statement of Comprehensive Income.

20,481
8,530
26,804
3,421,897
5,868
320,905
(166)
(269)
(403)

3,803,647

984,565
(158,105)

4,630,107

4,640,163
(10,056)

4,630,107

20,481

20,481

(2,834)

 (2,834)

17,647

165165

35  Controlled entities and joint ventures (continued)

b)  Business combinations (continued)

Acquisition of Ampcontrol

Ampcontrol and its subsidiaries are engaged in the design, research and development, manufacture, repair, hire and sale 
of electrical and electronic engineering equipment, the provision of mining and industrial cable repair services, the sale 
and service of gas detection units, provision of oil testing, stand-alone power systems and certification of hazardous area 
equipment.

On 31 May 2022, a subsidiary of the Parent Entity, Souls Private Equity Limited, completed the acquisition of the remaining 
57.1% (which it previously did not own) of the issued and outstanding equity of Ampcontrol for consideration of 
$99.7 million. The acquisition was completed as cash consideration of $97.1 million and scrip consideration of $2.6 million 
through the issue of 101,771 WHSP shares. The value of net assets initially recognised in the 31 July 2022 financial statements 
are based on a provisional assessment of their fair value. The finalisation of the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities 
at acquisition date and allocation to CGU will be completed within the 12 month measurement period in accordance with 
the Consolidated Entity’s accounting policy.

Revenue and profit contributions

The acquired business contributed revenue of $48.0 million and a loss before tax of $(0.3) million for the period 1 June 2022 
to 31 July 2022. If the acquisition had occurred on 1 August 2021, revenue and profit before tax would have been $258.8 
million and $13.2 million respectively. Previously, Ampcontrol was recognised as an equity accounted associate. 

In accordance with AASB 3 Business Combinations, the Group’s previously held investment in Ampcontrol shall be 
remeasured at acquisition date and the resulting gain or loss should be recognised in the profit or loss statement or other 
comprehensive income, as appropriate. The acquisition of Ampcontrol resulted in a $22.1 million gain recognised in the 
profit or loss statement associated with the fair value uplift of the previously held interest.

166

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022A summary of the assets and liabilities acquired is as follows:

 31 May 2022
$’000

Cash
Trade and other receivables
Inventories
Equity accounted associates
Property, plant and equipment
Identifiable intangibles
Right of use assets
Current tax receivables
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Interest bearing liabilities
Lease liabilities
Contract liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities

Fair value of net identifiable assets

Provisional Goodwill on acquisition1
Less: amounts previously recognised through investments2

Fair value of net assets acquired

Purchase consideration
Cash paid at acquisition
Fair value of ordinary shares issued 

Total purchase consideration

Cash flows from acquisition
Cash paid at acquisition
Cash balance acquired

Net cash flow from investing activities

Acquisition related costs

Net cash outflow expensed

Cash flows from the acquisition of Ampcontrol, net of cash acquired

1 
 2 

Goodwill comprises primarily the value of the assembled workforce which does not meet the criteria for separate recognition under AASB 3.
Represents the fair value of the investment in Ampcontrol owned by WHSP prior to acquisition of the balance of remaining shares.

2,455 
 48,190 
 59,241 
 1,976 
 76,579 
 37,878 
 13,399 
3,602 
(25,686)
(18,652)
(22,786)
(15,954)
(21,531)
(13,800)

 124,911 

 50,100 
(75,300)

 99,711 

 97,095 
 2,616 

 99,711 

(97,095)
2,455 

 (94,640)

(916)

 (916)

 (95,556)

167167

35  Controlled entities and joint ventures (continued)

b)  Business combinations (continued)

Acquisition of a Swim School

On 19 November 2021, a subsidiary of the Parent Entity, Aquatic Achievers Operations Pty Limited, acquired a 100% interest 
in a Swim School for a total purchase consideration of $4.6 million. The fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities have 
been finalised and recognised in the 31 July 2022 financial statements.

Revenue and profit contributions

The acquired business contributed revenue of $1.2 million and a profit before tax of $0.3 million for the period 19 November 2021 
to 31 July 2022. If the acquisition had occurred on 1 August 2021, revenue and profit before tax would have been $1.8 million and 
$0.3 million respectively.

A summary of the assets and liabilities acquired is as follows:

Trade and other receivables
Inventories
Property, plant and equipment
Right of use assets
Deferred tax assets
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Interest bearing liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities

Fair value of net identifiable assets

Provisional Goodwill on acquisition1

Fair value of net assets acquired

Purchase consideration
Cash paid at acquisition

Total purchase consideration

Cash flows from acquisition
Cash paid at acquisition

Net cash flow from investing activities

Acquisition related costs2

Net cash outflow expensed

Cash flows from the acquisition of Swim School, net of cash acquired

1 
2 

Goodwill arising on acquisition is not deductible for tax.
Costs relating to these acquisitions have been recognised as “Acquisition costs expensed” in the Statement of Comprehensive Income.

 19 November 
2021
$’000

 12 
 6 
 2,263 
 1,091 
428 
(14)
(35)
(1,377)
(413)

 1,961 

 2,672 

 4,633 

 4,633 

 4,633 

(4,633)

 (4,633)

(215)

 (215)

 (4,848)

KEY JUDGEMENT AND ESTIMATES

Business combinations – acquisition fair value
The determination of the fair values of net identifiable assets acquired, and of any goodwill, involves significant judgement.  
The allocation of fair value between intangible assets, and the tangible assets with which they are used, is also judgemental.  
The Group engages third-party valuers to advise on the purchase price allocation for significant acquisitions.

168

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022c)  Discontinued operations

A share purchase agreement between WHSP, Aeris HoldCo Pty Ltd (Aeris) and Aeris Resources Limited (AIS) was signed on 28 
April 2022 whereby WHSP sold 100% of its shares in Round Oak to Aeris. The sale consideration comprised of an $80 million 
cash payment, the issue of 1,466 million ordinary shares in AIS and a working capital adjustment. The sale transaction was 
completed on 1 July 2022, and consequently WHSP holds a 30.3% shareholding in AIS at year-end. This is classified as an 
investment in an associate and accounted for using the equity method.

On 12 July 2022, AIS performed a 1:7 share consolidation. From this date, the Group’s holding in AIS was 209,523,810 
ordinary shares.

Prior to its disposal, the Round Oak operations were included in the Private Equity Portfolio. The Round Oak business is 
presented as a discontinued operation and the results for the periods ending 1 July 2022 and 31 July 2021 are presented below:

Revenue from contracts with customers
Expenses

Operating income
Finance costs

Profit before income tax expense from discontinued operations
Income tax expense

Profit before gain on disposal
Gain on disposal of Round Oak, net of tax

Profit after income tax expense for the year from discontinued operations

Assets and liabilities of Round Oak at date of sale:

Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables 
Inventories
Current tax assets
Property, plant and equipment
Exploration and evaluation assets
Right-of-use assets
Intangible assets
Deferred tax assets

Total assets sold

Liabilities 
Trade and other payables
Lease liabilities
Provisions

Total liabilities sold

Net assets

2021
$’000

354,983
(259,077)

95,906
(1,065)

94,841
(29,872)

64,969
–

64,969

Up to 1 July 
2022
$’000

310,950
(249,887)

61,063
 (355)

60,708
(18,079)

 42,629 
 21,372 

 64,001 

1 July 
2022
$’000

14,695
8,521
48,337
1,861
142,254
25,030
1,314
26
15,189

 257,227 

38,892
1,406
73,399

 113,697 

 143,530 

169169

35  Controlled entities and joint ventures (continued)

c)  Discontinued operations (continued)

The net cash flows of Round Oak are as follows:

Cash flows of discontinued operations
Net cash from operating activities
Net cash used in investing activities
Net cash used in financing activities

Net cashflows for the period

Gain on disposal
Cash consideration received
Shares received in Aeris
Working capital adjustment

Total consideration received
Carrying amount of net assets disposed

Gain on disposal before income tax and transaction costs
Income tax benefit

Gain on disposal before transaction costs
Transaction costs and other items

Gain on disposal after income tax and transaction costs

2021
$’000

148,531
 (64,156)
(56,618)

 27,757 

 Up to  
1 July 2022
$’000

151,003
 (53,631)
(120,913)

 (23,541)

80,000
98,269
(18,600)

159,669
(143,530)

16,139
5,233

21,372
(4,250)

 17,122 

170

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022d)  Deed of cross guarantee

ACCOUNTING POLICY
The statement of financial position, profit after tax and total comprehensive income for the Closed Group, have been prepared on 
the same basis as the consolidated financial statements except for investments in subsidiaries.

In the Closed Group, investments in subsidiaries are carried at the lower of cost or impaired value. Dividends from these entities are 
recognised as income within profit or loss. This approach reflects the Parent Entity’s activities as an investor.

During 2012, the Parent Entity and a subsidiary, Souls Private Equity Limited, entered into a deed of cross guarantee under 
which each company guarantees the debts of the other.

Whilst party to this deed, wholly owned entities are relieved from the requirements to prepare a financial report and 
directors’ report under ASIC Corporations (Wholly-owned Companies) Instrument 2016/785 issued by the Australian 
Securities and Investments Commission.

The parties to this deed are referred to as the ‘Closed Group’. The effect of the deed is that each party to it has guaranteed to 
pay any deficiency in the event of the winding up of any of the entities in the Closed Group.

The following table presents certain summarised financial information of the Closed Group:

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income – closed group

Profit before income tax 
Income tax expense

Profit after tax attributable to closed group

Other comprehensive income – closed group
Changes in the fair value of equity investments at fair value through  
other comprehensive income
Share of other comprehensive income movements, net of tax 

Total other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

2022
$’000

791,319
(370,920)

 420,399 

128,776
9,767

 138,543 

2021
$’000

424,403
(84,448)

339,955

(212,782)
10,891

(201,891) 

Total comprehensive income for the year 

 558,942 

 138,064 

Summary of movements in consolidated retained earnings – closed group

Opening balance at 1 August 
Profit for the year
Reclassification of a fair value investment to an associate
Dividends declared and paid

Closing balance at 31 July 

3,551,882
420,399
(22,659)
(208,063)

3,741,559

3,336,525
339,955
(3,570)
(121,028)

3,551,882

171171

 
35  Controlled entities and joint ventures (continued)

d)  Deed of cross guarantee (continued)

Consolidated statement of financial position of the closed group

Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables 
Financial assets held for trading
Other financial assets

Total current assets

Non-current assets
Trade and other receivables
Equity accounted associates 
Long term equity investments 
Other financial assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets
Deferred tax assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Interest bearing liabilities
Lease liabilities
Current tax liabilities 
Provisions

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Interest bearing liabilities
Lease liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Provisions

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Share capital
Reserves
Retained profits

Total equity

172

2022
$’000

471,229
50,118
555,486
 – 

 1,076,833 

 224,747 
 2,616,726 
 5,455,375 
 – 
 6,792 
 9,954 
 161,896 

 8,475,490 

 9,552,323 

 1,278 
 191,770 
 771 
 59,794 
 16,045 

 269,658 

 – 
 218,247 
 10,787 
 665,134 
 641 

 894,809 

 1,164,467 

 8,387,856 

 4,689,956 
(43,659)
 3,741,559 

 8,387,856 

2021
$’000

135,095
26,888
397,582
9,068

568,633

369,379
900,557
2,667,086
49,521
7,087
11,102
17,905

4,022,637

4,591,270

10,137
289,810
689
30,260
881

331,777

41
216,282
11,559
614,107
649

842,638

1,174,415

3,416,855

47,176
(182,203)
3,551,882

3,416,855

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022 
e)  Investments in joint arrangements

Through its subsidiaries, the Group holds interests in the following joint arrangements at 31 July 2022: 

Name

Accounted for as:

Group's interest

Segment allocated to:

Ellenbrook Syndicate Joint Venture
The Mews Joint Venture
LWP Huntlee Syndicate No 2 Joint Venture
Boundary Power Pty Ltd
Cronulla by Moran Partnership

Joint venture
Joint venture
Joint venture
Joint venture
Joint venture

33%
23%
50%
50%
50%

Property portfolio
Property portfolio
Property portfolio
Private Equity portfolio
Structured yield portfolio

The Group concluded that from 29 July 2022, the Consolidated Entity has significant influence over New Hope and no 
longer has control for accounting purpose. Joint operations of New Hope in the prior reporting year included:

Name

Bengalla Joint Venture
Lenton Joint Venture

Accounted for as:

Group's interest

Segment allocated to:

Joint operation
Joint operation

80%
90%

Strategic portfolio
Strategic portfolio

KEY JUDGEMENT AND ESTIMATES
Classification of joint arrangements
The Group assesses whether it has the power to direct the relevant activities of the investee by considering the rights it holds with 
respect to the work programme and budget approval, investment decision approval, voting rights in joint operating committees 
and changes to the joint arrangement participant holdings. Where the Group has control, judgement is also required to assess 
whether the arrangement is a joint operation or a joint venture.

173173

36  New or amended accounting standards and interpretations

The Consolidated Entity has adopted all of the new or amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations issued by the 
Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB) that are mandatory for the current reporting period. Any new or amended 
Accounting Standards or interpretations that are not yet mandatory have not been early adopted.

The following amendments have been identified as those which may impact the Group in the period of initial application, and 
are effective for annual periods beginning after 1 August 2022:

Amendments to IAS 1 – Classification of liabilities as current or non-current
The amendments clarify that the classification of liabilities as current or non-current is based on rights that are in existence at 
the end of the reporting period, specify that classification is unaffected by expectations about whether the entity will exercise 
its right to defer settlement of a liability, explain that rights are in existence if covenants are complied with at the end of the 
reporting period, and introduce a definition of ‘settlement’ to make clear that settlement refers to the transfer to the counterparty 
of cash, equity instruments, other assets or services. The amendments are applied retrospectively for annual periods beginning 
on or after 1 January 2023, with early application permitted. The potential effects on adoption of the amendment are yet to be 
determined.

AASB 9 Financial instruments
The amendment clarifies that in applying the ’10 per cent’ test to assess whether to derecognise a financial liability, an entity 
includes only fees paid or received between the entity (the borrower) and the lender, including fees paid or received by either 
the entity or the lender on the other’s behalf. The amendment is applied prospectively to modifications and exchanges that 
occur on or after the date the entity first applies the amendment. The amendment is effective for annual periods beginning 
on or after 1 January 2022, with early application permitted. The potential effects on adoption of the amendment are yet to be 
determined.

AASB 2021-2 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards  
– Definition of Accounting Estimates
The application of this amendment is effective from 1 January 2023, and will be adopted by the Group on 1 August 2023. The 
amended standard clarifies that the effects on an accounting estimate of a change in an input or a change in a measurement 
technique are changes in accounting estimates if they do not result from the correction of prior period errors.

174

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 202237  Share based payments

ACCOUNTING POLICY 
Share-based compensation benefits are provided to selected employees of the Parent Entity via an employee incentive scheme. A 
summary of the scheme is provided below.

The fair value of options and rights granted under the scheme is recognised as an employee benefits expense with a corresponding 
increase in the share-based payment reserve within equity.

The fair value is measured at grant date and the total amount to be expensed is recognised over the period during which the employee 
becomes unconditionally entitled to the options and rights. The fair value of options and rights granted is based on the market price 
of the issuing company’s shares, adjusted to reflect any market performance conditions and the impact of any non-vesting conditions. 
Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of options and rights that are expected to become 
exercisable. At each reporting date, the entity revises its estimate of the number of options and rights that are expected to become 
exercisable. The employee benefits expense each period takes into account the most recent estimate. The impact of the revision to the 
original estimate is recognised in profit or loss with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited – Long term incentive plan
The Parent Entity provides share based compensation benefits to its executive team and management team via a Long Term 
Incentive Plan (LTI plan) whereby rights to shares are granted for nil consideration. Rights are granted in accordance with the plan 
at the sole discretion of the Parent Entity’s Board. Rights vest and automatically convert to ordinary shares in the Parent Entity 
following the satisfaction of the relevant performance and service conditions. Performance and service conditions applicable 
to each issue of rights are determined by the Board at the time of granting. Rights granted under the plan carry no dividend or 
voting rights until they have vested and have been converted into shares in the Parent Entity. Detailed vesting conditions are set 
out in the Remuneration Report.

The fair value of services received in return for performance rights granted is based on the fair value of the performance rights 
granted. The fair value of rights was independently determined by valuation specialists Lonergan Edwards & Associates Limited 
and was based on the market price of the Parent Entity’s shares at the grant date, with an adjustment made to take into account 
the vesting period, expected dividends during that period that will not be received by the participants and the probability that 
the market performance conditions will be met.

175175

37  Share based payments (continued)

Performance 
hurdle

TSR Hurdle 
or Non TSR 
Hurdle

Non-TSR

TSR

Non-TSR

TSR
Non-TSR
TSR
Non-TSR
TSR
Non-TSR
TSR

Grant  
Date

Apr-22

Apr-22

Feb-21

Feb-21
Dec-19
Dec-19
Dec-18
Dec-18
Dec-16
Dec-16

Vest 
Date

Sep-24*

Sep-24*

Sep-23*

Sep-23*
Sep-22*
Sep-22*
Sep-21*
Sep-21*
Aug-21
Aug-21

Movement in number of performance rights granted

Fair value

Balance at 
start of year

$18.94

$7.90

$13.10

$21.70
$12.16
$13.52
$17.28
$22.11
$13.10
$2.56

 – 

 – 

57,917

57,917
61,312
61,311
49,182
49,180
5,086
5,086

Granted 
during  
the year

78,356

78,372

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

346,991

156,728

Vested

Forfeited

Balance at 
year end

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
(26,776)
(49,180)
(3,498)
(2,308)

(81,762)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
(22,406)
 – 
(1,588)
(2,778)

78,356

78,372

57,917

57,917
61,312
61,311
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

(26,772)

395,185

* 

Performance rights are subject to ‘re-testing dates’ if nil rights vest on the original vesting date. Details of vesting conditions and performance hurdles are set out in the 
Remuneration Report.

During the current reporting period an expense of $2.10 million (2021: $2.01 million) was recognised in the profit or loss for  
the rights issued under the Parent Entity LTI plan. The total fair value of the performance rights outstanding at year end was 
$1.57 million (2021: $3.59 million).

Milton had a pre-existing Senior Staff Share Plan (SSSP) which was accounted for as a share-based payment in accordance with 
AASB 2. The SSSP was funded by an interest free non-recourse loan.

On 5 October 2021, on acquisition of Milton, the Milton shares held as part of the SSSP were exchanged for shares of WHSP. The 
pre-existing share-based payment obligations and associated non-recourse loan will be settled by WHSP. The related share-based 
payment expense for the period ended 31 July 2022 is $0.16 million (2021: $nil). This expense relates to the difference in the fair 
value of the share-based payment obligation upon the replacement of WHSP shares for Milton shares, and not from the grant of 
additional share-based payments under the SSSP.

176

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 202238  Related party transactions

a)  Parent Entity

The ultimate Parent Entity is Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited.

b)  Subsidiaries and associates

Interest in subsidiaries are set out in Note 35 and associates in Note 15.

c)  Key management personnel (KMP) compensation

Short term employee benefits
Post-employment benefits
Long term employee benefits
Termination benefits
Share-based payments

Paid to KMP of the  
Consolidated Entity

Paid to KMP of the  
Parent Entity

2022
$’000

5,880
200
66
–
1,047

7,193

2021
$’000

3,933
185
24
–
1,818

5,960

2022
$’000

5,400
152
66
–
1,047

6,665

2021
$’000

3,453
139
24
–
1,818

5,434

Key management personnel remuneration has been included in the Remuneration Report section of the Directors’ Report.

Two employees were key management personnel for the period ended 31 July 2021, but not for the period ended 31 July 
2022. The remuneration of these employees has therefore been removed from the 2021 comparatives.

i 

Subsidiaries

Transactions between the Parent Entity and its subsidiaries and between subsidiaries are at normal commercial 
terms and conditions. Transactions consist of the transfer of funds for day to day financing, provision of consulting, 
management and advisory services, loans advanced and repaid, interest, dividend and rental payments.

Transactions between members of the Group which are eliminated on consolidation are not disclosed in this note.

ii  Associates

Transactions with associates are at normal commercial terms and conditions.

Transactions consist of advisory, consulting, underwriting, management fees, and rent received from/paid to associates 
as well as loans advanced and repaid, interest and dividend payments.

Summary of transactions
Advisory, consulting, underwriting, management and other fees:

received by subsidaries from associates
rent income received by Parent Entity from an associate

Management fees paid by Parent Entity to an associate
Interest income from associates

2022
$’000

 26 
 21 
 248 
 917 

2021
$’000

 38 
 154 
 330 
 1,869 

177177

38  Related party transactions (continued)

Loans to associates

During the current reporting period, the Parent Entity advanced an additional $4.73 million to Palla Pharma Limited. Interest on 
the facility was charged at commercial rates. The entire loan of $22.73 million to Palla Pharma was repaid in November 2021.

The Parent Entity has provided two separate loan facilities to the Cronulla by Moran Partnership. One is a non-interest 
bearing property development loan with a facility limit of $22.00 million. During the current reporting period, the Parent 
Entity has not made any advances under this facility (2021: $17.89 million of advances made). The amount owed as at  
31 July 2022 was $20.14 million (2021: $20.14 million). The other facility is a re-draw loan with a facility limit of $4 million. 
Interest on this facility is charged at commercial rates and can be capitalised into the facility. During the current reporting 
period, the Parent Entity advanced $2.50 million under this facility including capitalised interest (2021: $2.33 million), and 
received $4.72 million in loan repayments (2021: nil). Both facilities mature on 20 December 2024 and are secured.

During the current reporting period, the Parent Entity extended the repayment date applicable to a loan to Heritage Brands 
Limited, which would otherwise have been payable during the current reporting period. The amount owed at 31 July 2022 
was $1.25 million (2021: $1.25 million). Interest is charged at commercial rates, and the facility is secured with a second 
ranking charge over all assets of the borrower. The loan was repaid in full in September 2022.

Director related entities
Transactions with Contact Asset Management Pty Limited (Contact)

Mr R D Millner and Mr T C D Millner are both Directors of the Parent Entity and are Directors of Contact Asset Management 
Pty Limited. Mr T C D Millner is also a 45% shareholder of Contact.

During the current reporting period, Contact was paid $0.25 million (2021: $0.33 million) to manage the Large Caps portfolio 
on behalf of the Parent Entity through 1 February 2022. No performance fees are payable to Contact.

The Directors, excluding Mr T C D Millner, reviewed the terms of the agreement and concluded that it was more favourable 
to the Parent Entity than an arm’s length agreement for similar services.

Other transactions

During the current reporting period, the Parent Entity subscribed to units in the Pengana Seed Fund No.1. The trustee  
is a wholly owned subsidiary of Pengana Capital Group Limited, an associate of the Parent Entity. The investment was  
US$8.0 million.

178

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 202239  Other accounting policies

a)  Foreign currency translation
Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary 
economic environment in which the entity operates (the functional currency). The consolidated financial statements are 
presented in Australian dollars, which is the Group’s functional and presentation currency.

Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates 
of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains or losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the 
translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at year end exchange rates are recognised 
in the profit or loss. They are deferred in equity if they relate to qualifying cash flow hedges and qualifying net investment 
hedges or are attributable to part of the net investment in a foreign operation.

Transaction differences on non-monetary items, such as equity instruments held at fair value through profit or loss, are 
reported as part of the fair value gain or loss on the instrument. Translation differences on non-monetary items are included 
in the fair value reserve in equity.

Group companies

The results and financial position of all of the Group’s foreign operations (none of which has the currency of a 
hyperinflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the 
presentation currency as follows:
 1 assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that 

statement of financial position;

 1 income and expenses for each statement of comprehensive income are translated at average exchange rates (unless this 
is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case 
income and expenses are translated at the dates of the transactions); and

 1 all resulting exchange differences are recognised in other comprehensive income.

On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of any net investment in foreign entities, and 
of borrowings and other financial instruments designated as hedges of such investments, are recognised in other 
comprehensive income. When a foreign operation is sold or any borrowings forming part of the net investment are repaid, 
the exchange differences are reclassified to the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, as part of the gain or 
loss on sale.

b)  Deferred stripping costs

Stripping costs are costs incurred when removing overburden or waste materials in order to access mineral deposits.  
Under AASB Interpretation 20: Stripping costs in the production phase of a surface mine, stripping costs incurred during the 
development phase are capitalised as part of the mine development costs. Stripping costs incurred during the production 
phase are generally accounted for as part of the cost of producing the ore inventory or recognised for stripping activity 
where the following criteria are met:
 1 It is probable that the future economic benefit (improved access to the ore body) associated with the stripping activity 

will flow to the entity;

 1 The entity can identify the component of the ore body for which access has been improved; and 
 1 The costs relating to the stripping activity associated with that component can be measured reliably.

New Hope

New Hope does not recognise any deferred stripping costs. Based on the nature of New Hope’s mining operations and the 
stripping ratio for the components of its operations, the recognition criteria of a deferred stripping asset are not satisfied. 
Further, it is anticipated that the operations will maintain a consistent stripping ratio at the component level and as such no 
overburden in advance should be recognised.

Round Oak

Round Oak has applied AASB Interpretation 20 to its stripping costs incurred in the production phase as part of its inventory 
cost. Amortisation of these costs are allocated on a units of production basis. 

179179

39  Other accounting policies (continued)

c)  Finance costs

Finance costs incurred for the construction of any qualifying asset are capitalised during the period of time that is required 
to complete and prepare the asset for its intended use or sale. Other finance costs are expensed.

d)  Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing:
 1 the profit attributable to owners of the Company, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares; 
 1 by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the reporting period; and
 1 adjustment for treasury shares and for the reciprocal interest with Brickworks.

Diluted earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account:
 1 the after tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares; 
 1 the weighted average number of additional ordinary shares that would have been outstanding assuming the conversion 

of dilutive potential ordinary shares; and

 1 adjustment for treasury shares and for the reciprocal interest with Brickworks.

Long term incentive plan rights that vest in future financial years are expected to be satisfied by purchasing shares on 
market and therefore not considered dilutive. 

e)  Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST, except where the amount of GST incurred is not 
recoverable from the Australian Taxation Office (ATO). In these circumstances, the GST is recognised as part of the cost of 
acquisition of the asset or as part of an item of the expense.

Receivables and payables in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position are shown inclusive of GST receivable or 
payable. The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to the ATO is included with other receivables or payables in 
the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

Cash flows are presented in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis, except for the GST component of 
investing and financing activities, which are disclosed as operating cash flows.

f )  Financial statements presentation

The Group has attempted to improve the transparency of its reporting by adopting ‘plain English’ where possible. Key ‘plain 
English’ phrases and their equivalent AASB terminology are as follows:

‘Plain English’ terminology

AASB terminology

Share capital

Contributed equity

Financial assets held for trading

Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Other financial assets

Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Long term equity investments

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

Equity accounted associates

Investments accounted for using the equity method

Term deposits

Financial assets at amortised cost

The accounting standards also require the presentation of a statement of comprehensive income which presents all items of 
recognised income and expenditure either in one statement or in two linked statements. The Group has elected to present 
one statement.

180

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 202240  Remuneration of auditors

During the year, the following fees were paid or payable for services provided by the auditor:

Fees to Ernst & Young (Australia)
Fees for the audit and review of the financial reports of the Group and any controlled entities

Fees for other assurance and agreed-upon-procedures services

Fees for other services
– tax compliance

Total fees to Ernst & Young (Australia)

Fees to Deloitte and related network firms and other auditors
Fees for the audit and review of the financial reports of the Group and any controlled entities

Fees for other assurance and agreed-upon-procedures services

Fees for other services
– tax compliance
– others

Total fees to Deloitte and related network firms and other auditors

2022
$’000

1,621

69

 – 

1,690

905

10

 – 
1,074

1,989

2021
$’000

935

165

7

1,107

666

42

113
 – 

821

181181

Directors’ Declaration

In the Directors’ opinion:

 1 the attached financial statements and notes comply with the Corporations Act 2001, the Accounting 

Standards, the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory professional reporting 
requirements;

 1 the attached financial statements and notes comply with International Financial Reporting 

Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board as described in Note 1 to the 
financial statements;

 1 the attached financial statements and notes give a true and fair view of the Consolidated Entity’s 

financial position as at 31 July 2022 and of its performance for the financial year ended on that date;

 1 there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Parent Entity will be able to pay its debts as and 

when they become due and payable; and

 1 at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the members of the 

Closed Group will be able to meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are, or may become, 
subject by virtue of the deed of cross guarantee described in Note 35d to the financial statements.

The Directors have been given the declarations required by section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of Directors made pursuant to section 295(5)(a) of the 
Corporations Act 2001.

On behalf of the Directors

R D Millner 
Director – Chairman 

24 October 2022

T J Barlow
Managing Director

182

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Independent Auditor’s  
Report

Independent Auditor’s Report 
to the Members of Washington H. Soul Pattinson  
and Company Limited

Report on the audit of the Financial Report

Opinion

We have audited the financial report of Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited (the Company) 
and its subsidiaries (collectively the Group), which comprises the consolidated statement of financial position 
as at 31 July 2022, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes 
in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, notes to the financial statements, 
including a summary of significant accounting policies, and the directors’ declaration. 

In our opinion, the accompanying financial report of the Group is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, 
including:

a.  Giving a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position of the Group as at 31 July 2022 and 

of its consolidated financial performance for the year ended on that date; and

b.  Complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001.

Basis of Opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Our responsibilities under those 
standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial report section of 
our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the auditor independence requirements of 
the Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of the Accounting Professional and Ethical Standards 
Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including Independence Standards) (the Code) 
that are relevant to our audit of the financial report in Australia. We have also fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with the Code. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our 
opinion.

183183

Independent Auditor’s Report

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the financial report of 
the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial report as a whole, and in forming our opinion 
thereon, but we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. For each matter below, our description of how our audit addressed 
the matter is provided in that context.

We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial report section of our report, 
including in relation to these matters. Accordingly, our audit included the performance of procedures designed to respond to our 
assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial report. The results of our audit procedures, including the procedures 
performed to address the matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the accompanying financial report.

Direction, supervision and evaluation of the work of component auditors

Why significant

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

As auditor of the Group, we are responsible for the direction, 
supervision, and performance of the Group audit and are 
required to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence on 
which to base our audit opinion.

Given the size and structure of the Group, there are a 
number of significant components of the Group, which 
are audited by auditors, other than the Group auditors 
(Component Auditors). The direction, supervision and 
evaluation of the work of the Component Auditors was 
considered a key audit matter.

Our audit procedures included the following:

 1 We assessed the significance and risks associated with each 

component of the Group and identified the components where 
audit procedures were required to be performed, to support our 
audit opinion on the financial report of the Group.

 1 We communicated our requirements to the Component auditors, 

detailing the work to be performed, the use to be made of that work 
and the form and content of their communication to us as auditor of 
the Group.

 1 Meetings with the Component Auditors during the planning stage, 
execution and when audit procedures were completed to discuss 
the extent and outcome of these procedures.

 1 Review of the work performed by the Component Auditors 
focussing on selected areas, based upon our risk assessment.

 1 Considered the results of this work on our audit opinion.

Classification of Equity investments

Why significant

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Our audit procedures included the following:

 1 Evaluated the Group’s assessment of the classification of investments 

against the requirements of Australian Accounting Standards. 
 1 Assessed whether subsidiaries, associates and listed financial assets 
were accounted for in accordance with Australian Accounting 
Standards, based upon the determined classification.

 1 Assessed whether a sample of unlisted financial assets were classified 

in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards.

 1 Considered the appropriateness of the disclosures in the financial 

report.

Refer to Note 13: Financial assets held for trading, Note 15: 
Equity accounted associates, Note 16: Long Term Equity 
Investments, and Note 35: Controlled entities and joint 
ventures. 

Equity Investments, excluding investments in controlled 
entities, amount to $8.0 billion representing 81.1% of total 
assets. 

There are significant differences in how investments are 
accounted for depending upon whether they have been 
classified by the Group as fair value through profit or loss, 
fair value through other comprehensive income, an equity 
accounted associate or a consolidated controlled entity, in 
accordance with Australian Accounting Standards. 

Given the complexity and judgements involved in 
determining the appropriate classification of these equity 
investments and the significance to the financial report of 
the different accounting outcomes impacting revenue and 
income in particular, this was considered a key audit matter.

184

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Acquisition of Milton Corporation Limited and subsequent impairment of goodwill

Why significant

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

On 5 October 2021, the Group completed its acquisition 
of Milton Corporation Limited (Milton), for consideration 
of $4,630 million resulting in goodwill on acquisition of 
$984.6 million being recognised. 

The Group immediately assessed this goodwill for 
impairment and concluded that it was fully impaired as at 
the date of acquisition. Accordingly, an impairment charge 
of $984.6 million was recorded. 

The acquisition was accounted for on a provisional basis 
at 31 July 2022 in accordance with Australian Accounting 
Standards.

Significant judgement was exercised to allocate the purchase 
price to the acquired assets and liabilities and to determine 
that the recoverable amount of the goodwill was $nil.

Disclosure in relation to the acquisition can be found in 
Note 6.1a and Note 35b of the financial report.

Our audit procedures included the following:

 1 Considered the terms and conditions of the scheme of arrangement 
between the Company and Milton that formed the basis of the 
acquisition.

 1 Evaluated the process that management and the directors have 
undertaken to perform the provisional purchase price allocation. 

 1 With the assistance of our valuation specialists we assessed the 

valuation basis and assumptions used in the determination of the 
fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities and the subsequent 
impairment of goodwill on acquisition.

 1 Assessed the work of the Group’s independent valuation specialists 
and considered their qualifications, competence and objectivity.
 1 With the assistance of our tax specialists, we considered the Group’s 

assessment of the tax impacts of the acquisition.

 1 Assessed the adequacy of the financial report disclosures contained in 

Note 6.1a and Note 35b.

Information other than the financial report and auditor’s report thereon

The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the Group’s 2022 
annual report, but does not include the financial report and our auditor’s report thereon.

Our opinion on the financial report does not cover the other information and accordingly we do not express any form of assurance 
conclusion thereon, with the exception of the Remuneration Report and our related assurance opinion.

In connection with our audit of the financial report, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether 
the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial report or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to 
be materially misstated. 

If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to 
report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

Responsibilities of the directors for the financial report

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair view in accordance with 
Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to 
enable the preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud 
or error.

In preparing the financial report, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, 
as applicable, matters relating to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to 
liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial report

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial report as a whole is free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, 
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, 
they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of this financial report.

As part of an audit in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional 
scepticism throughout the audit. We also:

Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit 
procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The 
risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, 
forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

185185

Independent Auditor’s Report

Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the 
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control. 

Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made 
by the directors.

Conclude on the appropriateness of the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence 
obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to 
continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to 
the related disclosures in the financial report or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on 
the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to 
continue as a going concern. 

Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial report, including the disclosures, and whether the financial report 
represents the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within the Group 
to express an opinion on the financial report. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the Group audit. We 
remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.

We communicate with the directors regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit 
findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.

We also provide the directors with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and 
to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where 
applicable, actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied.

From the matters communicated to the directors, we determine those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the financial 
report of the current year and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or 
regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not 
be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public 
interest benefits of such communication.

Report on the audit of the Remuneration Report

Opinion on the Remuneration Report 

We have audited the Remuneration Report included in pages 56 to 72 of the directors’ report for the year ended 31 July 2022.

In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited for the year ended 31 July 2022, complies 
with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.

Responsibilities

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the Remuneration Report in accordance with 
section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Remuneration Report, based on our audit 
conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.

Ernst & Young

Ryan Fisk
Partner

Sydney 
24 October 2022

186

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022ASX Additional Information

Distribution of Equity Securities as at 12 October 2022

Size of Holding

1 – 1,000
1,001 – 5,000
5,001 – 10,000
10,001 – 100,000
100,001 and over

TOTAL

Ordinary Shares

Performance Rights

Number of 
Holders

% of Total 
Ordinary Shares

Number of 
Holders

% of Total  
Issued Rights

37,721
16,753
3,063
2,131
176

59,844

3.5%
10.87%
6.02%
13.68%
65.93%

100%

6
11
3
4
1

25

0.45%
7.30%
5.20%
26.05%
61.00%

100%

Holding less than a marketable parcel

1,292 

Top 20 Shareholders as at 12 October 2022

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

BRICKWORKS LIMITED

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED

J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED

J S MILLNER HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED

DIXSON TRUST PTY LIMITED

CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED

HEXHAM HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED

T G MILLNER HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED

ARGO INVESTMENTS LIMITED

BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD 

HIGLETT PTY LTD

NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED

13 MUTUAL TRUST PTY LTD

14 MILLANE PTY LIMITED

15

16

BUTTONWOOD NOMINEES PTY LTD

BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD ACF CLEARSTREAM

17 MARY MILLNER HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED

18

19

20

NETWEALTH INVESTMENTS LIMITED 

BORTRE PTY LIMITED

DANWER INVESTMENTS PTY LTD

Ordinary Shares 
Held

% of Issued 
Shares

94,314,855

30,369,562

19,448,124

10,043,906

8,749,192

4,928,102

3,664,206

3,638,965

2,943,073

2,490,228

2,412,580

1,964,032

1,882,706

1,477,680

1,378,940

1,306,088

1,226,860

1,172,063

1,132,612

1,132,612

26.13

8.41

5.39

2.78

2.42

1.37

1.02

1.01

0.82

0.69

0.67

0.54

0.52

0.41

0.38

0.36

0.34

0.32

0.31

0.31

187187

ASX Additional Information

Substantial Shareholders as at 12 October 2022 
As disclosed in notices received by the Company.

Brickworks Limited and its subsidiaries
Mr Robert Dobson Millner
Mr Thomas Charles Dobson Millner

Ordinary Shares 
Held

% of Issued 
Shares

94,314,855
22,485,768
21,630,464

26.13%
6.23%
5.99%

Notice  
Received

5 Oct 2021
5 Oct 2021
5 Oct 2021

21,612,053 of the above ordinary shares in which Mr R Millner and Mr T Millner have an interest relate to holdings by the same entities.

For further details refer to the notices lodged on 5 October 2021 with the ASX (ASX code: SOL).

Unquoted Equity Securities
As at 12 October 2022 the Company had the following unquoted equity securities on issue.

Performance Rights – issued under the Long term Incentive Plan

Voting Rights 

Ordinary shares:

Number of 
Rights

395,185

Number of 
Holders

25

(a)  on a show of hands, each member has one vote;

(b)  subject to section 250L(4) of the Corporations Act 2001, on a poll each member has:

(i) 

(ii) 

for each fully paid share held by the member, one vote; and

for each partly-paid share held by the member, a fraction of a vote equivalent to the proportion which the amount paid (not 
credited nor paid in advance of a call) is of the total amounts paid and payable (excluding amounts credited) for the share.

Performance Rights:

No voting rights.

Australian Securities Exchange Listing
Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited ordinary shares are listed on the Australian Securities Exchange under the  
ASX Code: SOL. 

WHSP Convertible Notes
On 29 January 2021, WHSP issued 1,125 senior convertible notes with an aggregate principal amount of $225 million. WHSP Convertible 
Notes (Notes) are unsecured senior convertible notes due in 2026 (convertible bond investors have a put option in February 2024). They 
are convertible at the option of the noteholders into WHSP ordinary shares (ASX:SOL). There has been no movement in the number of 
Notes since the issue date. The Notes are listed on the Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited (SGX-ST).

188

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2022Designed and Produced by APM Graphics Management  >  1800 806 930

189189

Registered Office

Level 14, 151 Clarence Street, Sydney NSW 2000

Telephone:  (02) 9210 7070 
(02) 9210 7077
Facsimile: 

www.whsp.com.au

Share Register

Computershare Investor Services
GPO Box 2975, Melbourne Victoria 3000

Telephone:  1300 850 505 (within Australia) 
+61 3 9415 4000 (International)

www.investorcentre.com/contact

Auditors

Ernst & Young
200 George Street, Sydney NSW 2000 
GPO Box 2646, Sydney NSW 2001

Telephone:  (02) 9248 5555 
(02) 9248 5959
Facsimile: 

www.ey.com/en_au

Washington H. Soul Pattinson 
and Company Limited

ABN 49 000 002 728
ASX Code: SOL